Home

FACSIMILE MODEL FO-6600 SERVICE MANUAL

1. TOV NER Lm Aver z Aver HOLIMS WA 7 WA OOTHSLNI S SEITE L Tun N H31V3H diNV 1H31V3H IHNO 135 L T3sNm8 30010 z 39019 W HOLOW due 39019 W OF L 197911 r vun 6 z WOLOW aue inal 8 S INA 8 15vun 3113SSVO Z 9 3119550 INR Niaaue Z v Ngaue 9 L i1uodsNvui aiisssvo 9 s 3113850 S 8 QNO ONE eda d S 9 tama na v AS ano v 2 aNd ast 8 AS zddad e zq333 Z Ne L Aver Ne 1 Aver 8INO 84 84 83 83 uo1ONNIVN LW v4 AVES 8 L nve QNO Z 2 QNO NOW SVIS 9 NON svig gSAH S Y 8 AH E ZTBSAH y s 235M Has AH 9 1195 H IH LAH Z 1 VNVIAH 8 VNV L AH aNd z aNd d 684 Sd HOSN3S aNd aNd 11X3 3dvd 68d SGONY 8d SGONV 899 10334 KEEF dIONSHOS cm d DIL dvd ON 18d 154 HOSN3S QNO QNO 1 394 154 SGONV 154 SGONV AST ASt uaisiWd3HL ESISINESHI L EBISINESHI IHI N
2. 3 3 a 2 g v Ov Ov L NITNI m ov 0920195 SXdN 8 5 t geeorna n zz Dy Pik 20101 sees WL a 8 TALI 8SSFWPN os ie z 8S8SPIACN t H Jur gt z 4 B384 nett SUA were 2202 6 r Hessi xg comun SOLY 8990rna s ivi 00 90191 oie Zola 0920195 8SSPNPN 8SSPANTN I nHNO ANE m O w s i ov ov i NW soro 2 9019 2 389 I 9 V shy m ANY soto 3 36 w j d gly wee R 8 3iniog lt 9 L doze me 1 15 bor 019 8119 vez S010 sp 20 pt 14 8990vfi8 z wa 3 LOZSZH 10 57 yz 20101 5 lt 213564 0011 zaz 102 iziu nu rola gesorna agg0rna OY H3gA j w 8SSFIWP N Ma zz ov 010 20191 0 21 02 8 1 921 4 wel w L SA i AW iz 8990rf18 9 yee L n c 9 20101 zor lt I vely 5 lt SNNN NN ow roT x E 1010 z nriNO ANY np 6010 8019 I t 10057 Mec d0Zv g990rnga chy E Kel 200 60101 59 lg Eun 46110 Ov viola E 010 029 8SSvINPN T 4000 9y t rrarw 50121 ASL 33A geeorna 90001 Lens du I 9 1
3. H 9 d d a 9 8 V 80STvr Od yy SV 10101 T AW ae 22 1 1 rol Z lt l I 13s30s LES I I I 019 zi T ziesu 9 DC AS e AGE vo Selb 914 vo Vo vL od 1019 29 9 60 0 2019 80SVv L snow ez du uou NU 5 zxuois 0 z 0 ree w zAsgsoW 090 010 NU I zxuom 32 01 ZINIOW WE codi zgo lt 9 91 ZVN evn inoza 9 9 VN IVN VW BVN 6VW OLVIN zSodaw 89 9 lve A zs3uw L7 meo qu Fumio X eds AS HUMIOW H2 L D 9010 99 11 lt 5 5 vi vi D Kay AS mno 0 Zan vLSWl San 20101 e TOW 70 8 lt N noty SGN Y 92 1 S 5 ED 6 Hd ZAN i OFF 30N WN t STvr t STvr Sk 20101 20101 IION 51 gt sadan eran ME 92 01 2ASSdGW 6 stan 80STvr 80STvr 10101 S 26305 2135395 9 gt y VEU 7 for Hviw 21 01 aSN3 10120uu05 H 3 3 q o 8 v 6 10 FO 6600U
4. H 9 d 3 a o 8 V 1999 r H9 amp Z lt lt amp 8 z z z lt 0GVWd SLGVAd SrviNd 0zvid s s s s s s s s z gt 09 8 i Oat O s g zz z z z E 2 22 2 2 z 1070 ANAANVVAVVVANV s kaa ESESESESESESESESESES EAE 9 T amp amp amp amp 5 amp 5 e a gz he i a k P NASH sok ok foveal A ONASH 4 9V LHdNO pIe ae S sz co cal cal e col cof cof ca cal cof E vLOH ed 9 9589890208 60191 60101 alo o ge s E is Ps ps ea roa re 1 EE E EE E EE EE slais EE e EE EE a2mMNONSOE 88588 Se AS d 5a Sd ps 9989992 lt 2 0 pe 8829858 DOSE o WNI OU Test 2258 mw 682 l L 9 baa age 05 zezor Fso AoAo 9 ta i zz gt 09 8 095 001 957 MAYO T 2289 gsvo ssr svong 2 V LAS eed zr ANT p gt 09 8 S0SVU 0SVHWd ano lar WNCTT 2 9 ON
5. 2d 9y SZ Z2 ob 010 2 VAS 21 A Wy w 9an 90182 Wai 1011 gelu lt 0121 z 5 gt i S S 585695 ETAT ater UP 0 017 m NSF UP 1 M m 9VW z d SFE sho I0 bot 45 2 5 CMIX I li s 8 wee 1 OV VAS i Bai SiN yee M8 1 olio seru ZOGZINPN ro Leu s nono E uu ue T 0L2I 95 l NDITO Fee _ 1 WN 1 90022 I Sur T bebo m iu 1asay pL oE v Ort 19 pes S3HINGN zoszwrn E sanw 0 9l 19599 dsa i OF say do0zz ors C5 s 8 ro 2210 6210 ON UE 941 d081 8210 ONAS3A or eizu W 20 Taman 09 621 ON ZO6ZIPN Eor oe 4 7 PLOHL WN ___ LIS iss E SOWOWS COST lt qeu Humos 1029 99 1 sai we usa s rs ozzy TVS san 42 2 NS EvS webb M evr Vo rs S0cu E SVS ANY ov S 3 I XLS VS9d1 d jet UAA IF AS vi OL ZZiH 80s 6015 c06cINPN 902u 0612 m OF Fred 605 0101 ON Sr 9ZiH Oras 9i OL tras WY Yd Fagor eras ZT 016089 eras 691H tidl 9 z or zzi8 ras 7795 lt 69 0 29 or sozu osi 3882 eras 71 891 2 H 5 3 3 q o 8 V 6 21 FO 6600U
6. 9 3 a 5 8 Y wy 20 T AA 1 T I I 108241 NEN L VO V0 0 vo 0 1810 99 SO amp 0 09 9 Hi v D gt AS8J4dW Htt D gt TWIN ZVN EVN WIN SV ov ZVN svn Hr ST soaan Hir aun Hy paio wo lt 0 ip 08 0001 To 4g lt OSV ZON can TON Kaos amp de s He 2 ca XIBiS lt I HS 2 Sdn ZON 30N CaN ora WN _ TOW 20 ach NN EIN 21 02 PLOHbZ 691 69l ve n or T z13s3gs son sequ A Zeza died Hoi lot LWW st 0 dW 09 1 35am LGSNO ENIIND 4901q 4olo9uuoO 3 q a V 6 24 FO 6600U 9 j i ZESTWHL ut SOI agms 1b 8 2 Hus B S HHMS mE v ceS Wel SOI VO lt 990 L T T z lt k amp 1 postive H sos zrassss 69 410 20101 zes vr vos vr avo Ps 201 Z20191 10 or L vOSV A AN 3s 021 ana un ON gr aou rol 8919 T EE g NNS Y zr 90 AS gr 80 aly vi vo
7. j 5 02 1 1 8 4 01 c S Vv 20191 FHUMW 71 91 1 91 49 01 iio T EL HYMN E zL S Wl 20191 2 9 6 v lt x1 lt vos vv 419 PT 90191 eeHSZ rO0STVr Pg 90121 Jn Or or ON ao 7 90101 a ah Tan lt H T vo Vie z S 9 9IS Vv AS ees Vv ro ZEHSZ v 20101 8010 0191 STvr S ZOLOI z lt L 550 024 vOS VvZ 90121 Vo 6210 T zL Eror i BOS wre 0ZS1vr Zeo 2 TS 09 z Ero u 4 po vos vv 80S Vv Lis s I 90101 iso a i 0 8180 ASt 4201 O11UO9 SS9899V 8 V 6 11 FO 6600U H d EI a 9 8 V 1260 cu daz azz 0269 li T Teo ewe o 6S p od GERIT 027770 THHMS ser ways L e L s L s L s L s ave orsDGe v
8. PWB A Analog voltage detected by the Thermistor TH1 IC1 77 CN2 TH1 1 Z Em HH DC5V 2 Thermistor 7 7 7 7 54 L 2H Ice SS 3 CN7 CN2 Heater Lam a H L 1 1 p 1 Cum H ower 2102 lt gt PWB 2 H L 53 Thermostat Heater Lamp ON OFF Signal L H1 ON H H1 OFF Thermostat A Thermistor l Upper Fusing Roller Lower Fusing Roller Heater Lamp l paper Fig 13 3 8 FO 6600U 1 Warming Up After the initialization of the printer warming up of the printer starts and the Heater Lamp turns ON until the temperature of the Upper Fusing Roller reaches approx 172 C Temperature 2 Standby In this standby mode the temperature of the Up per Fusing Roller is maintained at 156 C When this condition continues for 3minutes the printer turns to Standby mode at low temperature T a print is made soon after warming up 3 Print Cycle When the printer obtains the printing command from its controller the Upper Fusing Roller is main tained at 172 C 4 Standby atlow Upper Fusing Roller is maintained at 112 C temperatuie gt lt lt i Power ON Time Wang up Standby Standby at low temperature Fig 14 13 PRINT SEQUENCE 13 1 Print Starting 13 2 Print Ending Unit msec M3 normal rotation 4000 Printing comm
9. V H 5 3 3 a 9 sped eonuo Ajejes eseu NV ALON 856581 ezta as 6 as 6 le vYO6cINCN 06 SLLOI AS L 001 94 P 004 veru 1 eLvzoS2 OV py lt ZIMNO S010 H S lt ig ser Ac AIS SE 26 96 O Wy Simo 1V9L2 H 8H VM o3 Ista NI L v ATA 11 MdNO g0ru a007 9 Vd1 9a oa 0 p Lev 9g at 6d n 01 MdNO v 3 S gl xe SU es A qng lt 8 Ns Sg z lt poszwen L LZS 6919 INI T T P P pemn AS Z MdNO OW Tg SW IMNO 1 S MdNO 1 E ON MANO z SM 8 181 N ezo 1 9 620 Wi MNO 1 WA a MNO iral 4 01 6 901 98 v8Vd L WA SN vf WN T WV wy 0832400 J 014 _ Briq yria WA au es rs s EWXLNO tay Boi di SE SdXI c LLZ 18d 0201 0232900 0 2014 ANY oqa Gr 5 6LvH AS GS1N I 91 6 UANL ON OS LO 219 oszo 911082 T 0g32499 10 9 Bede WAT lt 1 3s r d1SNO P NOqIS OF Wd i xp os 585658 CWXINO yWr oiVaL OVXI Get F NX1NO TOlWdL VdXL WA e LELEVd 1201 LL 6 y9olq Ajddng V H 3 3 q o FO 6600U
10. T 1 NOTE L pO Wem ct MP E ol 1 ae tae E Ma L H t yonl i VREF i 4 t lt 1 1 7 BLANCE NET yt ec _ _ E o OML y TRANS SURGE GENERATION ji SIG TX TELLINE p a PROTECTION CIRCUIT 3E GIRCUIT _ _ _ I DETECTION NOTE VRSEL3 LE HOOK SW RHS HANDSET iced ete MIC MUTE MEM Nae Re atl Sl ox RPM VRSEL2 iue c ML M M M M ELEC ux oc EET RCVMUTE SP AMP SPEAKER 22 0 o SPOUT a H MUTE ON L MUTEOFF SP MUTE Matrix table of control signals H TX LINE H Low gain L OFF L High gain Stand by FAX signal sending FAX signal receiving Before and after dialing Off hook dial DP dialing DTMF dialing Before and after dialing On hook dial DP dialing DTMF dialing Before and after dialing 300bps check DP dialing DTMF dialing Auto dial HHH Ringer ringing Stand by buzzer Key buzzer OFF HOOK ON HOOK ON HOOK OFF HOOK ae sl Bs sj lrT r rj r r crj jr rj r rj r cr mr F
11. CN1 CN2 F701 CNPWE VR2 L H lJ ld S2 CNAE VR1 O s Fig 4 Fig 5 PWB A CN15 CNIL NN O VR1 CN5 CN13 IC1 CN7 CN2 CN10 CN4 CN9 CN11 CN12 CN6 CN3 CN8 Fig 6 6 PRINT PROCESSING Print Head Unit Print Exit Exposure Fusing Drum Cartridge Drum Charging Toner UN VA Hopper Toner Cartridge Image Transfer Development 2nd Transport Unit CASSETTE 1 3rd Transport U nit 2 CASSETTE 2 E 7 PAPER TAKE UP SECTION Paper can be fed into the printer from the Multi Purpose Tray or from the Manual Feed Port 1 sheet Installing the Second Tray adds another feeding method The paper fed by the Paper Take Up Roller is transported to the Trans port Roller Fusing Roller and then Paper Exit Roller After this the pa per is fed out onto the Print Tray The starting position of an image is decided by the Paper Take Up Sen sor PC1 7 1 Multi Purpose Tray When the Paper Take Up Solenoid is energized the drive of the Main Motor M1 is transmitted to the Paper Take Up Roller via the Paper Take Up Clutch one way clutch to rotate the Paper Take Up Roller one revol
12. e Operation description Refer to the waveforms of the terminal volt age and current waveforms The current M in the coiling of the motor is converted in the current voltage mode with the resistors RS R1 2 which are connected the terminal E pin 16 is farther transmitted to the C terminal pin 10 through the filter Cc C248 252 and Rc R399 401 Vc The reference voltage VR and Vc voltage of each comparator are compared with the comparator which is selected with lo pin 9 and h pin 7 9 If Vc gt VR is established here the signal is output to the monost able to turn off the lower side of the bridge type output transistor only forthe time 0 69CrRr determined by CT C251 255 and RT R400 402 which are connected to the terminal T pin 2 in order to shut down the coil current IM Atthis time the counter electromotive force is generated by the wind ing inductance However the energy is reduced with discharge through and the diode between Ma and Mg When the time 0 69CrRr determined with the monostable has passed the transistor on the lower side is turned on again to flow the winding current Being suppressed by the inductance of the mo tor the current will increase and return to D Tr MONOSTABLE IOR 0 69 PrCr VOX 4 VE Pin16 oV VOX 4 VC Pin10 ov VS 4 VMA Pin15 o
13. od 2195995 AS 21995995 NSt 9539 2 1 LANNO 4 4 FO 6600U aMd AlddNS H3MOd CONTROL PWB 3 3 Point to point diagram and connector signal name 3 n S S gamv1u3sna N ASt p N WA od QNO WA SW z B aN WA WA L Ave N ZNO HOSN3S ASS yddyd L oazisd SINO HO1ON ES FINO p aNd eee 0O3183NOL H3NOL z emano En AST EINO 918 dAS Sig dAS vi dAS era dAS zig ddd uaj nous ola AS819 68 815 88 Gol 29 __ 98 ddd sa va ddd dad zg ad i8 ad 91 ON SIV AGudo viv dd Elv ad ad ow INidg 6v 8v Asai3 AN AGuud 9v SV ad saunod ev dd av odd Iv dad JOHLNOO YALNIdd
14. 1 IC152 R372 DR R397 C245 cise e C eise cipe x D177 je csisp w C314 lu n Cseg C316 x A L S o jm mi cx TCig7D154 au a C521 R288C184 Nos 0 g l m 0 ERI RR ma 25 nr VAAAG moos gt Dy A D134 o o 196 R195 R194 C138 D128 0119 ore 011 K Tcies C125 0199 1 112 9 FO 6600U FO 6600U H d EI a 9 8 V azz 910 42 ad HOS 161025 L L HOS 925 vSIO T TS SSA ze zg od 90 HOS WWHdOZS Ig 1 3z 9 lt 4 x SSA WN HOS W3W2S 1 82 9 lt a xez leli BUMS sn 9 Ew ES I HOS W3OOWZS JHMS 681
15. LH28F016SUT IC6 DQ8 15 DQO 7 2 OUTPUT OUTPUT INPUT INPUT L _ lt _ Eg lt BUFFER BUFFER BUFFE yo lt 3 58 LOGIC lt BYTE AAA DATA QUEUE REGISTER ID REGISTER tc gt lt K CSR lt E PAGE 2 BUFFERS a 5 K 4 K ESRs lt CE1 4 2 4 WE DATA Y COMPARATER 4 W on N INPUT A ELS A0 20__ BUFFER Y DECODER Y GATING SENSING pR ADDRESS N Ee u ug s PROGRAM LATCHE XDECODER 55 55 Sow Ne ee 55 DS lt VOLTAGE 5959 id iz SWITCH 3 5 m za em 4 VCC ADDRESS OP COUNTER Fig 5 5 17 FO 6600U HM5118160AF 7 IC12 SOJ VCC 1 42 VSS 1 00 2 41 1 01
16. O CO NI Oj 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Handset cover top 3 10 FO 6600U Right side panel Right side panel top 4 6 Right side panel bottom IS f 7 FO 6600U Q ty 1 1 Part name 16 Hopper guide right 1 17 Hopper 18 Paper setting plate 19 Screw 3x8 20 ROM cover 2 21 Inner tray 1 13 Pinion gear 14 Hopper spring 15 Hopper guide left No 1 1 2 1 Q ty Part name 1 Mechanism unit 2 Hopper unit 3 Screw 3x10 4 Scanner cover 5 Screw 3x10 9 Printer front cover 6 Connector 7 Inner tray unit 8 Screw 3x10 A d Cdl lt M 11 Hopper window Parts list Fig 3 Veh Y s WOO J X V n N N M AQ Y Hopper scanner cover inner tray and printer front cover FO 6600U LINE CONTROL PWB CONTROL PWB FO 6600U 1 1 Part name 4 Document guide lower 5 Screw 3x10 6 Operation panel unit 1 Scanner unit 2 Screw 3x10 3 Reader glass 7 Optical unit io o 2 m sj a IN N XQ S v G N y MAW 7 9 Y NS SS Document guide lower opera
17. OV I e HOLIMS zs IVLSOWHSHL tS 1HOdSNVH L ANZ LINN LHOdSNVH L CHE ES aS aS E 7 i 3aqION31OS divi zs eS d r 3yv1 H31V3H L Saavad THN 3qION31OS dna L Z HadVd 2 zNO I end HOLONN 1HOdSNVHl que Alddns A z H3MOd 1HOdSNVHL Ory 1HOdSNVHl 5 Dod LNO LNO eines gt lt J ot ns E s 21 HOLOW NO 6NO 9NO LINN YNO S 39V11OA HOIH det ZINO HOSN3S ALANA dadvd HOSNAS H3dVd 2 en 225 LENO QION31OS HO1ON NV3 Hadvd 15 HOSN3S INO dn aav 4 ZNO HOISINYSHL z LHL zn Z END
18. When however CE pin is in L DATA pin is in high impedance Serial timer data I O VO DATA pin Input Output High impedance High impedance Power pin 5V Power pin GND IC14 VHiLZ9FJ37 1 LZ9FJ37A RS232C I F PWB IC1 VHiADM207AN 1 ADM207AM 0 15 0 05 P 0 65TYP 160 0 340 1 1 6 120 B O T3 OUT LZ9FJ37A T1 OUT 2 OUT JAPAN E R1 IN YYWW XXX R1 OUT T2 IN ADM207 1 6 28 0 0 3 T1 IN i GND I E VCC Y PKG BASE PLANE di e V Cie 8 15 MEMO SHARP PARTS GUIDE 10 12 x Exterior etc 1 Exterior etc 2 Operation panel unit Document guide upper unit Optical unit Drive unit Scanner frame unit Housing Drive Paper take up unit 1 Paper take up unit 2 Transfer unit Fusing unit FO 6600U MODEL FO 6600 CONTENTS 13 14 15 16 17 21 2nd 3rd transport unit Cassette Packing material amp Accessories Control PWB unit Line control PWB unit TEL Liu 1 PWB unit TEL Liu 2 PWB unit Power supply P
19. IC703 gases 1 VIN VOUT i 1 1 1 1 1 CONSTANT VOLTAGE i CIRCUIT PWM COMP i 1 1 1 1 9 OSC OVERCURRENT R ILLATOR ERRORAMP DET CTION F F CIRCUIT OADJ s 1 1 OVERHEAT PROTECTIVE CIRCUIT 1 1 1 9 Heater circuit Though heater output is powered from AC line the circuit is configured to allow one side of AC to be turned on and off by TR701 When heater ON OFF terminal is turned to LOW the current will flow to the photo diode of PC702 to trigger the photo triac on the primary side and also turn on TR701 This will activate the heater output On the contrary when the heater ON OFF terminal is turned to HIGH any current will not flow to the photo diode of PC702 to turn off TR701 This will deactivate the heater output If TR701 is broken in the short mode any current will not flow to the photo diode side of PC703 to turn off the photo transistor on the second ary side and Q703 will not be turned off Q703 is connected to the gate cathode of SR701 and SR701 is usually turned off However when Q703 is turned off and the heater ON OFF control terminal is further turned to HIGH SR701 will be brought into the conductive state to cutoff the power supply to the heater circuit on the rimary side p y F701 ACL O O O 4 X p f i i AC N O
20. o olm O O O O C FO 6600U 12 Fusing unit PARTS CODE PRICE NEW RANK MARK DESCRIPTION using unit OKW0992101703 OKW0992180226 0KW0992255101 spring O0KW0992255001 Arm OKW0992250813 Gear 20 50T OKW0992250901 Gear 44T 0KW0992251301 Torsion spring 0KW0992251212 Lever 0KW0992251112 0KW0992048203 Gear 22T Fusing unit 0KW0992401503 Guide 0KW0972553101 C Ring 0KW0992551201 Gear 30T 0KW0992552101 Bushing 0KW0992553103 Frame LFT 0KW0992551713 0KW0992552401 Pressure spring Terminal 0KW0992563401 Bracket 0KW0957551 101 Bushing 0KW0992554001 Fusing roller UPR 0KW0992554101 Fusing roller L WR 0KW0992671501 Thermistor OKW0992562601 OKW0992562501 Terminal Terminal 0KW0992553201 Frame RT OKW0992650501 Tube lamp OKW0992580602 Holder 0KW0992553303 Separator 0KW0957552702 Separator roll 0KWO0992370601 0KW0992551901 Gear 40T Torsion spring 0KW9335141031 Photo interrupter 0KW0992605301 Harness 0KW0992731201 Label 0KW9739030813 Screw 0KW9646030613 Screw 0KW9733031013 Ol Screw Bushing FO 6600U 13 2nd 3rd transport unit NO PARTS CODE DESCR
21. Zet Log T 22 ziau 0H Eur imt T Vzordl sgi Ed 1211 zzi kr a sl ou ST viordl vei dH 91 yz 96 Tison 1 08 0 r PE 4 woordl S OH 0299 gg 89 F OWE igi NOHO d foz NOdIS a 90001 82 Aio 92 Ke x i ierat 261 VH 1NHO INYO amp We6 S620 4 NaiH 9 aia Po yp VH ozpay 551 VH O8XL 7 08XI x 1559 02 1599 Veva bax AM E L LONE ee ae WWE stray SSH VH z gaxi gt wre 72 3gidg 02 eh yo GERTAE 378 OWXL OVXI Me 8r 92 j OVE Stray 257 V4 WXL Fay IVXL gt nk E AN L 9 2 Ug 20 gg WP AN lt Od xoay 9e AWE gig SSH pasa EN vel 061 ANY gt 9 g99N9 cs GZL zor Wee Bre ofival szi 0 VH HHd coz Wee Zog HHa 2 099N9 1 E080 aa pg a TY dC de a ii KIM gt 1 aO9N9 A Zeh w cL VH Olta 90 SOL 89 gory AIHd yer 89 2SH1 v o OA Od 1 SOvdl esp er Zer deza 6Vd l 90Pd1 Z 022N9 zm age th MUI 9 090NO lt Piu rity ZZY OV 0 Ba 6POIS TL W _ 9291 LM 9 009NO d9 Wor 1 m Y Nees espe OV Wye 2920 I Weare 1 099ND yr cr VAS 9 WW _09 1 WN
22. 318VN3 LNdlNO 9 318VN3 3 od D 5e HE 0 sore dus 01 1 0 85i W 2505 02 1 As NSF LYS ZVS ods 6L EvS taS 8L vVS zas m SYS as 9L 9vs ras SL ANS sas m evs gas m aS et OLYS 8qs OL LLYS 6qs 6 ews 0105 8 IVS Has L YIVS elds 9 SLYS elas S gis vids p 1015 8LYS 1d401 200FOZ2W 2092 LGINH 92 60705 1 69 roys 09 3 3 8 V 6 22 FO 6600U H 5 3 3 a 8 V od T QNO ON 8819 IN oros ON agog AS 09 oN ON ON v9 69 29 ag 8410 zg BANI UNI Pig 6 dl ors gt nee I eg 5 8 1 5 8 Pog T uwd JHMLOW 184 o 9d Z aa 65 amos lt 9 9 ap 230 1 1 qo 130 JIN gg Boda 100 098 22 ED Tas ZON ueQ 205 62 m Ee ban a TW ie 6h vas
23. s amp ia PC701 ES a T44 125V RDENT21155CZZ K m SHARP T2115 o PF LP 8 e E a E Lo mx Power supply PWB parts layout FO 6600U q 9 g l v e se p aijddns Jou ued gMd Siul JO sued y BOUIS 9JoN 1 001NO L aoz j T vZ NdNO 001NO on Z2 NANO z q91NO Z NdNO NSF LZ NdNO NSF 9 00NO lt s i ye Nano SONO lt q 9 Q01NO 51 Su 49 NaNo tq ipt ano I 001NO 557 Sg ENAN 2 007 xa t t sq a BF NaNO LI Q01NO 4557 vay lt Si NaNO 0I 00NO 57 t t m NaNO 6 007 557 t t gg 6 NANO 8 a01NO 4157 I ig M NANO LQ0NO xa t t st bid zN3gai C4 9 NN Nagar 4 NdNO 1 a gt o Nee 707 ved sm 5d S 5d ze S 12 ONSS oc sat 6 INSS 8i oat ZL _ Ft m 2N3S 94 var SL 18 si 80 amp i t Wee zie rio tol so ENSS vi Em PNIS ZL m zi H o z PNAS or zad 6 lo 5 002N1N SN3S OF zat 6 iaa 8 __ 201 esas 8 n Or 9 S d 9 wa js 95 oo Sr e Su
24. Lx OT ee CML Y DIAL PULSE SURGE GENERATION TEL LINE Pee PROTECTION CIRCUIT CIRCUIT cl cw DETECTION Fig 11 Matrix table of control signals MPXB MIC MUTE RCV MUTE SP MUTE H Low gain H ON ON H ON L High gain Stand by FAX signal sending FAX signal receiving Before and after dialing 300bps check DP dialing DTMF dialing Auto dial FO 6600U 6 Circuit description of CCD PWB The CCD board picks up optical information from the document con verts it into an electrical analog signal and transfers it to the control board 1 Block diagram 1 we CCD m uPD3753CY AG VO Fig 12 2 Description of blocks 1 CCD The uPD3753CY is a highly sensitive charged coupled image sensor that consists of 2088 picture elements Receiving there drive signals oT 2 61 from the control board 2 Waveforms 1 01 2 signals within the control board 1 2 Fig 13 7 Circuit description of operation PWB 1 Block diagram PANEL PWB M we es wet ewe e hee E OR V A fogs aul i ee we td 1 5V 1
25. TE E sil Pa s a Oe IT r r r r r cr rjr Holding Sound volume control signal of hand set receiver VRSEL1 VRSEL2 VRSEL3 Matrix Sound volume High Middle Low DTMF sending VRSEL 1 L H H H VRSEL 2 H L H H VRSEL 3 H H L H 5 24 F O 6600U 5 Circuit Description of TEL LIU 2 PWB 1 TEL LIU block operational description 1 Block diagram NOTE i VREF 1 rex MEAS i DIAL PULSE GENERATION 3 SURGE TEL LINE lt t _ PROTECTION oe CIRCUIT CIRCUIT cl II w DETECTION SIG TX ary side of matching transformer to 2V Signal s lection The VA protect the circuit from 100V or higher line surge voltages Cl detection circuit Wm m 2 Noise filter Y Fig 10 2 Circuit description 3 Block description The TEL LIU PWB is composed of the following 9 blocks 1 Surg Protection circuit 1 Surge protection circuit This circuit protects the circuit from the surge voltage occurring on 2 Noise filter the telephone line 3 Dial pul e The AR1 protects the c
26. Capacitor 25WV 0 10uF 5 Capacitor 25WV 0 10uF RRLYZ0166AFZZ Relay QCNCM2558SC2F Connector 26pin VHD1SS355 1 Diode 1SS355 VHD1SS355 1 8MF C C C B C B B B Diode 1SS355 IC BU4066BCF IC103 IC NJM4558M VHINJM455 VHINJM4558MF IC NJM4558M VHINJM4558MF IC NJM4558M RFILN2011SCZZ Coil N2011 RCILZ2089SCZZ Coil Z2089 RFILN2011SCZZ Coil N2011 QJAKZ2060SCOB 27 1 Jack VHPTLP6 VS2SA1807 P 1 Transistor 2SA1807 P VS2SC3415 P 1 Transistor 2SC3415 P VS2SD592A S 1 Transistor 2SD592A S VS2SD1266A15 Transistor 2SD1266A O VSDTC114EK 1 Transistor DTC114EK VS28C2412KR 1 B B B B B B B B Transistor DTC114EK Transistor DTC114EK VSDTC114EK 1 Transistor DTC114EK VS28C2412KR 1 Transistor 28C2412K Transistor 28C2412K VSDTC114EK 1 Transistor DTC114EK VRD HT2HY223J Resistor 1 2W 22KQ 5 FO 6600U NO PARTS CODE PRICE NEW RANK MARK DESCRIPTION 19 T EL Liu 2 PWB unit 54 VRD HT3AA133J Resistor 1W 13KQ 3595 55 RR HZ3011SCZZ Resistor 1 2W 4 70 5 VRD HT2EY100J Resistor 1 4W 10Q 5 VRS TV2AB103J VRS TV2AB103J VRS TV2AB113J Resistor 1 10W 10KQ 5 Resistor 1 10W 10KQ 5 Resistor 1 10W 11KQ
27. 3 10 CHAPTER 4 DIAGRAMS 1 Block diagram y u iure dte ite den ESSE eei evi Tn fis enel em pigs 4 1 2 Wiring diagram c oo i sem oe RHO ps h ea RICH ELI vie bab eb Ner beni 4 2 3 Point to point diagram and connector signal name 4 3 CHAPTER 5 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 1 Circuit description 2 40 eere etuer rem ueber boe kei eee EX Yan eee 5 1 2 Circuit description of control PWB 5 1 3 Circuit description of line control PWB 5 19 4 Circuit description of TEL LIU1 PWB 2 0 RR IR IR RR IH 5 22 5 Circuit description of TEL LIUP2 PWB 5 25 6 Circuit description of CCD PWB ayei teanta de e a ETE eR rh 5 28 7 Circuit description of operation PWB 5 28 8 Circuit description of power supply PWB 5 29 9 Circuit description of RS232C I F PWB sssssssseee 5 34 CHAPTER 6 CIRCUIT SCHEMATICS AND PARTS LAYOUT 1 Control PWB circuit uuu a uA ap RR mr 6 1 2 Line control PWB circuit S o pp E Ee dade QE RITU es 6 20 3 TEL EIU 1 2 PWB CIrGUIL es rere etn e rae aay Patna e i RR 6 28 4 Power supply PWB circuit RR IRR RA hh 6 33 5 Operation panel PWB
28. 9IS Vv AS ees Wl i 201 0101 zr ceSWrl m dn 80S IVvZ vLOl 2 S P vil lt 705 6 0eStwre MEL am m 20101 L al D 8 o uu 3 mm i 89 2 rs m dis zgS1vr SOI pos Wr 20L9I r r S m Tavs 1099 1 55405 9 OLDU v 9505 ggS1Vr 808 zol 4201 1011002 SS999V 5 a 4 6 25 FO 6600U Line Control PWB parts layout Top side X2935SC yE 7Y FO 6600U Line Control PWB parts layout Bottom side Toz S coi Do iD ioc Mois 9000900 to cu co COO OD ES mm mm 121 HI 10 amc CORRECT attoo QO ecco tux out gaoa ANANIN 00000000000 0 00 IS UI ccc dc crcamcomrcoc JO j WRONG O M TOTIT e toi 25 mE E cum o 7 g G G m g s elo 231 C149 L 2200 920 4 lt 25128000 tea Om NO Seins ML eel sere Ol x x Q c TOTH C101 zZsty sed ved TONM ANNAN aa aaeacoagcacoac o 6 27 FO 6600U
29. FO 6600U 1 Full black pattern 2 Intermediate tone 2 pattern The left pattern is repeated The left pattern is repeated 4 Mesh point pattern Es ss iterate The left pattern is repeated 5 Longitudinal strip 2 pattern Black 2 dot and white 2 dot are repeated in line 6 Lateral strip 2 pattern Black 2 line and white 2 line are repeated 7 Lateral strip 1 pattern Black 1 line and white 1 line are repeated 8 Full White pattern Rapid key 02 Check pattern 1 The lateral stripe 2 pattern is printed on one sheet Black 2 line and white 2 line are repeated Rapid key 03 Check pattern 2 The lateral stripe 2 pattern is printed on multiple pages Press the STOP key to end the printing Rapid key 04 Check pattern 3 The intermediate tone 1 is printed on one sheet Rapid key 05 Paper feed aging The mode is used for aging related to the printing In this mode the following modes are provided Blank paper aging mode ALL WHITE AGING Whole black print aging mode ALL BLACK AGING 5 printing aging mode 5 AGING 4 printing aging mode 4 AGING After selecting the paper pass aging mode in the print diagnosis mode input the number of each mode above with the ten key and the mode will be executed The detailed specifications of each mode are described as follows Here the operation in each mode is stopped only when the STOP key is pressed by the oper
30. RWL 2 47 CER BUSYL 46 HR WR INTL L 4 45 BUSYR OEL r 5 44 DINTR AOL O 6 43 OER 1107 42 LJ AOR A2L 8 IDT7130 41 DAIR L 9 IDT7140 40 L A2R A4L 10 39 ASL 11 DIP 38 J A4R AeL g 12 37 DASR A7L 13 VIEW 36 J AeR A8L 14 35 J A7R A9L 15 34 L1A8R VOOL 16 33 J A9R 17 32 I O7R l O2L 18 31 L1 O6R VO3L 19 30 L1I O5R l O4L 20 29 L 1 O4R VO5L 21 28 DV O3R VO6L L 22 27 DV 02R VO7L 23 26 VOIR GND L 24 25 VOOR 8 14 FO 6600U IC127 VHINJU6355E 1 NJU6355E DATA pin I O select pin H Data input L Data output lon When however is L DATA is high xr 7 DATA impedance xr s s cx Crystal oscillator connection pin f 32 768KHz E For the capacity of Cg and Cd refer to the series composition table Chip enable input pin built in pull down resistor H DATA pin allows data input output L DATA pin is in high impedance 2 3 Clock input pin Data are inputted or output in synchronization with this clock 7 8 4 2 xe OSCILLATOR TIMER COUNTER P 3 4 1 SECOND MINUTS HOUR DATE MONTH YEAR TLTTOUI 2 SECOND MINUTS HOUR DATE MONTH YEAR 7 DATA SHIFT REGISTER vss VDD T VO Sa CONTROL AND CLOCK 8 CLK COUNTER 4 POWER VOLTAGE 1 DETECTION CIRCUIT j gt 8 CE
31. TH von egal E ZOE NdNO v9vdl FEINT L 66 E ANY Teva gt 7 NdNO SV LUdNO lt 5 Lv ve EZ EIH Ddd tran vL Sol By L vZ ANN zzVdl Su W 9 NdNO esvdl Si EZ 01941 96 m NdNO velddNO ogg foam pegal 91 40 6Y zz 25 eg 9 S NJOJ S NaNO lZdWi ozg98qr Zi 9 OO V ler 86 28 22 m 96 revel 9d V 1HdNO toga OL VN9LLSHA 223 zz 5 pq NdNO Led 2291 9 3 19 5 8 8 8 L I 90 NaN IW ZV LHNO aaa T z819 90 1 338358 j I M x 212135212125 S 8 zialels e AS ASF E 531555 o e e x lt 99 1 IP AES ES E ES ES ES ES S EE ERES WR Me Osx P Sao 918 1UdNO My Zo X dum OGW SIGW 18 LHdNO 475 6 4 BIE SERIE se P lt x pla LugNo e s OSVSL O60 B Fe ss also dAS prVdL AA AVVVAAVVAAA TTE lt 9 a a o0 Qoo pae SOO 91V LHdNO Bo iit ON 8 yooq g 39 H 9 3 3 a o g V FO 6600U H 9 3 3 q V ET 41 9 mmr
32. a97 909 ON ON ON ON TWO 19 WO 19 1 L nI1 131 ON 1 da ON SHH XYDIS SHY XH5IS XLOIS SLAW XLDIS SLAW 1 nOdS SLAW 131 1 nOdS SLAW 131 ALAWdS ALAWdS ON e od uo nud 21359 V 1 c 13SHA V L SHY YOOH ASYA 8 LTSSYA 8 VHNO ov 1 ov AecL ov od ov od dS yanvads od N od L dS 4 3 FO 6600U Point to point diagram and connector signal name 2 ge 1OH1INOO ov 9v ov ov NEL 5v 9v 5v 2Xu9IS 2Xu9IS cASadd od cASadd od od od AS AS AS AS S 1NIdGQIN LYN LYN ZYN VIN ZYN VIN wv SVIN vv SVIN OVI ZV 9VIN LV 8VIN 6vIN 8VIN 6vVIN OLVIAN 2S9daN OLVIN 2S9daN TOH NOOO 3NI1 esau 2599 THMLOW HYMLOW HYMLOW oan Law oan zan a van vaN San 9dN QN 9AN OLGIN LLAWN
33. 16 87 RR HZ3011SCZZ 18 84 AC 6 8 e elo G oD D w gt O D OJ O O AC AC 16 10 AC 16 14 AC 17 3 AC AC HA Ac fe 17 7 AC gt S P p gt S gt p gt 16 92 16 101 16 116 gt gt gt gt 19 55 AC RRLYZ0166AFZZ 18 41 AH 19 28 AH F RMOTZ2124SCZZ 18 142 A w 17 8 AC 17 9 AC 16 2 AB olol olojo 16 118 16 124 16 140 gt OO OO CO U2 U9 RTRNZ2157XHZZ 19 98 A 16 5 AB 16 18 AB 16 19 QOO 16 153 16 191 16 201 16 21 S SPAKAOO6ASCZZ SPAKAO10ASCZZ F 15 23 AC 15 25 AC po VCEAEA1CW336M m N 16 4 gt gt gt gt gt w w w P gt gt gt gt 17 16 Ni 17 22 SPAKA4861SCZZ 15 15 A SPAKA4944SCZZ 15 16 SPAKA4996SCZZ VCEAEA1CW476M 16 11 17 1 QOO i N gt gt 17 23 4 SPAKC281ASCZZ Q AR AC AX N 2 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 SPAKP4946SCZZ VCEAEA1EW226M TCADZ2136SCZZ TINSE3815SCZZ VCEAEA1EW475M P gt gt gt gt TLABH4065SCZZ VCEAEA1EW476M TLABH4066SCZZ TLABP3078SCZZ TLABP3937SCZZ TLABS4434S
34. Document Front sensor cable Parts list Fig 16 Part name Part name Band 80 mm Core F2064 Core F2094 Core F2063 Screw 3x8 Band 100 mm Clamp Printer cable PRINTER CONTROL PWB Printer Core F7009 Scanner frame p Rib Transfer sensor cable Document sensor Document guide upper Remove the Upper Unit Remove the Image Transfer Unit Remove the drive tension section of the Fusing Unit 1 screw Remove the transport gear Release the hook of the spring and remove the drive gear section of the Fusing Unit NOTE When rehooking the spring be sure to hook it at the correct position After reinstalling the drive section of the Fusing Unit be sure to check if the gear section moves forward and backward as in the directions shown below Drive gear section of the Fusing Unit Drive transport gear Hook of the spring Drive tension section of the Fusing Unit 6 Remove the fusing guide plate 4 screws FO 6600U FO 6600U Heater lamp 1 Pull the Heater Lamp out of the lamp holder from the right side NOTE When reinstalling the Lamp position its voltage indication on the fusing drive gear side Be sure not to touch the lamp surf
35. gt MCF ee DCN Recording papor ejected Document ejected 7 1 FO 6600U 2 Power on sequence START CPU initialized MODEM initialized WAIT A MOMENT display MEMORY CLEAR 2 display STAND BY MEMORY CLEARED display MEMORY CLEARED display Y Y STAND BY PROCESS CHECK MODE STAND BY CHAPTER 8 OTHERS 1 Service Tools 1 List PARTS CODE DESCRIPTION FO 6600U CPWBX2835SC02 Extension board unit EXT A and EXT B 1 CN np BR UKOGM2058SCZZ Optical adjustment jig 2 Description 2 1 Extension board unit For inspection of control line control PWB 1 Remove the inner tray from the unit and remove the control line con trol PWB 2 Mount the extension board EXT A in the place where the control line control PWB has been removed At that time the connector CNLIU of extension board EXT A must be inserted into the TEL LIU 1 PWB 3 Connect the cables from the unit to the connectors A side CNSENA CNCCDA CNPWA CNPRTA CNRSA CNPNA CNTXMA CNLEDA CNSTPA CNDRA CNLIUSA of extension board EXT A as on the control line control PWB 4 Connect the extension cables 12 types to the connectors B side of extension board EXT A 5 Remove the ROM cover of inner tray pull out the extension cables 12 types from the ROM replacing windo
36. vcc _ vcc vcc VCC VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS _ VSS VSS v v gt e N 2 m IW RJ zz EEEE E z z QB GD cm e a 2 x g m 3 m S 5 O a a m S 2 S 2 lt ss 3 dg o o el S 3 S gt gt 5 s A 65 a S o 3 3 d a m S S gt rr A 3 a 9 a P gt 8 S 2 z 8855828 Fa 3333235 9 9 amp E E x R 4 6 5 A o x o o d 8 N I X S o o PORTA ADDRESS FO 6600U MASK ROM 16KB SH7020 32KB SH7021 RAM 1kB Z Z Z 7 Z 7 Z4 17205 MEMORY CPU ACCESS CONTROLLER INTERRUPT USER CONTROLLER BREAK BUS STATE CONTROLLER ssayqqv gt _ gt A15 A14 A3 a A11 gt A1 gt A0 HBS SERIAL COMMUNICATION INTERFACE x2 CHANNEL PROGRAMMABLE TIMING PATTERN CONTROLLER 16 BIT INTEGRATED TIMER PULSE UNIT WATCH DOG TIMER 2862727274 9 Z 7 A PLT TIL Q PERIPHERAL ADDRESS BUS 24 BITS PERIPHERAL DATA BUS 16 BITS INTERNAL ADDRESS BUS 24 BITS INTERNAL HIGH ORDER DATA 16 BITS
37. w CCD Fig 4 2 Composition The optical system is composed of the document feed mechanism the lamp the reflecting mirrors the focusing lens the CCD sensor and the read process circuit 4 1 LED Lamp The LED lamp is used to expose the document FO 6600U 4 2 Lens The lens is used to focus the light reflected from the document on the CCD elements Mark Fig 5 4 3 CCD The CCD charge coupled device image sensor consists of a photodiode array which converts the intensity of light reflected from the document surface into series of analog voltages which are then stored in an analog shift register The series of analog voltages are then converted into a digital equivalent by a black white binary logic circuit Example Scan signal output waveform Peak 100 4 40 minimum Scan line i length Maximum document width 256mm Fig 6 1 The minimum output from the CCD at the maximum scan width of document 256mm must be more than 40 of the peak value 2 The peak output must be about 200mV under room tem perature to avoid CCD saturation FO 6600U 2 Printer description 1 COMPONENTS LAYOUT Exit Fan Motor M3 Lower Fusing Roller Paper Exit Sensor PC3 Upper Fusing Roller Heater Lamp H1 Paper Exit Roller Print Head Unit Toner Cartridge Paper Lift Up Plate 14 10 Paper Take Up Roller 11 Paper Transport Roller 12 Pape
38. 16 bit integrated timer pulse unit ITU Timing pattern controller TPC DMA transfer request Channels 0 and 1 Input terminal of DMA transfer request from external TIOCAO TIOCBO DMA transfer request receiving Channels 0 and 1 ITU input capture output conveyor Channel 0 It indicates that DMA transfer request is received Output terminal of input capture input output conveyor TIOCA1 TIOCB1 ITU input capture output conveyor Channel 1 Output terminal of input capture input output conveyor TIOCA2 TIOCB2 ITU input capture output conveyor Channel 2 Output terminal of input capture input output conveyor TIOCB3 ITU input capture output conveyor Channel 3 Output terminal of input capture input output conveyor TIOCA4 TIOCB4 TOCXA4 TOCXB4 ITU input capture output conveyor Channel 4 ITU output conveyor Channel 4 Output terminal of input capture input output conveyor Output terminal of output conveyor TCLKA TCLKD 65 66 90 91 ITU timer clock input Timing pattern Output 15 thru 0 External clock input terminal to counter of ITU Output terminal of timing pattern Serial communication nterface SCI Sending data Channels 0 and 1 Sending data output terminal of SCIO 1 Receiving data Channels 0 and 1 Receiving data input terminal of SCIO 1 Serial clock Channels 0 and 1
39. Auto receive with PC I F Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved w PM CO O oO BLO N NIO C1 Continuous serial polling Dialing interval in continuous serial polling Reserved When SW30 3 is ON to be set by OPTION Reserved Quick on line Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved CO NI OD oO BRL PM o Reserved Reserved 2 15 FO 6600U Switch setting and function Initial setting Remarks Print hold Off OPTION Document transmission in Super G3 mode Reserved No Refer to Page 2 44 Changeover of print cassette OPTION Selection of print cassette Selection of print cassette Heater mode Density adjustment of print bias W cassette SEPA MODE ON Work in auto mode except in this table No 5 No 6 No 7 No 8 Always off Off timer 0 1 1 0 Binary input Data No 1 faint 6 deep EX eg Bias is set to level 3 Indicate of priority T TRAY U UPPER L LOWER Indicate of priority U UPPER L LOWER OPTION set to 1 6 set to 0 7 is equal to 3 001 Drum life limit 0 near 19 000 pcs 0 near 15 000 pcs 1 near 15 000 pcs 1 near 16 000 pcs 0 limit 20 000 pcs 1 limit 16 000 pcs 0 limit 20 000
40. c 218146 RI39 Rigo C116 J56 es J55 4 R141 s uj CE 1 mim s e R142 C120 R113 RL Co i I E R124 R126 C108 J50 jus Am f p FO 6600U Mr 91 89 cH 60 0 Z001NH 070 4 S SS En 7 ttt lt 0294 e es I DIOE cso lw MAP E 82 0 Izy bys 89 RES TA 0 04 Z Os 1 d N H31V3H 1H3lvaH wee 1 8 1581 gezu essey p 1 GP pr c 001 e 0 4H 3dO NO OS H3lv3HO dj w 1 10201 AAvaIN ZS Sz u 575 i 20 9d t Og9d i 1000 ol 022d E Feo odo za Ov z T S30 QH n LL xL T ES Y rol av velu Se KH Dal 0i SE 0 yor 62 9 I 10 8 ec 6 SE 0 EE gu ast 8 SE 0 zz M Ate L t ASr Z 8 rcp 3 22 9 T t mt 68 Na sP sud S OW 9 ye ME 66 SEL MEE oz AVS SW s Ezzy 8024 B 60 H N T LSOLOd pi w 4
41. 59 1 IVS 59 55 SOT 40 Jor wos 8 amp 9 or 181 L We 690 avs tis 96dLo 05 ridlo ye 081 evs SZ Sere S dlo 505 tL Eldlo NS 99 4 ws 1 vEdLo 705 tL 21910 gys 99 GVS 97 v8lH 90022 dlo sas PE ryg 99 7 IS T lt 99 5 2691 0 75 TP 01910 zivs 99 IS zigd LOXL amsa 199 I6dL0 7766 por 6910 grys 09 1 avs 2 A OT 8019 evs S6 Z 05 gt i 9 vs 99 018d SDHI I3OS 62 i 2 ovS m 86 Z 910 605 gt tilos 89 68d 0qX1 8241 Oras tL 9910 09 1 Hvs v6 LY l dlo L pl Sdlo 75 99 1 ZIVS 8ad O0Xd 6 zv Ely 9241 o pL ralo 99 1 208 S 59 1 vIVS 00r 5 Ingas p zao 9179 gg SIVS 66 Z inion lt arz 108 E d ES SIVS Z6 5 Tee asain lt 9 2 n za ENS ANS 89 Z 5619 INuo 080 8IVS I9 WLv 1089 TN 080 eza 8IVS vL 5 SIZH iW Z2xZOSOMYH Devs IVd OO3H0 Pog ZA ry 0029 6d 1275 OXOVG so 2 8619 2q ed L20Z2Zv 90H 90022 p v 2 291 20 T s 09 r gG 6 ar EE Giro gt lt pod 09 v ag 6 AS 99 ve 2 58 1 zsauw 09 9 2 qns 4901q 9 L lonuo2o eur z H 3 3 q 9 V 6 20 FO 6600U ov
42. DISPLAY 4 OPTION SETTING ENTER 01 33 step 2 Select DIAL MODE KEY OJO DISPLAY 23 DIAL MODE lt 1 LINE 1 2 LINE 2 step 3 Select LINE using 1 or 2 KEY DISPLAY 1 LINE 1 amp 1 TONE 2 PULSE KEY DISPLAY 2 LINE 2 lt 12TONE 2 PULSE step 4 Select using 1 or 2 KEY DISPLAY TONE SELECTED KEY DISPLAY PULSE SELECTED step 5 End using the STOP key FO 6600U 2 Diagnostics and service soft switch 1 Operating procedure Two kinds of diagnoses are supported 1 1 Fax diagnosis This diagnosis is concerned with the main body of fax which is used for production and service support Entering the diagnostic mode Press IFUNC gt 9 gt 8 display will appear MAN FBQOX FBQ1 x SUB FBROX FBR0x Then press the START key Select the desired item with the and the 4e key or select with the rapid key Enter the mode with the key Diag specifications Func gt G9 09 gt i 7 and the following key MAIN FBQOX FBQ1X SUB FBROx FBROX START
43. ET n 0AV1610000061 0AV1540000003 0AV1471020090 Capacitor 50WV 0 1uF Capacitor 250WV 0 1uF Capacitor 100WV 0 001uF 0AV1610000029 Capacitor 1KWV 1000PF 0AV1390000110 Capacitor 35WV 680uF 0AV1390000110 Capacitor 35WV 680uF 0AV1390000107 Capacitor 50WV 0 47uF PRICE NEW NO PARTS CODE RANK MARK RANK FO 6600U DESCRIPTION 20 Power supply PWB unit 18 0AV1390000108 Capacitor 35WV 22uF 19 0AV1390000106 Capacitor 35WV 330uF 20 0AV1390000106 Capacitor 35WV 330uF gala Ol 21 0AV1390000106 0AV 1650000001 0AV1650000001 Capacitor 35WV 330uF Capacitor 4700PF KC 0AV1610000062 Capacitor 250WV 10000PF 25 0AV1610000004 Capacitor 1000PF KC 26 0AV1390000125 Capacitor 4700PF KC Capacitor 50WV 10uF 27 0AV1390000126 Capacitor 16WV 68uF 28 0AV5030090000 Connector 29 0AV5030091000 AE 30 0AV5030036000 AC 31 Connector Connector 32 0AV5030089000 Connector 33 0AV3060038000 Diode D3SBA60 34 0AV3060021000 Diode ERA15 01 35 0AV3050019000 Diode ERA91 02 36 0AV3070093000 Zener diode RD20ES 0AV3050030000 37 38 0AV3070094000 AC 39 0AV3050066000 AH Diode 1SS178 Diode YG901C2 40 OAV3050030000 41 OAV3050075000 Diode 1SS178 Diode D2S4M 4004P15 42 0AV3050030000
44. Ink glue and correcting fluid on documents must be dry before the documents can be transmitted All clips staples and pins must be removed from documents be fore transmission Patched taped documents should be copied first on a copier and then the copies used for transmission All documents should be fanned before insertion into the feeder to prevent possible double feeds 5 Automatic Document Feeder Capacity Number of pages that can be placed into the feeder at anytime is as follows Normal size max 50 sheets 14 lbs 20 Ibs Special size single sheet only manual feed NOTES When you need to send or copy more pages than the feeder limit place additional pages in feeder when last page in feeder is being scanned Place additional pages carefully and gently in feeder If force is used double feeding or a document jam may result 6 Readable Width amp Length The readable width and length of a document are slightly smaller than the actual document size Note that characters or graphics outside the effective document scan ning range will not be read Readable width 8 3 208 mm max e Readable width Readable length This is the length of the document sent minus 0 16 4 mm from the top and bottom edges 4mm zA Readable length ER m 4mm 7 Use of Document Carrier Sheet A document carrier sheet must be used for the following documents Those with tears
45. Operation mode IntegratedROM Parity data corresponds to D7 thru D0 Continuing Bus width of area 0 MCU mode 8 bit size Invalid 16 bit size Valid Reserved Reserved Reserved O O OoOo 2a 2 jolo i2 2 o o Reserved O OO O o Reserved HD6437021 IC13 Terminal descriptions Classification Bus control Terminal No TFP 100B Wait FO 6600U Function It is input to insert Tw into the bus cycle during access to the external space Low address strobe Timing signal of low address strobe of DRAM High order column address strobe Timing signal of column address strobe of DRAM It is output for access to high order 8 bits of data Low order column address strobe Timing signal of column address strobe of DRAM It is output for access to low order 8 bits of data Read It indicates that outside is read out High order write It indicates writing at the external high order 8 bits Low order write It indicates writing at the external low order 8 bits Chip select 0 thru 7 Chip select signal for external memory or device Address hold Address hold timing signal for device which uses multiplex bus of address data Low high order byte strobe Strobe signal of high low byte Commonly used with AO WRH Write Output during writing Commonly used with WRL
46. Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 Resistor 1 10W 4700 5 Resistor 1 10W 470Q 5 R288 VRS TV2AB471J Resistor 1 10W 4700 5 VRS TV2AB471J Resistor 1 10W 4700 5 Resistor 1 10W 4700 5 VRS TV2AB471J VRS TV2AB472J Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 VRS TV2AB000J Resistor 1 10W 0Q 5 VRS TV2AB101J VRS TV2AB271J Resistor 1 10W 470Q 5 Resistor 1 10W 1000 Gs Resistor 1 10W 2700 ANA VRS TV2AB271J Resistor 1 10W 2700 5 VRS TV2AB472J Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 VRS TV2AB472J Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB223J Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 R313 Resistor 1 10W 22KQ 5 VRS TV2AB223J Resistor 1 10W 22KQ 5 VRS TV2AB364J Resistor 1 10W 360KQ 5 VRS TV2AB163J Resistor 1 10W 16KQ 5 VRS TV2AB753J VRS TV2AB103J Resistor 1 10W 10KQ 5 VRS TV2AB000J VRS TV2AB000J VRS TV2AB271J Resistor 1 10W 75KQ 5 Resistor 1 10W 0 5 Resistor 1 10W 0Q 5 R324 Resistor VRS TV2AB271J Resistor 1 10W 2700 5 VRS TV2AB271J Resistor 1 10W 2700 5 VRS TV2AB271J Resistor 1 10W 2700 5 VRS TV2AB271J VRS TV2AB271J Resistor 1 10W 2700 5 VRS
47. SW8 No 4 Pause time This relates to the pause code of dial signal When this switch is set to 1 the 1st pause is 2 seconds and the 2nd and subsequent pauses are 1 second In case of 0 the 1st pause is 4 seconds and the 2nd and subsequent pauses are 2 seconds SW8 No 5 No 8 Signal transmission level Used to control the signal transmission level in the range of OdB to 15dB SW9 No 1 CED tone signal interval For international communication the 2100Hz CED tone may act as an echo suppresser switch causing a communication problem Though this soft switch is normally set to 0 it should be set to 1 so as to change the time between CED tone and DIS signal from 75ms to 500ms to elimi nate the communication problem caused by echo SW9 No 2 CI signal OFF detect enable time Used to set the continuous detection time during OFF period of CI sig nal Normally set to 700ms where the short ring 500 OFF period cannot be detected Therefore selection of 350ms is allowed SW9 No 3 Equalization freeze This switch is used to perform reception operation by fixing the equal izer control of modem for the line which is always in unfavorable state and picture cannot be received Usually the control is executed ac cording to the state of line where the equalizer setting is changed al ways SW9 No 4 Equalization freeze conditions Setting which specifies SW9 No 3 control only in condition of 7200bps modem speed
48. assoi 190 25 sas san Hoa 1901 H ade Zan sg EMO 22 VIS Wee IVN 30V RS og 0101 2 S ZVN orjan wfe zS 7 N ww ae vs TVIN S TVS SYN ey HPV Ad 595 zi3esug 139 9 IVW zy dS 7 NS wos Sort m mo cm 6 Or evs 99 9 _________O_ 98 187 uvws 9 OLVIN Ze uev 16 ay 01 0 3 O a ud a 6 or zT 5 2 ASaaas r r 53999 90 14141 T 3AV1S t STvr 51 oq OLOI OLOI ig oN ON 9810 SA SE 0 AS 09 lever ON OIN v9 to zo idet cie 022 ezza gg NE 19 B gt os Asada 02 vez li gg HASn8 lASn8 Pos lt 568 a ve v HHMLON ys HH Wap 02 9 DENEN 69 HYMLOS au ep 338 pr dus lt 9 u32 130 Soda ss 1092 58 sodas 099 san 9c vl 8 as furan L 615 mE gg Beda ean TT 7 Tas mE uso H Tras TOWN re era w S 2105 ssoi eras JON usa 1901 stan Suzan wan LS di LN oy ww Z 5105 WI 22 Ws ZVN op pA 215 EVN FD 0 D evs VIN ZA Dod 5 WS SVN FU id it 9 vS SVW zy Mia Ls Z VW iy 89v 19 VS 6 ge cov OF 8VS SVN 8E H 6vs 09 9 ran uev 16 09 9 D gt Ze zL 0lvS lot HYN B JdSSYS0ELLLAI H31SVW 490 14 Z INVH uod jeng 6 23 FO 6600U
49. lt 6 SHNO 9 SONO yaq Js 1 5 7950 4 SHNO 9 SONO 575 VY Verg 9 50 axi NES oz TOW SHNI ZOocwav Lol 3 1 228259 7 9 3 3 q o g V 6 38 FO 6600U RS232C I F PWB parts layout Top side EJ FO 6600U 8 Printer control PWB parts layout Note Since the parts of this PWB can not be supplied change it as a unit CN1 CN14 e CGND 4 Ok Te ms Jo E oo 2 M P3X Printer 2nd transport PWB parts layout Note Since the parts of this PWB can not be supplied change it as a unit Jil 912 n 1 Z2 T 1 3E rq 5 S ET E EE HC157 veri A ic a ys H AW E 5 e TE ENZ 0 4150 7 14 0 Intr Printer 3rd transport PWB parts layout Note Since the parts of this PWB can not be supplied change it as a unit Ac i i o E y EN J6 4150 01 10 PWB C FO 6600U CHAPTER 7 OPERATION FLOWCHART 1 Protocol Receive side Transmitter side G3 communication Document inserted into document sensor during standby To recording position TL Document inserted to the reading position 1st page Next insert Cut line printed commana MPS MCF l 82 23 8 RTC Cut line printed
50. lt Part Part LED ADF transfer gear Document sensor White Screw 3x10 Pinch roller spring 2 Paper feed roller shaft 2 E ring Front sensor Black Front sensor Red Screw 3x10 ADF paper feed gear Screw 3x10 Verification stamp ass y Earth plate spring 2 Washer Washer Drive unit Screw 3x6 Pinch roller Paper feed roller Earth plate spring 3 OO N A OO N Pinch roller shaft Screw 3x10 Paper feed clutch unit Paper feed roller shaft 1 Screw 3x10 Scanner frame bracket rear Stopper spring Paper feed gear Bushing Transfer idler gear Transfer roller 1 Screw 3x10 Bearing Transfer gear 1 Scanner frame bracket front Transfer roller el p al a pl a Transfer sensor Green TOL 08 68 46 42 49 49 69 60 62 83 24 65 6 68 29 80 ED 82 83 S68 Earth plate spring 1 Dustproof sheet Scanner frame FO 6600U o ae 2 m sj a Part name Reduction gear 14 50Z Idler gear 45Z Slow down gear 27 46Z Idler gear 70Z Transfer motor Motor plate 1 2 3 4 6 7 oma G s S C gt 3 18 FO 6600U 10 PWB section Parts list Fig 10 Mechanism unit 1 TEL LIU 1 PWB sheet 1 TEL LIU
51. 66000 SHARP _ SERVICE MANUAL No 00ZF O6600U SME FACSIMILE MopEL FO 6600 This laser printer is a class 1 laser product that complies with 21CFR 1040 10 and 1040 11 of the CDRH standard This means that this machine does not produce a hazardous laser radiation The use of controls adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure This laser radiation is not a danger to the skin but when an exact focusing of the laser beam is achieved on the eyes retina there is danger of spot damage to the retina The following cautions must be observed to avoid exposure of the laser beam to your eyes at the time of servicing 1 When a problem in the laser optical unit has occurred the whole optical unit must be exchanged as a unit not an individual part 2 Do not look into the machine with the main switch turned on after removing the toner developer unit and drum cartridge 3 Do not look into the laser beam exposure slit of the laser optical unit with the connector connected when removing and installing the optical system 4 The cover of Laser Printer Unit contains the safety interlock switch Do not defeat the safety interlock by inserting wedges or other items into the switch slot Laser Wave Length 770 810 mm Laser Pulse Times 49 2 us Laser Output Power 0 5 mW Parts marked with A is important for maintaining the safety of the set Be sure to replac
52. It may be useful for overseas communication to avoid an echo sup pression problem if set to 1 SW20 No 4 Non modulated carrier in V29 transmission mode Though transmission of a non modulated carrier is not required for trans mission by the V29 modem according to the CCITT Recommendation it may be permitted to send a non modulated carrier before the image signal to avoid an echo suppression problem It may be useful for overseas communication to avoid an echo sup pression problem if set to 1 SW20 No 5 EOL detection timer Used to make a choice of whether to use the 25 second or 13 second timer for detection of End of line This is effective to override communication failures with some facsimile models that have longer End of line detection SW20 No 6 Protocol Monitor Normally set to 0 If set to 1 communication can be checked in case of troubles without using a G3 tester or other tools When communication FSK data transmission or reception is made the data is taken into buffer When communication is finished the data analyzed and print out When data is received with the line monitor SW7 No 7 set to 1 the reception level is also print out SW20 No 7 Line monitor Normally set to 0 If set to 1 the transmission speed and the recep tion level are displayed on the LCD Used for line tests SW20 No 8 Reserved Set to 0 SW21 No 1 No 2 Compromised Equalizer The specific line equalizer is inserted
53. Reserved 1 BY GC P CO NI D GU BY CO NI OD 1 BY PO CO O O1 AY CO P CPN Oo A Reserved CO CO OF Of CO OF Of eS OF CO eS OF CO CO OF CO eS OF Of Of OF CO OF OF OJ OF OF OF OF OF H CO OF CO AH o FO 6600U Switch setting and function Initial setting Remarks Reserved 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 1 Hr FO 6600U z Switch setting and function Initial setting Remarks k Reserved 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved CO OD CO P CO NI OD oO O Po Reserved ojojojoj oj oj o o oj o o o o o o Soft switch function description SW1 No 1 No 4 Recall interval Choice is made for a
54. S Aij o Q 2 1 2 ne Een CNCCDA ds CNCCDB I ag ERA cupa Bi S eh 1 CNSERNB CNSE A C BS Bi E EXTENSION CABLE CNDR CNCCD Line control PWB FO 6600U For inspection of TEL LIU 1 PWB 1 Remove the left side panel 2 Remove the inner tray from the unit and remove the control line con trol PWB 3 Mount the extension board EXT A in the place where the control line control PWB has been removed 4 Connect the cables from the unit to the connectors Aside CNSENA CNCCDA CNPWA CNPRTA CNRSA CNPNA CNTXMA CNLEDA CNSTPA CNDRA CNLIUSA of extension board EXT A as on the control line control PWB Connect the extension cables 11 types to the connectors B side of extension board EXT A 2 Remove the ROM cover of inner tray pull out the extension cables 11 types from the ROM replacing window and mount the inner tray on the unit When checking the TEL LIU 1 PWB the extension cable QCNW 4608SCZZ and extension board EXT B are not used Connect the TEL LIU 1 PWB to be checked to the connector CNLIU of control PWB E 8 Connect the extension cables 11 types pulled out from the unit to the control line control PWB 9 Fit the speaker unit and hook switch unit of left upper panel as an assembly in the TEL LIU 1 PWB to be checked For inspection of TEL LIU 2 PWB 1 Remove the left side panel 2 Remove the inner tray from the
55. SW24 No 1 Reserved Set to 1 SW24 No 2 Reserved Set to 0 SW24 No 3 Reserved Set to 1 SW24 No 4 No 8 Reserved Set to 0 SW25 No 1 No 5 Reserved Set to 0 SW25 No 6 Reserved Set to 1 SW25 No 7 V 34 mode function Used to select the V 34 mode for communication when set to 1 com munication methed is V 34 mode SW25 No 8 V 34 control channel communication speed Used to select the control channel communication speed for V 34 mode SW26 No 1 No 4 V 34 mode transmission speed Used to determine the initial modem speed when communication methed is V 34 transmission mode SW26 No 5 No 8 V 34 mode receiving speed Used to determine the initial modem speed when communication methed is V 34 reception mode FO 6600U SW27 No 1 No 3 Line condition setting The communication conditions of lines 1 2 are set respectively SW27 No 4 Preference line specification In the case when it is allowed to select the line 1 or 2 in the transmission mode the preference line is set SW27 No 5 No 6 Key buzzer volume Key buzzer volume The sound volume of key inputting buzzer and other buzzers is set SW 27 No 7 No 8 Reserved Set to 0 SW28 No 1 No 2 Speaker volume Speaker volume The sound volume of the speaker in the on hook mode is set SW28 No 3 No 4 Handset volume Handset volume The volume of sound heard from the receiver is set SW28 No 5 No 6 Ringer volume Ring
56. SWS81 No Set to 0 SWS82 No Set to 1 SW82 No Set to 0 SW82 No Set to 1 SW82 No Set to 0 SW82 No Set to 1 SW83 No Set to 0 SW83 No Set to 1 SW83 No Set to 0 SW83 No Set to 1 SW83 No Set to 0 SWS84 No Set to 0 SW84 No Set to 1 SWS84 No Set to 0 SW84 No Set to 1 SWS85 No Set to 0 SWS85 No Set to 1 SWS85 No Set to 0 SWS85 No Set to 1 1 No 2 Reserved 3 No 4 Reserved 5 Reserved 6 No 7 Reserved 8 Reserved 1 No 4 Reserved 5 Reserved 6 No 8 Reserved 1 Reserved 2 No 3 Reserved 4 Reserved 5 No 6 Reserved 7 No 8 Reserved 1 Reserved 2 Reserved 3 No 5 Reserved 6 No 7 Reserved 8 Reserved 1 No 2 Reserved 3 Reserved 4 No 7 Reserved 8 Reserved 1 No 2 Reserved 3 Reserved 4 No 7 Reserved 8 Reserved SW 86 No 1 F A S T Remote maintenance system mode Used to determine remote maintenance system F A S T function SW 86 No 2 F A S T Remote maintenance system line The line where the F A S T function is set SW 86 No Day light saving feature The Day light saving function ON OFF is set SW86 No 4 Separate mode The Separate mode ON OFF is set SW86 No 5 No 6 Reserved Set to 0 SW86 No 7 CNG send when manual TX CN G signal sending ON OFF in case of manual transmission is set SW86 No 8 Ringer of line 2 The ringer ringing O
57. information RESOLUTION key Press this key to adjust the resolution Drum cartridge indicator before sending or This blinks when the drum Toner cartridge indicator Paper out indicator copying a document cartridge nears the end of This blinks when toner nears This blinks when one of the its life and lights steadily empty and lights steadily paper sources cassette is out when the drum cartridge when the toner developer of paper and lights steadily when needs replacement cartridge needs replacement all sources are out of paper must be fixed by a Service technician CHANGEOVER lt SPEED DIAL key FUNCTION key Press this key to dial Press this key to select a Speed Dial number various special functions BROADCAST key Press this key to send a document to a group of receiving fax machines COPY key Press this key to make DOCUMENT key a copy of a document Press this key to transmit a document without reading it into memory COPY REPORT DOCUMENT REDIAL PRS TUV WXY Lz Ls OPER Lo ye REPORT key Press this key to print out a report on the transaction just completed Telephone dial keypad P numeric keys Use these keys to dial and program numbers FUNCTION REDIAL key Press this key to automatically redial the last number dialed STOP key SPEAKER key Press this key to PRIORITY key Press this
58. 1 luv i NI 09 1 T ANY 00 d Ww i W Y WN __ oszoLas x 19 4 17 cyt d OF n O uni c T 131 1 H 5 d 3 a 9 g V 6 30 FO 6600U ji 4 LOINO OI Vo vo I 1019 F 4 ossi AS Dy IG ov EN 9 0iNO ii T ZZAN P5 5 pub I I r nITNO Seidv ant 6010 5 I og 95d Aalt S nITNO e AL riiola 3 60 2818 2 lt one 4 amp 5 5 8 19 Lod v OZ INO aq g 5 git iu AS 020 29911 8010 204 WN eo See e eer ee ee T ee 1 i AFINS 9g 9 lt lt 1 2 dSNO j45 3 X rio 1 Z 1 i L 8 5 i i i FdSN9 5 z 60H OllH T oror A Wes UNO 5a I T 1 5 gt PO ANV ANN 0 Z8 HNO ZW HNO S 21019 801H WN i i suu 7 SH Ano TOO 9010 tdl MSYOOH dq E i AS i i HNA c n T131 I H 9 3 3 a o 8 V 6 31 FO 6600U TEL LIU 1 2 PWB parts layout e J28 J28 RU Ruse IL CJ Ji J i22 mi20 1 JR121 J27 J26 114 R138 eu 143 eL 18144 RM
59. 5 Stamp press ROM amp RAM test RS232C interface board check Same as the Di agnosis 03 Flash memory test mode Same as Diagnosis 12 Registration of fixed data Registration of rapid key No and other data necessary for produc tion The registered data are shown in the following table The chain dial is not set for any destination 9 Transmission check Same as Diagnosis 10 The soft switches necessary for production are set Test result print two sheets AUTO FEEDER CHECK LIST FLASH MEMORY CHECK LIST Memory clear printing Panel test result printing ROM amp RAM test result printing Check result printing of RS232C interface board Print area printing one sheet 9 Signal send mode After shift to the mode press the START key and the signals will be transmitted in the following sequence It can be used to check the modem and so on The selection signal is sent out simultaneously from the lines 1 2 in this mode 1 No signals 2 4800BPS V27ter 3 14400BPS V 33 4 12000BPS V 33 5 14400BPS V 17 6 12000BPS V 17 7 9600BPS V 17 8 7200BPS V 17 9 9600BPS V 29 10 7200BPS V 29 11 4800BPS V27ter 12 2400BPS V27ter 13 300BPS FLAG 14 2100Hz CED 15 1100Hz CNG 10 Comm check mode Turn on the line monitor 2 Turn off the cover sheet function Set 0 km at the line equivalence
60. AS ANY dM ov Tg 95 Sr dOND TW ON Ges aor eMe IV EF dONO Au er Tu ERE 30 ev zol ez gi 30 ev 1 1 lt E 039 0 WN ars gt a oa sv t rg GE dONO toa A n s 8E dONO tsa V toy soa f 9 dOND lt vW voa 6v sod 4 S dOND lt sygwW 92 2 TSOL se 900 LLY r P dON9 4 0 SIVI IG 400 ev POON ES om 52 1 gt gay SO soq giy Ld 3 IE dONO tai rival Y 3e 9 P osoWv lean se 800 viv Ak OSONVH Or 2 Tra 661000 91 amp 079 ev i O dONO lt lt PIV av 1 62 dOND tot zp TyaL Fin 81V 5 I evis 05 82 dONO sivi gata aan sica 12 40 Ty e9ivdl f 1 m 9 dOND giu pil ccu i 4 dONO Civi Orval Y gt lt 09 1 18 0 1V2 1889 OgA SIQW 900 lt zvW STSIVaT 601 Lavo 1 Mis Be ea tas xooIq Aiowaw 8 2 q EI 5 d H FO 6600U ZV 90 oan caw an yaw san 9a 0709 2281 Sol saw LAN SLOW L yt SL L 81 61 02 r4 OvOOLZSWL aun 52 1 LVA ZYN EYN PVA SYN OVI LVN ev LEVI
61. Clock 19 6 MHz from CPU GAINTB Interrupt request signal to CPU of gate array LR38292 CDCINTB DREQOB Reversion output to CPU of interrupt request signal from HD813201F Reversion output to CPU of DMA transfer request signal from HD813201F RSTCDCB Reset signal to HD813201F Default Low CDCINT Interrupt request signal from HD813201F BRQT Bus right request signal of image bus from HD813201F BACKB DRQO Bus right permission signal of image bus to HD813201F DMA transfer request signal from HD813201F DACKOB Acknowledge signal of DMA transfer to HD813201F CSCDCB Chip select signal to HD813201F MDENB Data enable signal of image bus from HD813201F READY Ready signal of image bus access to HD813201F Address strobe signal of image bus of HD813201F LR38292 IC18 Terminal descriptions Pin 111 Name MAENB yo Function ETBSYB F O 6600U Function Status sending signal of printer unit CTBSYB Command sending signal to printer unit 112 113 CK16M RDCDC l Address enable signal of image bus of HD813201F 16 MHz clock input Register read signal active H of HD813201F of CPU PRINTB Printing start continuation signal to printer unit PDATA Printing image data to printer unit 114 RDCDCB Register read signal active L of HD813201F of CPU CPRDYB Communication ready signal to print
62. H 3 q 9 g oan od ov ov sanoa a rana WAS Nart 0 pum 0 9an zanoq 90182 wes eld LELOI s s oj 2 pl e o gt o 59655 8 e ST 5l8 aan 0 9011 idu Eho ASt A I 0 S011 z d dS E NOV HO zo Mee S LONOV T D e 7 8 3 Swi o AE 2L 2011 I 9an 9an yee Orly arly c06cINPN ro T suoi uc w LLLOI 90 EE 6991 806 OA i LO 1953 ji 4 98 21 L 2139530 Pos SSHWGW 062INCN ESSO 339A Saw 1 19599 dsa T z gy T sau Ls 90022 Gran i E zl 1910 T 8 8 Sos ZIJI IYXL HOd AI evxL O N FL ON Odd Oul adsa S y 1941 1 Z dl es AX3A3 out Lm 081 SEIS n aaa oul W Doz Inman D 989 pOOHPL 1vaxi 1noxu SM 9 3 Sy 206cINC N oy g T yoq lt WN 101x sop AN lt as 21 S OF tan Mit sina DOS Or Grid P SOWOS xd 08 21 lt 1 LN oc EM sq Or SPME W HID Loz HSGINI E EE asa SV3S Pog OL UST 1029 Woe eq Lo Gesn on ase 08H Foz or pe M TVS 33HA 5 E tS Fog or cere W 2 SN E Sg OF rere evs EY Serr Vo RA Sid v9 OL veld YVS Lhe u ou 59 eg or cere W SVS 45 9 lt a l M AN I VS9d1 VO pn Sei IF m 6619 Z
63. Replace SL1 or PWB A FO 6600U 3 Paper jam occurred at the paper transport section Has the paper leading Has the paper Does the Paper Exit edge alredy reached YES been separated Sensor PC3 lever YES the Fusing Roller from the Fusing move correctly Roller Replace PC3 or PWB A NO Roller and the Paper Separator Clean the Pre Image Check the Fusing Correct the Sensor lever Transfer Roller 2 UNIT ERROR 1 Laser malfunction NG Replace PWB A Replace the Print Head Unit 2 Polygon motor malfunction NG Replace PWB A Replace the Print Head Unit 3 Fusing malfunction TH1 check Does the Heater Lamp YES turn ON when the Clean TH1 power is ON H1 check Is H1 conductive YES S3 check Is there electrical con Replace the Replace TH1 ductin between Thermistat S3 CN2 1 and CN2 3 or the Fusing Unit Is there electrical con ductin between CN2 of TH1 YES Replace PWB E or PWB A NO Replace H1 Replace the Power Unit PWB E or PWB A FO 6600U 4 Exit fan malfunction Does the Exit Fan Motor M3 rotate when the power is ON Replace PWB A Replace M3 3 OTHER TROUBLE SHOOTING 1 No Power Has the Power ON OFF Switch been turned ON Has the Power Cord been securely connected to the printer Has the Power Cord been securely connected
64. Those smaller than size 5 83 W x 5 04 L 148 mm W x 128 mm L Carbon backed documents Make print straight across paper Place the document carrier in the document feeder with the clear film side down Direction of insertion NOTE To transmit a carbon backed document insert a white sheet of paper between the carbon back of the document and the docu ment carrier Those containing an easily separable writing substance e g trac ing paper written on with a soft heavy lead pencil NOTES When using the document carrier carefully read the in structions written on the back If the document carrier is dirty clean it with a soft moist cloth and then dry it before using for transmission Do not place more than one document in the carrier at a time The thickness of document which can be held with the carrier sheet is up to 20 Ib 4 Installation 1 Site selection Take the following points into consideration when selecting a site for this model ENVIRONMENT The machine must be installed on a level surface Keep the machine away from air conditioners heaters direct sun light and dust Provide easy access to the front back and sides of the machine In particular keep the area in front of the machine clear or the original document may jam as it comes out after scanning The temperature should be between 41 and 95 F 10 and 35 C The humidity should be between
65. V 27ter When 14400BPS 14400BPS 9600BPS 4800BPS MODEM used setting to No 1 0 1 14400BPS is No 2 1 0 ignore DIS receive acknowledge in G3 transmission Twice Once in NSF reception twice Effective to in DIS reception international comm Non modulated carrier in V 29 Off transmission mode EOL detection timer Protocol monitor Line monitor Off Max length for TX RX Copy TX 432mm RX unlimited TX Copy 432mm RX 1 5m Compromise Equalizer constant ROM variable SRAM No Filter 0 0 Reserved Pause time 2 sec 1 sec from the second pause 4 sec 2 sec from the second pause Signal transmission level Binary input 8 4 2 1 No 5 6 7 8 Data No EX 1 0 1 O Set to n 3 dBm eg Signal transmission level is set to 11dBm OND Q O N 2 11 FO 6600U Switch setting and function Initial setting Remarks z CED tone signal interval 500ms 75ms 0 Cl signal OFF detect enable time 350ms or more 700ms or more Equalizer freeze Off Equalizer freeze conditions 7200bps Reserved CED detection time 1000ms Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Distinctive ringing BY OO N CO NI MD Memory retransmission times Binary input 1 OPTION No 4 Data No EX 0 eg Retransmission time set to 10 times Memory retransmission interval Bi
66. VCCSTV1HL102J VCCSTV1HL102J VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z VCCCTV1HH220J Capacitor 50WV 22PF VCCCTV1HH220J Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF Capacitor 50WV 22PF VCCCTV1HH220J Capacitor 50WV 22PF QCNCM7014SCOH QCNCW2436SC2F 0 gt Connector 8pin Connector 2pin Connector 26pin QCNCM2525SC5J Connector 50PIN QCNCM2482SC2D QCNCM2524SC3B Connector 24pin Connector 32PIN QCNCM7014SC1B Connector 12pin QCNCM2442SCOB Conector 2pin 221 QCNCW2527SC5J 22 QCNCM2482SC1H QCNCM7014SCOF gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Connector 18pin Connector 6pin QCNCM7014SC0B Connector 2pin QCNCM7014SC0D Connector 4pin VHDHRW0502A 1 O U A mj U A VHDHRWO0502A 1 D gt gt gt gt VHDHRWO0502A 1 VHDHRWO0502A 1 VHDHRWO0502A 1 VHDHRW0502A 1 z Z Z Z Z VHDHRW0502A 1 Diode VHDHRW0502A 1 Diode VHDHRW0502A 1 VHDHRW0502A 1 VHDHRWO0502A 1 VHDHRW0502A 1 VHDHRW0502A 1 VHDHRW0502A 1 Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z VHDHRW0502A 1 VHD1SS355 1 NO PARTS CODE PRICE NEW RANK MARK RANK DESCRIPTION FO 6600U 16 Control PWB unit 241 VHD1SS355 1 Diode 1SS355 242 VHDHRW0502A 1 Dio
67. XEBSD30P10000 Screw M3x10 XEBSE30P08000 a B10 XEBSE30P10000 x B11 XHBSD30P06000 Screw M3x6 Screw M3x8 Screw M3x10 Screw 3x6 B12 XHBSD30P08000 mT Screw M3x8 FO 6600U PRICE NEW RANK MARK RANK DESCRIPTION NO PARTS CODE 50 Hardware parts B13 XHBSE30P06000 B14 XHBSE30P10000 B15 XHPSD30P08K00 Screw M3x8k B16 XEPSD30P06X00 Screw 3x6 XUBSD20P06000 Screw 2x6 XRESJ50 06000 AA E type ring bmm XWHSD30 08100 Washer o3 LX WZ2009SCZZ Washer t0 5 XWHJZ62 02512 Washer t0 25 Screw M3x6 Screw 3x10 gala Ol O O O CJ FO 6600U Mindex PARTS CODE PRICE NEW PARTS CODE PARTS CODE C LPLTM2856SCZZ PSHEZ3273SCZZ CBSHP2079SC01 LPLTM2857SCZZ LPLTP2811SCZZ PSTM 2015SCZZ PTME 2051SCLZ 1 59 CCASP2083SC56 LPLTP2812SCZB PTME 2051SCRZ 1 60 CCNW 4276XH01 LPLTP2819SCZZ Q CCNW 4557SC01 LPLTP2821SCZZ QCNCM2401SC0B 16 213 CPAKA4863SC02 LPLTP2823SCZZ QCNCM2442SCOB 16 219 CPLTP2803SC01 LPLTP2832SCZA QCNCM2456SC2F 18 44 CPLTP2805SC01 LPLTP2833SCZA QCNCM2482SC1H 16 220 CROLP2300SC01 LX BZ0175FCZZ 21 8 LX BZ
68. s sz H 21410 gryg 9920 SYS 97 Bere 0022 1 09 21 P dio 09 21 ss I sas MYS lt 91 01 2 4 WS MERER gag 02 t o zivs 092 ztad AXL gt ID 2 6 3 8VS 96 OH INOTOA L 82 04 dLo ds 9929 gt 910 grys 09 P 18 9 gt 8dlo 99 21 6vS 56 STOA P 18 9 P dio PIS 99 21 ovS 0L8d SOHI 1A9S gg A rv ELB THSNOW EM Lop PS TVS 684 00X1 5 5 sry 6018 SION ES Sdl 9IvS i ZIVS 88d oaxu c6 Vion 189 bl 7175 99 21 bE valo 99 21 EIS jpj 810 sS 99 21 dor cere iNidds 091 tp s YS oazi SIVS 66 Innan lt 87 1 PL Z6 HSdINI Orel 5e MENS ZIVS 89 See INHO 01 81VS 79 SEZH 5 08 21 5175 vL ADV WN zzxz0SOMYH 02 09 Z 6919 og TVS 59 9 Lc022v90H ee uaawne Pn vol I ANY snaa 001 29 91 89 1 89 1 9 1 21 15120705 sey rm vs 1U 09 s D 89 v D vo e D 08 20 SSG gasgan D 46 91 A 39 isauw 88 2 21 49014 L qns H 3 3 q o V e 6 12 FO 6600U
69. 0AV4120002000 0KW0992203801 0KWO0992230413 0KWO0992230514 0KWO0992382013 0KW09924101 12 7 0KW0992230712 0KW0992420101 0AV5030036000 OKW0992230825 0KWO0992420301 0AV5030088000 D 0AV5030089000 20 32 AG D 0AV5030090000 0KW0992231002 0KW0992231 101 9 10 33 0KW0992420412 0KWO0992420601 0AV5030091000 0KW0992231314 9 23 0KW0992420712 0AV5040010000 0KW0992232012 0KW0992420812 0AV5050008000 0KW0992241202 0KW0992421001 0AV5060031 000 0AV5060067000 0KW0992241302 0KW0992241402 0KW0992421402 20 47 AF 0AV5070000012 20 44 0AV5080007000 20 98 AF AT 0KW0992242301 0KW0992250102 9 32 AL 0KW09922502183 9 27 AH 0KWO0992250301 9 25 0KWO0992551201 0KWO0992551713 0KW0992551801 0KWO0992551901 A ojo ojo 12 19 12 36 12 37 0AV5140017000 20 102 0KWO0992250401 9 26 0KW0992552101 12 17 0AV5180006000 0AV5190 20 106 AF 003000 20 105 AF 20 108 AD gt gt 2 z 0KW0992250512 OKW0992250601 9 35 AF 0KWO0992250701 9 28 9 33 AG 0KWO0992552401 0KWO0992553103 0KW0992553201 gt gt gt ojojo 12 21 12 18 12 30 gt gt ojo FO 6600U PARTS CODE PARTS CODE PARTS CODE 0KWO0992553303 0KW9646030613 0KW0992554001 0KW9646030813 0KW0992554101 0KW9646040813 0KW0992562501 0KW0992562601 0K
70. 10 c r o o Q 226259 8 2 9 9 v e L ul NO YOLOW 1 SNL VAL cu oo VAL 2d99NO9 NOLLVOIJIB3A NOdl1S z dlSA H WA e 099 eiHd ulHd ov ov VAS OA cu co 19 O a o o YOSNAS INOS LNAWND0G Sudrg Sudrg od od SSHO s940 90 90 io o S1u4d ajola o 5144 N3SNO YOSNAS YJJSNYYL 50 c oq SNS1IOHu L 535109 OUND e t 8Md 1OHLINOO INO oq AS AS od ON3S ON3S INIS INIS 0q1 0q1 238 38 N3S N3S 01 5 5 SN3S SN3S 9N3S 9N3S IN3Q31 IN3Q31 Su Sd eN3Q31 eN3qd31 Na Wu 901 901 3 3 401 401 TANVd NOILVH3dO AlddNS 2 1 LINN
71. 1A Vee 1B 4B 1Y 4A 2A 4Y 2B 3B as GND 3A 3Y 1CLR Vcc 1D 2CLR 1CLK 2D 1PRE 2CLK 2PRE 2Q 2Q 1Q 1Q GND IC104 VHiTC7SH32FU TC7SH32FU TOP VIEW IC1 VHiALS163BNS SN74ALS163BNS Vcc RCO QA QB QC QD ENT LOAD 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 13 FO 6600U IC16 VHiiDT7130 55 IDT7130SA55PF IC17 VHiiDT7140 55 IDT7140SA55PF s CE Gin CEL q X P CER R WL q Nb R WR I OOL I O7L rat p gt l OOR I O7R 1 0 1 0 CONTROL CONTROL BUSYL 1 2 4 BUSYR 1 2 A9L A9R ADDRESS MEMORY ADDRESS AOL DECODER ARRAY DECODER A0R 107 gt 10 ARBITRATION NOTES CEI 2 AND CE BUSY i CEL gt INTERRUPT lt 0 CER IDT7130 MASTER BUSY E OEL 2 gt LOGIC 2 OER drain output and requires pullup RIWL 2 gt La 2 RIWR resistor of 270 9 IDT7140 SLAVE BUSY is input 2 Open drain output requires pullup resistor of 2700 INTL 2 lt INTR 2 CEL 1 48
72. 2 13 Sub 1 CPU block The main control block uses RISC microprocessor HD6437021 as CPU being composed of ROM 1 MByte and DRAM 512 KByte 1 HD6437021 IC14 pin 100 QFP main CPU The device is a microprocessor which integrates the peripheral func tions using CPU of 32 bit RISC type as the core In the instrument the following peripheral functions are mainly used ROM of 32 KByte and RAM of 1 KByte are integrated A part of programs are stored in the integrated ROM DMA controller 4 channels are provided and 2 channels alone are used ch 0 Used to transmit image data between CODEC HM514260 and DRAM IC15 ch 3 Used to transmit image data between CPU and DRAM IC15 Clock synchronous type serial communication interface Commands and statuses are communicated with PCU Start stop synchronous type serial communication interface Used for PC interface of RS232C system 5 Interruption TRQ6 Interruption request from gate array A LZ9FJ37A TRQ7 Interruption request from gate array B LR38292 IRQO IRQ1 IRQ2 IRQ3 IRQ4 IRQ5 Not used NMI Not used DRAM controller Addressing to DRAM IC15 of the system and control and refresh control of RAS and CAS signals are executed D Timer and watch dog timer General purpose I O port Control of TEL Liu are executed Clock oscillation Ceramic oscillator of 19 66 MHz is connected for operation of 19 66 MHz 14 Sub 1 ROM DRAM block 1 27C40
73. 2 Circuit description The TEL LIU PWB is composed of the following 12 blocks 1 Surge protection circuit Noise filter On hook status detection circuit Dial pulse generation circuit CML relay Matching transformer Hybrid circuit O OQ I Speaker amplifier 9 Adjustment of voice volume 10 Signal selection 11 CI detection circuit 12 Power supply and bias circuit 3 Block description 1 Surg Protection circuit This circuit protects the circuit from the surge voltage occurring on the telephone line The AR1 protects the circuit from the 390V or higher line surge voltages The VA1 and VA2 protect the circuit from the 470V or higher ver tical surge voltages The ZD4 and ZD5 control the voltages generated on the second ary side of matching transformer to 2V The VA protect the circuit from 100V or higher line surge voltages 2 Noise filter The noise filter comprises the RF choke coil L1 L2 L3 and capacitor C16 The L1 L2 L3 and C16 prevent unnecessary radio noises from being transmitted from the telephone line The C16 prevent radio pickup from the telephone line On hook status detection circuit The hook status detection circuit detects the Status of hook switch RHS of the Built in telephone The status of on hook switch RHS is determined from the logical level of RHS signal RHS LOW OFF HOOK RHS HIGH ON HOOK Dial pulse generation ci
74. 2 The FAX TEL No including the substitutive destination of the Rapid No 01 is copied to the Rapid Nos 02 thru 48 FAX No of the Rapid No 01 is copied to SPEED key Nos 001 thru 200 D If any chain dial is not in the Rapid No the Rapid Nos 02 thru 48 and SPEED key Nos 001 thru 200 are registered in the group No 01 If any chain dial is not set the group will be not produced but the chain dial setting alone of the Rapid No 01 will be reset In all others except the Rapid No 01 the chain dials will be continu ously set as they are 16th and subsequential letters of the destination name registered in the Rapid No 01 will be discarded 14 RS232C check mode RS232C interface board is checked When the interface board is installed the result will be printed after the check It is not installed the following will be displayed 14 RS232C CHECK MODE I F PWB NOT CONNECT The process will be ended after sounding of the error end buzzer 15 Dept passcode The department passcode list is printed 16 Conf passcode The confidential passcode list is printed Differing from printing of one box alone soon after registration the con fidential passcodes of all boxes are printed 17 Print hold code The print lockout passcode No is printed FO 6600U 18 Memory set mode The set and dump list of the memory content is output The address 8 digits P generally including the bank information is input
75. 7 13 7 14 6 2 QCNW 4555SCZZ QCNW 4558SCZZ QCNW 4559SCZZ QCNW 4560SCZZ gt gt gt gt gt O O O O O O O O 5 10 1 41 1 42 gi gt m ojo GCOVA2363SCZZ NGERH2319SCZZ 7 15 T us gt gt gt HoH GCOVA2364SCUZ GCOVA2367SCZA 1 1 1 GCOVA2371SCZZ GDAI 2074SCZZ NGERH2320SCZZ NGERH2322SCZZ NGERH2323SCZZ NGERH2324SCZZ 7 16 7 17 7 18 QCNW 4561SCZZ QCNW 4562SCZZ QCNW 4563SCZZ QCNW 4564SCZZ 4 20 AD 6 6 AD 18 42 AE 7 29 AK 143 AP S OJO OO GDAI 2075SCZZ NGERH2326SCZZ QCNW 4612SCZZ GFTAF2110SCZZ NGERH2327SCZZ QCNW 4668SCZZ GMADZ2024SCZZ H 2 3 4 6 AK 7 8 9 Als gt gt gt o o m HPNLC2386SCZZ J NGERH2330SCZZ NGERP2287SCZZ NROLP2300XHZZ NROLR2336SCZZ QCNW 4781SCZZ QJAKZ2060SC0B 1 69 AY N 18 62 AD JBTN 2184SCZZ NROLR2337SCZZ QJAKZ2061SC0D Oj OJ O O O O O JBTN 2185SCZZ JBTN 2186SCZZ NROLR2338SCZZ NROLR2339SCZZ QSOCZ2051SC32 19 39 AD 18 63 AE 16 289 AC O JBTN 2187SCZZ JBTN 2188SCZZ NSFTZ2260SCZZ NSFTZ2261SCZZ QSOCZ2058SC40 OO JBTN 2189SCZA NSFTZ22628CZZ QSW Z2232SCZZ 16 295 AH N i AH N AE L NSFTZ2263SCZZ QSW Z2236SCZZ LANGH2803SCZZ P QSW Z2237SCZZ LBNDJ2006SCZZ PBRS 2047SCZZ PCUSG2070SCZZ QTANZ2042SCZZ LBNDJ2007SCZZ PCUSS2097SCZZ R 7 PCUSS21
76. No 1 No 2 0 0 The line equalizer built in the modem is turned off 0 1 Line equalizer corresponding to 1 8 km 1 0 Line equalizer corresponding to 3 6 km 0 1 Line equalizer corresponding to 7 2 km SW21 No 3 Reserved Set to 0 SW21 No 4 Pause time This relates to the pause of dial signal When this switch is set to 1 the 1st pause is 2 seconds and the 2nd and subsequent pauses are 1 sec ond In case of 0 the 1st pause is 4 seconds and the 2nd and subse quent pauses are 2 seconds SW21 No 5 No 8 Signal transmission level Used to control the signal transmission level in the range of 0dB to 15 SW22 No 1 CED tone signal interval For international communication the 2100Hz CED tone may act as an echo suppresser switch causing a communication problem Though this soft switch is normally set to 0 it should be set to 1 so as to change the time between CED tone and DIS signal from 75ms to 500ms to elimi nate the communication problem caused by echo SW22 No 2 Cl signal OFF detect enable time Used to set the continuous detection time during OFF period of Cl sig nal Normally set to 700ms where the short ring 500ms OFF period cannot be detected Therefore selection of 350ms is allowed SW22 No 3 Equalization freeze This switch is used to perform reception operation by fixing the equal izer control of modem for the line which is always in unfavorable state and picture cannot be received Usually t
77. VCKYTV1CF225Z Capacitor Capacitor 16WV 2 2uF C119 VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF C120 VCKYTV1HB222K Capacitor 50WV 2200PF C121 VCKYTV1HB222K Capacitor 50WV 2200PF C122 VCKYTV1HB222K Capacitor BOWV 2200PF C123 VCCCTV1HH220J VCCCTV1HH220J VCKYTV1EF104Z OJ O O O O O O C Capacitor 50WV 22PF C Capacitor 50WV 22PF Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF C124 VCCSTV1HL181J Capacitor 50WV 180PF VCKYTV1EB104K Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EB104K Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EB104K O O O O C Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF NO PARTS CODE PRICE NEW RANK MARK RANK FO 6600U DESCRIPTION 17 Line control PWB unit 41 VCKYTV1HB222K Capacitor 50WV 2200PF 42 VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF 43 VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF 44 VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1EF104Z O O O O ol Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF C136 Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VOKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1CF105Z Capacitor 16WV 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z AA VCCCTV1HH100D AA Capacitor BOWV 10PF C144 A 53 54 VCCCTV1HHSROC Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF Capacitor 50WV 3PF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF V
78. gt NI D 10 1 11 9 z 0KW0992302202 0KW0992302902 9 16 AF 9 54 AF 9 48 AF 10 23 AN 10 30 AD 0AV3050019000 20 35 OKW0992100601 8 17 0KWO0992303505 0AV3050030000 20 40 AA 20 42 20 39 7 0AV3050066000 20 37 0KW0992101703 0KWO0992180104 OKW0992180226 OKW0992180302 12 2 8 11 12 3 0 0992304001 0 0992304101 0 0992304513 13 26 9 22 9 44 AF 9 21 AC AC AC 0AV3050075000 OKW0992180401 OKW0992305036 0AV3060021000 0KW0992180501 0KWO0992305201 0AV3060038000 0AV3070093000 20 36 AC 0AV3070094000 20 38 AC 0AV3080620100 0KW0992180601 0KW0992180701 0KW09922001 17 0KW0992200412 le AJN wo UD gt Om m 0KW0992305301 0KW0992320102 O O OJOJOJO O 0AV3080621200 0KW0992200512 0KW0992320701 0AV3090016000 0AV3090041000 OKW0992200603 0KWO0992200701 0KWO0992320801 0AV3090056000 0AV3090060000 0KW0992201201 0KW0992201304 0KWO0992350102 OKW0992350205 0KWO0992350301 0AV3160025000 0KWO0992201902 0KW0992370601 0AV3170001000 0KW0992202014 0KW0992370701 0AV3180000003 0KW0992202101 0KWO0992370901 0AV400009441 1 0AV4050013000 0KW0992202202 0KW0992202301 0KW0992371101 0KWO0992380101 0AV4050014000 0KW0992202401 OKW0992380202 0KW0992203301 0KWO0992380301 0KWO0992203401 0KWO0992381501 0AV4070044000
79. lot START SWITCH MODE gt 02 START PRINT AREA Ios START amp RAM CHECK 04 START AUTO FEEDER MODE 05 START AGING MODE gt l 06 START PANEL CHECK MODE 07 START OPTICAL ADJUST MODE START PRODUCT CHECK loo START SIGNAL SEND MODE lio START COMM CHECK MODE 11 START MEMORY CLEAR 11 START FLASH MEMORY 11s START _ ALLFAX TEL ENTRY MODE 4 START RS232C CHECK MODE 15 START DEPT PASSCODE fie 5 CONF PASSCODE 17 START PRINT HOLD CODE f s start MEMORY SET mone 119 START MOTOR AGING 20 START STAMP AGING 21 START SCANNER SET MODE 22 START DIAL TEST MODE 123 stant DIAG MODE 3 24 START SIGNAL SEND MODE 2 1 2 Print diagnosis This diagnosis is concerned with the print which is used for pro duction and service support Entering the diagnostic mode Press FUNC 9 8 display will appear the START key Select the desired item with key or select with the rapid key Enter the mode with the START gt gt lt E and the following the Then press key and the gt key Diag specifications FUN Y START gt 01 START AREA PRINT MODE
80. 0KWO0992280201 Rear frame 0KW0992230514 Bracket switch 0KW0992301012 Gear 40T 0KW0992301901 ool O O O O O O Clutch spring F 0KW0992301502 AD H 17 18 OKW0992230825 A Cover 0 0992300802 0 0992300901 Bushing 0 0992304001 Pin 0KW0992302902 Shaft 0KW0992231314 Frame 0KW0992300124 O O O O O O O O Roller Take up Q 25 OKW0992250301 AG Gear 50T 26 G 0 0992250401 A Gear 22 45T OKW0992250213 Gear 25 72T 0KW0992250512 Gear 29 65T 0KW0992200412 Left frame 0KW0992203401 Heat sink 0KW0992610401 Motor O0KW0992250102 0KW0992251401 O O D O O O O C Gear 44 109T Gear 22 57T Gear 29T 0KWO0992250601 Gear 20 41T 0KW9335141031 Photo interrupter 0KW0992301401 Bushing 0KW0992301 102 Gear 16T 0KW0992622201 Solenoid 0KW0992350301 O O BO O O C Ground plate D 0KW0992350205 AN D 41 42 0KW0992301804 Torsion spring O0KW0992300601 Roll O0KW0992303505 Holder Roll 0KW0992304101 Pressure spring 0KW0992075101 Separator Take up 0KW0992302202 Stopper 0KW0992350102 0KW0992410112 OKW0992300202 O O O O O O O Guide Roller Transport OKW1200123602 Washer 0KW0992302112 Actuator OKW0992605202 Harness 0KW
81. 1 SW43 No 7 Reserved Set to 0 SW43 No 8 Reserved Set to 1 SW44 No 1 Automatic printing of activity report This soft switch is used to select whether or not to produce the activity report when the memory is full about 50 items An activity report can be produced when the following key entry command is made FUNG 2 g START After producing the activity report all the data in the memory will be cleared When the switch function is set to 0 NO the data in memory will be deleted from the oldest as it reaches the maximum memory capacity approx 50 items SW44 No 2 Printout of total time and total number of pages on activity report Used to make a choice of whether the total communication time and pages are recorded in the activity report SW44 No 3 Reserved Setto 0 SW44 No 4 Department function This model has the department audit feature it has to be set to 1 to utilize this feature SW44 No 5 No 8 Department ID digit Used to set the department ID digit number When set to D the number is 4 SW45 No 1 Picture qualitypriority mode Used to set the transmission mode which is automatically selected when the MODE key is not pressed In the copy mode however the fine mode is automatically selected unless the MODE key is manually set to an other mode SW45 No 2 Cut off mode when copy mode When in copy if the scanned data is out of the range of recrding the operator ha
82. 4602SCZZ QCNW 4604SCZZ QCNW 4605SCZZ QCNW 4606SCZZ QCNW 4609SCZZ QCNW 4828SCZZ Control PWB CNLIU1 Line control PWB Extension board connection diagram TEL LIU 1 PWB BOARD EXT A SPEAKER Connector PWB Cable parts code QCNW 4597SCZZ QCNW 4598SCZZ CNCCD CNSEN QCNW 4599SCZZ CNPW QCNW 4600SCZZ CNRS QCNW 4601SCZZ CNPN QCNW 4602SCZZ CNLED QCNW 4604SCZZ CNSTP QCNW 4605SCZZ CNROL QCNW 4606SCZZ CNTXM Control PWB QCNW 4608SCZZ QCNW 4609SCZZ CNEXTB CNPRT Extension PWB EXT B Control PWB QCNW 4828SCZZ CNLIU1 Line control PWB Extension board connection diagram TEL LIU 2 PWB z o PARTS CODE CABLE EXTENSION BOARD EXT A CHECK TEL LIU 2 PWB CONTROL EXTENSION FO 6600U CNDR CNCCD NS CONTROL PWB PWB DESCRIPTION QCNCM7014SCOH CONNECTOR 8pin CNCCDA CNCCDB QCNCM7014SCOF CONNECTOR 6pin CNSENA CNSENB QCNCM7014SC1B CONNECTOR 12pin CNPWA CNPWB QCNCM2482SC1H CONNECTOR 18pin CNRSA CNRSB QCNCM2482SC2D CONNECTOR 24pin CNPNA CNPNB QCNCM2401SCOB QCNCM7014SCOB QCNCM705BAF06 CONNECTOR 2pin CNLEDA CNLEDB CONNECTOR 2pin CNSTPA CNSTPB CONNECTOR 2pin CNDRA CNDRB jo oljlo m o nm QCNCM7014SCOD CONNECTOR 4pin CNTXMA CNTXMB QCNCM
83. C Capacitor 50WV 220PF Capacitor 50WV 1000PF Capacitor 25WV 0 10uF Capacitor 50WV 470PF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 10uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 10uF VCKYTV1HB333K Capacitor 50WV 0 033uF VCKYTV1HB331K VCKYTV1HB222K C C C C C C C C Capacitor 50WV 2200PF Capacitor 50WV 220PF Capacitor 16WV 1 0uF K VCKYTV1HB102K Capacitor 50WV 1000PF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 10uF VCKYTV1HB102K Capacitor 50WV 1000PF VCKYTV1HB102K Capacitor 50WV 1000PF VCKYTV1HB102K Capacitor BOWV 1000PF VCKYTV1HB333K C C C C i Capacitor 50WV 330PF l Capacitor 50WV 0 033uF Relay Capacitor 25WV 0 10uF RRLYZ0166AFZZ QCNW 4561SCZZ Cable 2pin QCNCM2528SC0B Connector 2pin QCNCM2456SC2F Connector 26pin QCNCM688BAFZZ Connector 2pin VHD1SS355 1 Diode 1SS355 VHD1SS355 1 Diode 1SS355 Diode 1SS355 VHINJM2113M 1 IC NJM2113M VHIBU4066BCF1 BU4066BCF VHIBU4066BCF1 VHINJM4558MF Ic IC BU4066BCF IC NJM4558M IC104 FO 6600U NO PARTS CODE DESCRIPTION 18 T EL Liu 1 PWB unit 54 VHINJM4558MF IC NJM4558M IC105 VHINJM4558MF IC NJM4558M IC 106 RFILN2011SCZZ RCILZ2089SCZZ RFILN2011SC
84. Diode HRW0502A VHDHRW0502A 1 Diode HRW0502A VHDHRW0502A 1 Diode HRW0502A VHDHRW0502A 1 VHDHRW0502A 1 VHDHRW0502A 1 w W UJ W W W D UJ Diode HRW0502A Diode D24 HRW0502A Diode HRW0502A VHDHRW0502A 1 Diode HRW0502A VHIALS32NS 1 IC SN74ALS32NS VHI4M16SOJ 70 10 514260 70J VHIALS32NS 1 IC SN74ALS32NS QSOCZ2058SC40 IC socket 40pin VHI27040FBROB 101 VHIHD7021606A BE 102 VHIR288F24 1 Z z Z Z Z BW IC HD6437021C21X IC7 IC EPROM 256x16 R288F 24 103 VHIMC74HC14F MC74HC14AF 104 VHIALS74ANS 1 SN74ALS74ANS 105 VHIIDT7130 55 IDT7130SA55PF 106 VHIIDT7140 55 107 VHIALS20ANS 1 SN74ALS20ANS 108 VHIALSO8NS 1 F 109 VHIALS163BNS AK IC SN74ALS163BNS 1 101 110 VHIALS04BNS 1 2 2 Z Z Z Z Z SN74ALSO8NS SN74ALSO4BNS 111 VHINJM2902M 1 IC IC IC IC IC IDT7140SA55PF IC IC e C IC NJM2902M 112 VHIN78L05UA 1 IC NJU78L05UA 113 VRS TQ2BB000J Resistor 1 8W 0Q 5 114 VRS TV2AB000J Resistor 1 10W 0Q 5 115 VRS TV2AB330J Resistor 1 10W 33Q 5 116 VRS TQ2BB000J O w w w UJ w w W CO UJ O W W D A A G N Resistor 1 8W 0Q 5 117 VRS TQ2BB000J A Resistor 1 8W 5 L105 A 118 VP 1M4R7J0000
85. Lt y3olq ss 5o1id Duipeeu H 5 3 3 q 5 8 V FO 6600U H 3 3 q D 8 V od od 0 t 68 H I 6229 8 01 lt Tnozg w SUN zg 08 21 dr 100 zeey ong wal 60 q LESHNO ou ir vers 9FSHNO qui Teva ae 2 aal i E gt ole 98 4 UESHNO 70 1 ae gt 30018 16 I SHN9 lt 5qq geval 9 gt o 86 ong szv41 82 lt H 66 Z 10941 505 O24 5 5 0 SI SHNO Cue 0759105 99 tA a Ak AS ESL 955 021 9q 809d1 98 259 lt 9 1 zZ od ae wy as doozz 001 210 I 00 vi Ln OF 213599 35 9 S SPP Idi vsio lt SUNO a9 OZIVdI NIS 515 T 9568 5815 lt 06 SMELL EIL 800H ON eae ET 22101 ae 91 LI S far ag ps TSH STIVdI IT Anm zug er D OF 91 D gt SHH TetwaLl 1 ac ZINI Ed VILI m mne i iS fog TEM i ig S S Sl a z HUM 0 0 G O9 OO qu a lt 82 1 gt 9Xx00L L L 01 5 P TqoSH tevdl er ors 56 oa ez Odi 6 5 tansy veVdl vi
86. VRS TV2AB000J VRS TV2AB330J VRS TV2AB000J VRS TV2AB000J VRS TV2AB000J VRS TV2AB101J VRS TV2AB101J VRS TV2AB101J VRS TV2AB101J VRS TV2AB101J VRS TV2AB101J VRS TV2AB101J VRS TV2AB101J VRS TV2AB101J VRS TV2AB000J VRS TV2AB000J RCILZ2104SCZZ VRS TV2AB000J Resistor 1 10W 0Q 5 VRS TV2AB000J Resistor 1 10W 0Q 5 VRS TV2AB000J Resistor 1 10W 0Q 5 VRS TV2AB000J Resistor 1 10W 0Q 5 VS2SD1164 1 VSDTA114EK 1 VSDTA114EK 1 VSDTC114EK 1 Transistor 2SD1164 Transistor VSDTC114EK 1 VS2SC2413KP 1 Transistor DTC1 TEK Transistor 2SC2413K VS2SD1664Q 1 Transistor 2SD1664Q VRS HT2HAR47J Resistor 1 2W 0 470 5 VRS HT2HAR47J Resistor 1 2W 0 470 5 VRS HT3AA100J ve ee VRS TV2AB472J Resistor 1W 10Q 5 Resistor 1 2W 75Q 5 Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 VRS TV2AB472J Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 VRS TV2AB472J Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB472J Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 VRS TV2AB472J Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 VRS TV2AB100J VRS TV2AB100J VRS TV2AB100J Resistor 1 10W 10Q 5 i 1 10W 109 5 1 10W 10Q 5 VRS TV2AB103J Resistor 1 10W 10KQ 59 VRS TV2AB103J Resistor 1 10W 10KQ 59 VRS TV2AB100J Resistor 1 10W 10Q 5 VRS TV2AB100J Resistor 1
87. VRS TV2AB000J AA Resistor 1 10W 00 X596 VRS TV2AB103J Resistor 1 10W 10KQ 59 VRS TV2AB100J Resistor 1 10W 10Q 5 VRSTS2AD4422F Resistor 1 10W 44 2KQ 1 VRS TV2AB333J Resistor 1 10W 33KQ 59 VRS TV2AB100J Resistor 1 10W 10Q 5 VRS TV2AB100J Resistor 1 10W 10Q 5 VRS TV2AB100J Resistor 1 10W 10 5 VRS TV2AB100J AD i 1 10W 10 5 VRS TV2AB100J Resistor 1 10W 100 5 VRS TV2AB100J Resistor 1 10W 109 5 VRS TV2AB100J Resistor 1 10W 10 5 VRS TV2AB100J Resistor 1 10W 10 5 VRS TV2AB100J Resistor 1 10W 100 5 VRS TV2AB000J i VRS TV2AB000J VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB561J VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB223J VRS TV2AB223J VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB472J VRSTS2AD1373F VRSTS2AD6812F VRSTS2AD4422F 198 VRSTS2AD4422F 199 VRS TV2AB100J 200 VRS TV2AB100J PARTS CODE PRICE NEW RANK MARK RANK DESCRIPTION FO 6600U VRS TV2AB100J Resistor 1 10W 10Q 5 VRS TV2AB100J Resistor 1 10W 109 5 VRS TV2AB103J Resistor 1 10W 10KQ 5 VRS TV2AB103J Resistor 1 10W 10KQ 5 Resistor 1 10W 1000 5 VRS TV2AB472J Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 VRS TV2AB100J VRS TV2AB000J Resistor 1 10W 0Q 5 VRS TV2AB271J Resistor 1 10W 2700 5 VRS TV2AB271J Resistor 1
88. Y Bras 6 1a Taw 415597 zeval air WY IvvH E6 20 nz Zan 9 SUNO P vgrg eval Siri BY rs 26 a foz EG L SUNO lt vgsq 95Vdl ot 0 t 06 gg S SHNO s Revel 8171 xi CPP 68 a 58 SIN 12 9 515 16 v9 Sa a gt To 58 24 feg ZAN 999 hing zisdl 09 ESI SUND Vax Orvdl 001 0211 pizv 18 68 6GW SYNOD gt 6tVdl 001 6r SY SIV 88 88 pea Z0SdL Zs LION um 8idONO fi3o3 gsglvd1 t Iz WN Ge Vor 5 S HS a8 8 31 GE ISWOd 25 FION 9i AS NETUS IN 557 IS Sidi vy ume d lt p m L 905 Oo ISOWvH o8IVdl 9 81 WN 5 3185008 z S WN L 0 6929 ge ZSOdCIN Zoewdl vy 97 WN ZEZEN 3 edis Quo 1180009 15905 SZ VN 2X cry098 8168 ro piensen W99 s58yo en gp save vL OVI Sz Vd 1 eicu WY 0 vF LrdONO fisgi4 0 lt 9X fer Fogg 98 ASTI egivar I8 OVN Sor TSOP ZIED IF SP dON9 lt yg44 ya Vd ze 89 evi 91101 WN o yor amp 68 WN ates wey LEr46z7 2H 9a ti dONO ASH 1 gt lt 1 99 1 osivaro OGW lt SIGW rel sau HVW SVW STWW Tzvw lt 999 e zu H 3 3 q 9 8 V FO 6600U
89. for Comm PWB SUB2 DRAM 2Mbit for Comm PWB SUB1 DRAM 2Mbit for Comm PWB MAIN SRAM 512kbit x 2 CPU SUB2 CPU SUB1 CPU MAIN EPROM 16bit bus 4Mbit SUB2 EPROM 16bit bus 4Mbit SUB1 EPROM 8bit bus 4Mbit x 2 MAIN The check result of RS232C interface board is listed and printed to gether with the check result of ROM amp RAM 4 Auto feeder mode The auto feed function can be checked by inserting and discharging the document The distance between pages can be displayed during op eration of the scanner D Check of auto feed function After this mode is activated set up the document and press the START key and it will be automatically fed Before the START key is pressed the document sensor alone is activated Moreover the document size A4 B4 and sensor information A4 B4 ORG are dis played when the document sensor is turned 04 AUTO FEEDER MODE After setup of the document 04 AUTO FEEDER MODE B4 A4 B4 ORG Only the sensor which is activated fallen down is displayed The paper sheet size A4 B4 is displayed 2 Display of distance between pages during operation of the scanner Soon after this mode is c activated press the FUNCTION key for 5 seconds or more and the display mode of the distance be tween pages will be activated Then set up the sending paper and select the image quality and then press the START key and operation will be started Be sur
90. g C 16 355 16 556 17 212 id 16 356 16 557 17 213 16 357 16 558 A VRS TV2AB273J 18 90 A 7 16 358 7 17 124 AA 18119 7 16 359 7 17125 AA 7 1980 i AR AA AA 16 360 AA 17 157 19 79 AD 2 16 361 AA 17 159 16 577 AA C I 16 362 AA 17 160 A 16 598 AA AA AA A 16 452 18 127 AA 18 134 AA C 7 16 469 19 84 AA 19 91 AA 0 VRS TV2AB153J 0 AD 7 7 VRS TV2AB162J VRS TV2AB163J AA 16 537 AA 2 18 133 AD 19 63 19 90 VRS TV2AB184J 16 590 VRS TV2AB203J 18 100 VRS TV2AB204J VRS TV2AB221J VRS TV2AB222J 16 653 AA VRS TV2AB363J VRS TV2AB364J 16 505 AA U 2 16 658 C D 19 87 AD C VRS TV2AB432J 16 646 AA C VRS TV2AB471J 16 515 AA Z 16 516 AA 16 517 C PARTS CODE PARTS CODE PARTS CODE FO 6600U VRS TV2AB471J VRS TV2AB472J VSDTC114EK 1 4 N gt gt 16 386 AA 16 387 AA 17 140 AA 17 149 AA 18 78 18 79 gt PH S gt p p gt gt gt BAIA R
91. gt 2 2 lt zx x z OH t09H St 383 3 SS 3 zz S S 2 gt gt 6101 i Lo z CN Y Y Y Y Y Y YF Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 8 29 e F S S AS T box ig x S ga SN 28 oS SS 35 SS als al amp a a 5E ag BE BE B2 BE BE BE 1 3 joc cc joc joc joc vLOH Heal 28 o a e wo 1 E wt ot NI cor ol or HZ m usus rae Spb da GE 62101 a a a a a 1 E z X xz x JJ 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 23 3 gt i I SPAM PA TE c oH LLOI 9a N lt 99 sran 99 ovn rev 1 9 0 ana Z 228 ast HL Toon sa 1 HE 2 919 09 m lt m AS svang lt ve 9 H Z AWOdo AS 2 or teu W Wave lt Y9 9 lt HE 2 oor zrg W 5 san Zavid dor M m 9d Or reg W osvuwg We H C lt HE 2 eon sd L SN or 6 Pt ro 60121 SIavid SIO I LIV O N v1 9 lt b IA 4 809181 LGINH David Sraviwd 2121 ovaa lt Vi 9 LV 8 yoojq FO 6600U H 3 3 q 9 8 V FO 6600U
92. gt 02 START CHECK PATTERN 1 gt 03 START CHECK PATTERN 2 gt 04 START CHECK PATTERN 3 p 7105 START PAPER FEED AGING gt 06 START BIAS ADJUST MODE gt 07 START LIFE SET MODE gt 08 START LIFE ALL CLEAR gt L 09 START LIFE ENTRY MODE 110 START TOP ADJUST MODE 11 START LIFE CLEAR MODE 3 Memory clear when power is turned on Pressing the START and STOP keys turn on the main power and the following message will be displayed MEMORY CLEAR EXECUTE 1 YES 2 NO Here when 1 YES is selected the memory will be cleared to be ready for operation If 2 NO is selected it will continue ready for operation as it is 2 Diagnostic items description 2 1 Fax diagnosis 1 Soft switch mode In this mode the soft switch are set and the soft switch list is printed Soft switch mode screen Soft switch mode screen Data D Switch number selection Press START key for setting of the next soft switch If the soft switch number is the final pressing START key will exit the soft switch mode Enter two digits of a soft switch number to set the switch number If a switch number of unexisting soft switch is entered key error buzzer sounds to reject the input SOFT SWITCHMODE SW16 00010110 SOFT SWITCH MODE SOFT SWITCH MODE SW01 00000000 swi 1 6 Data number selection The cursor position shows the data to be set Pressing key moves the curs
93. m O O O O Line control PWB unit Line 1 label Line 2 label PCUSS2110SCZA o 5 PWB cushion FO 6600U gS Q S 7 Uer e 09 VA N 2 Exterior etc 2 3 Operation panel unit PARTS CODE PRICE NEW RANK MARK RANK FO 6600U DESCRIPTION 2 Exterior etc 2 CCASP2083SC56 Operation panel unit PGIDP2459SCZZ Document guide lower PGLS 2057SCZA Reader glass PSHEZ3254SCZZ AC Dustproof sheet BNDJ2007SCZZ Bande ee ul 3 Operation panel unit DCEKP496ASCO2 Operation panel PWB unit GCASP2083SCZZ Panel case HPNLC2386SCZZ Decoration panel JBTN 2184SCZZ 12 key JBTN 2185SCZZ Direct key JBTN 2186SCZZ Start key JBTN 2187SCZZ JBTN 2189SCZA Stop key Change key LPLTP2823SCZZ Page plate QCNW 4554SCZZ Panel cable VVLLMG2025TPR LCD PCUSS2097SCZZ LCD cushion PSHEZ3270SCZZ Panel sheet Unit 901 CCASP2083SC56 E Operation panel unit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 FO 6600U YY 4 Document guide upper unit 5 Optical
94. press the START key STORED will be displayed with the set values stored into the memory For checking retry this mode Note The counter shows the operational state of the printer how many sheets have been printed since start of use and others The ordi nary memory does not reset the counter For clearing set 0 in this mode or use the life counter clear mode in Item 3 9 Accordingly it is necessary to reset the counter or do the clear process in addition to the ordinary memory clear if the content in the memory on the control PWB is broken because of PWB repair etc In the production stage it is necessary to execute this in the last process Rapid key 08 Life all clear The mode is used to clear the life counter of the printer of the counter of the auto feeder Note The counter shows the operational state of the printer e g how many sheets have been printed since start of use The ordi nary memory does not reset the counter For clearing set 0 in the mode 8 or execute this mode Accordingly it is nec essary to reset this counter in addition to the ordinary memory clear if the content in the memory on the control PWB is broken be cause of PWB repair etc In the production stage it is neces sary to execute this in the last process Rapid key 09 Life entry mode For Serviceman temporary counter The mode is used to set a desired value for the judgment value alarm judgment counter value of the general purp
95. sawvw O amp zdI 21 OLA 00 5g tz 085 62410 6 QW ta fg zudl ZidvWd SZdl y E QWWW 20 reg dl zdo 222910 gi SQW 8 feg old 600 vidvWd 979106 ra za 600417 SidvWd 922910 9 SIAWA sa sg SOZdI9 Sdo 27410 917 90 fgg Z0ZdI9 9057 77651 TivWd q YN 2 59507410 7 0 92191 8ivWd 222910 06 SVN Sivd 127419 te pel ni 0 VW 2 ai ev Pe ro Een 221099 ALOZELSCGH 6191 vi 9 SIYW4 02VWd IVW gVW lt 99 1 44 2 y3olq 399po5 H 3 3 q 7 H 9 3 3 q 9 g V oa vOOH A6ecolvd 5d ZOSOMYH 062 9d Y geld N e 8 8 _ 9N y ro Z 88 58 cen 92 I 3114 5 6919 az az Y AS t E gt lt 1 1 B IS oS 49 49 800H HEMHP COLD E E E E E E 22101 e a of x ow E x x lt lt lt SL SL gt II m POOH od was E uL 2 t x re Hoon i y yyyyy yd Y33111 y I B we oe ig 2 838327232 i up 9B CE s g8 SE SB 88 16 a al al al of a 5E 5E 5E BE 5E oe az 5E 1 I x E K o amp HE ak pt a a 8 8 al 8 8S BS 2
96. 000000 SFT SW2 0 0 0 00000 SFT S W99 0 0000 0 00 Press key Press key Press gt key Bit1 8 are set Press START key during setting Soft SW2 99 are set eTo finish the settings halfway between SW 1 and SW99 press the STOP key In this case the setting being done to the SW No on display will be nullified while settings done to the preceding SW Nos remain in effect The soft switch mode is terminated SW1 to SW13 For line 1 SW14 to SW26 For line 2 FO 6600U 4 Soft switch description Soft switch Note SW1 to SW13 For line 1 SW14 to SW26 For line 2 Switch setting and function Initial setting Remarks OPTION Set to 1 15 Recall interval Binary input 8 4 2 1 No 1 2 3 4 Data No EX 0 1 0 1 eg Recall interval is set to 5 min Recall attempts Binary input 8 4 2 1 No 5 6 7 8 DataNo EX 0 0 1 0 eg Recall attempt times is set to 2 times Dialing mode PULSE TONE Receive mode AUTO MANUAL ECM mode Off On Reserved Polling security On Off Auto cover sheet No JUNK FAX function in manual reception No JUNK FAX function No Number of rings for auto receive Binary input 8 2 1 0 No ring receive No 1 3 4 Data No EX 0 0 1 eg Number of rings for auto receive is set to 1 Switch to auto receive from manual receive Binary input 8 4 2 1 0 No switch No 5 6 7 8 Data No EX 0000 eg Switch to auto receive is set to disable Communicati
97. 0AV2042203020 Fusing resistor 1 4W 220 5 0AV2041513020 Fusing resistor 1 4W 1500 5 0AV2011023010 Resistor 1 6W 1 5 0AV2011023010 Resistor 1 6W 1 5 0AV2011043010 86 0AV2990015000 AC 87 C Resistor 1 6W 100KQ 5 Resistor 1 6W 22KQ 0 5 Resistor 1 6W 2 55KQ 0 5 0AV2990014000 Resistor 1 6W 3KQ 0 5 0AV2990002000 Resistor 1 6W 1KQ 10 596 0AV2021023040 Resistor 1W 1KQ 5 0AV2013933020 Resistor 1 4W 39KQ 5 0AV2023933040 Resistor 1W 39KQ 5 0AV2023933040 C 94 OAV2011043010 AA 95 0AV2014723010 AA O O O O O O O C Resistor 1W 39KQ 5 Resistor 1 6W 100KQ 5 Resistor 1 6W 4 7KQ 5 96 0AV2014723010 Resistor 1 6W 4 7KQ 5 O O O 97 0AV2012233010 Resistor 1 6W 22KQ 5 FO 6600U NO PARTS CODE PRICE NEW RANK MARK DESCRIPTION 20 P ower supply PWB unit 98 0AV5080007000 Relay RL701 0AV5040010000 Switch S701 0AV3170001000 Thyristor CRO2AM4 SR701 0AV400009441 1 0AV5140017000 0AV3160025000 Transformer Triac 0AV5190018000 Varistor 0AV5190003000 Varistor 0AV5190003000 Varistor 0AV5050008000 Holder 0AV5180006000 Terminal 0AV6114084711 0AV6114085811 0AV6114086811 Heat sink Heat sink 0AV7510013000 Tube 0AV7700017000 Bush 0AV81177305
98. 0KW0928301902 OKW0992280102 0AV2013903020 0KW0933382612 0KWO0992280201 0AV2013933020 0KW0933384002 O0KW0992280301 OKW0933390202 0KW0992280401 Z 0KWO0933390302 0KW0992281201 0AV2014723010 0KW0933392201 0KW0992300124 0KW0933392301 OKW0992300202 0AV2014733020 0KW0956202701 0KW0992300301 0AV2021023040 0KW0957010101 OKW0992300601 0AV2023903040 0KW0957251103 0KWO0957320801 0KWO0992300701 0AV2023933040 0AV2024783040 20 93 20 71 0KW0957321501 0KW0957551101 11 4 12 23 OKW0992300802 AD AF 0AV2041513020 20 72 20 82 OKW0957552702 0KW0972553101 12 34 12 15 0KWO0992300901 0KWO0992301012 0KW0992301 102 O OJOJO OJ O O O O O O O LL 9 19 9 20 AD 9 15 AG 0AV2042203020 20 81 0KW099201 0224 11 2 0KW0992301401 0AV2046803010 0AV2048203010 20 76 20 75 0KWO099201 1903 0KW0992012102 9 2 9 67 0KWO0992301502 9 38 9 37 9 17 0AV2990002000 0AV2990010000 20 89 20 87 0KW0992039101 0KW0992044301 11 13 10 7 0KWO0992301603 0KWO0992301804 0KWO0992301901 10 22 AD 9 42 AD OO 0AV2990014000 20 88 0KWO0992048203 12 13 0KW09923021 12 0AV2990015000 0AV3001015500 20 64 AC 0AV3021002999 20 65 AD 0AV3042543000 20 86 20 63 0KW0992053901 0KW0992075101 0KWO0992075201 0KW0992075901 lg N
99. 105 19 106 A VHEHZ27 1 1 18 148 A 19 104 A OQ j W W W W D D VHITLS1049 1 VHIUPD3753CY1 16 335 AF 16 315 AS N 16 312 AV 22 5 UJ gt lt wo 2 olan N SN on oo gt gt gt gt ojo VHI18160 6 7 16 299 BY VHI27040FBQ1C VHI27040FBQ0C VHE1ZC15 1 18 152 A 19 108 A 18 151 AC OQ W D W W W W W W D D D VHI27040FBR0B 16 290 BH 16 298 BH 16 296 BA N 17 100 N UJ w UJ 19 107 AC VHIADM207AN 1 21 9 AT UJ Dw O gt ies ve VHI27040FBROB VHI4M16SOJ 70 16 292 16 302 W O ive 17 97 VHIALSO4BNS 1 16 316 AF 7 16 328 AF u 17 110 AF 2 2 2 w w VHPSNL14A70 1 7 34 18 64 gt W W m O Oo w w w O O O O O O OO VHIALS08NS 1 16 313 16 341 17 108 212 VHPTLP521 1BL 19 40 18 65 O O VHIALS163BNS 16 285 AF AF AF AK VHPTLP627 1 16 333 VHVCCP2E20 1 7 17 109 VHIALS20ANS 1 16 342 VHVCCP2E30 1 VHVRA391PV6 1 VHIALS32NS 1 VHVTNO7G101 1 VHVTNO07G471 1 VHIALS74ANS 1 7 Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z VP 1M4R7J0000 VHIBA10339F 1 VHIBU4053BCF1 VHIBU4066BCF1 VRD HT2EY100J VRS TV2AB100J VRD HT2HY223J 7 VRD HT2HY7
100. 10W 10Q 5 VRS TV2AB100J Resistor 1 10W 10Q 5 VRS TV2AB100J VRS TV2AB100J VRS TV2AB100J Resistor 1 10W 10Q 5 Resistor 1 10W 10Q 5 Resistor 1 10W 10Q 5 VRS TV2AB100J Resistor 1 10W 10Q 5 VRS TV2AB100J Resistor 1 10W 10Q 5 NO PARTS CODE PRICE NEW RANK MARK RANK FO 6600U DESCRIPTION 16 Control PWB unit 401 VRS TV2AB100J 402 VRS TV2AB472J 403 VRS TV2AB472J 404 VRS TV2AB472J A 405 VRS TV2AB472J AA AD 406 VRS TV2AB100J o ol ol o ol 407 VRS TV2AB100J 408 VRS TV2AB100J 409 VRS TV2AB000J 410 VRS TV2AB000J 411 VRSTS2AD6812F 412 VRS TV2AB000J VRS TV2AB333J 414 VRS TV2AB333J O O O O O O O AA AD 415 VRS TV2AB103J 416 VRS TV2AB103J 417 VRS TV2AB100J 418 VRS TV2AB100J 419 VRS TV2AB100J 420 VRS TV2AB472J 421 VRS TV2AB472J 422 RCORF2091SCZZ ool O O O O O O 423 VRS TV2AB100J 424 VRS TV2AB100J 425 VRS TV2AB100J 426 VRS TV2AB100J 427 VRS TV2AB151J 428 VRS TV2AB100J gt gt gt gt gt gt p gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt o gt O O O O O gt gt O O O gt gt O O O O O O O O 429 VRS TV2AB151J AA AA 430 VRS TV2AB151J 431 VRS TV2AB151J 432 VRS TV2AB151J 433 VRS TV2AB472J 434 VRS TV2AB472J 43
101. 119 VRS TV2AB000J 120 VRS TV2AB000J O O O 4 7uH L106 Resistor 1 10W 0Q 5 L107 Resistor 1 10W 5 L108 FO 6600U NO PARTS CODE DESCRIPTION 17 Line control PWB unit 121 VRS TV2AB000J Resistor 1 10W 00 5 L109 122 VRS TV2AB000J Resistor 1 10W 0Q 5 L110 123 VRD HT2HY910J Resistor 1 2W 91Q 596 R1 124 VRS TV2AB151J Resistor 1 10W 1500 m VRS TV2AB151J VRS TV2AB100J AD Resistor 1 10W 10Q y VRS TV2AB100J Resistor 1 10W 100 5 VRS TV2AB100J Resistor 1 10W 100 5 VRS TV2AB100J Resistor 1 10W 10 5 VRS TV2AB472J Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 VRS TV2AB472J Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 VRS TV2AB472J Resistor 1 1 OW 4 7KQ 5 VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB223J VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB000J VRS TV2AB000J VRS TV2AB333J VRS TV2AB103J VRS TV2AB103J VRS TV2AB100J VRS TV2AB100J VRS TV2AB100J VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB151J VRS TV2AB000J AA Resistor 1 10W VRS TV2AB151J Resistor 1 10W 1500 X596 VRS TV2AB151J Resistor 1 10W 1500 596 VRS TV2AB100J Resistor 1 10W 100 5 VRS TV2AB100J Resistor 1 10W 10 5 VRS TV2AB100J Resistor 1 10W 100 5 VRS TV2AB100J Resistor 1 10W 10 5 VRS TV2AB100J Resistor 1 10W 10 5
102. 2 PWB CNSB1 of 50 pin connector connect the control PWB with the line control PWB 6 Sub 2 access control block The block control the write access to the dual port RAMs IC11 12 and the modem IC8 F O 6600U FO 6600U 4 Circuit Description of TEL LIU 1 PWB 1 TEL LIU block operational description 1 Block diagram 1 i MENU v m x m i 1 oKJ OML a I L H MPXA CML shoo ran eu t ox uou A EID E bT nad oy i BLANCE Y 4 D e 1 1 u o o CML TRANS Y DIAL PULSE i Y SURGE GENERATION II W SIG TX TELLINE lt amp J PROTECTION oo CIRCUIT D 2 CIRCUIT i i cl _ _ _ I DETECTION SIG RX NOTE i o o AW t p H 4 L 1 Y L i HOOK SW ia RHS y HANDSET MIC kon oc n MIC MUTE nu E T RR M exa onec MEL SPEAKER SP AMP Aon SPOUT 4 2 9 i H MUTE ON L MUTEOFF SP MUTE 4
103. 29 V 27ter SW32 No 3 Reserved Setto 0 SW32 No 4 Changeover of Print cassette When the cassette selection priority is set to the upper priority or the lower priority and paper in the cassette is exhausted this function is used to set changeover of the cassette of not SW32 No 5 No 8 Selection of print cassette Used to set the priority of selection of the recording paper cassettes Auto selection Upper priority Lower priority SW33 No 1 No 2 Heater mode Used to set ON OFF of the heater Three settings are available always ON always OFF and OFF timer Only when Off timer is selected SW34 SW37 settings are valid SW33 No 3 No 5 Density adjustment of print bias The density of printing is set It can be also set in the print diagnosis mode SW33 No 6 No 7 Drum life limit The drum life over judgment conditions are set SW33 No 8 Reserved Set to 0 SW34 No 1 No 4 Start time of heater OFF time Upper digit of hour Used to set the start time of the heater OFF timer Enter in 24 hour System SW34 No 5 No 8 Start time of heater OFF time Lower digit of hour Used to set the start time of the heater OFF timer Enter in 24 hour System SW35 No 1 NO 4 Start time of heater OFF time Upper digit of minute Used to set the start time of the heater OFF timer Enter in 24 hour System SW35 No 5 No 8 Start time of heater OFF time Lower digit of hour Used to set the start time of
104. 30 and 85 without condensa tion ELECTRICITY A 120 V 60 Hz grounded 3 prong AC outlet is required Caution Connection to a power source other than that specified will cause damage to the equipment and is not covered under the warranty If your area experiences a high incidence of lightning or power surges we recommend that you install a surge protector for the power and telephone lines Surge protectors can be purchased at most telephone Specialty stores FO 6600U TELEPHONE JACK A standard RJ11C telephone jack must be located near the machine This is the telephone jack commonly used in most homes and offices Plugging the fax machine into a jack which is not an RJ11C jack may result in damage to the machine or your telephone system If you do not know what kind of jack you have or need to have one installed contact the telephone company If the machine is moved from a cold to a warm place If the machine is moved from a cold to a warm place it is possible that the reading glass may fog up preventing proper scanning of documents for transmission To remove the fog turn on the power and wait approxi mately 2 hours before using the machine 2 Installing the printer cartridges Toner cartridge FO 45ND Drum cartridge FO 45DR D Press the button on the side of the printer compartment and open the printer cover Caution The ribs on the bottom of the inside of the printer cover become very hot dur
105. 809H v0DH 399 odi 446 02101 98 9 or TT SVN HE S 180909 809H 1981 gg Y02H 2101 1531 cc 1 NL Or 02191 21531 8009H 8 S thay He 41 9 5 1 879 A 531 zz HE VOI arz O N Fg 1014 01831 sj 1 Toug 0 N gg Ho1u 9SSA 12101 1 4 9 D gt ayag ESSA HE zog Eon oc lt J 41 9 SN zg 910 ISSA e Dova SN sc Yna QGA v00H og ON 96 1 02191 Laan do0zz I 1629 ON g Mol 23834 odoisu lt 919 lt im be Sm Is saggy 29 MWOGO 5689 Sud N E e tits Lama 901 Las E uem 09 8 si WLP Seu 21901 HS T H vs 8 lt san YL YEEH zz san 215100 og 1 0 41 9 kan szaro gnan aono 662u a voozd1 y SY oz vr 8 ve 2 lt t TNSVIV 9 NaviN MID sr ae s 824 zova zd gy ova OO V noo 7 rv 1 9 9 lt 7410 2 10 8 m 6011 AE David ovZdl 6 Qv 979 IQvWd GEZdI 22 QWvW DOYA Sur oxovg lt 399 zdvWd S8Ezdi e cQWNW 7 zizdi 92 Edva 22410 82 FAWN pavd 97910 lt PAWN lOUllgc 7vZdl gt Gr9 92910 SAWN saag lt 8 9 9qvWd g OONN 50 sy uar 4 i9 pro r9 ZavWd amp E amp dl 20 zy Sur HUAW 267419 g 9QWvw S9 isooqo lt 999 Saying ezar
106. A5 System address input output PLG1ON Plunger 1 control A4 System address input output PLG0ON Plunger 0 control A3 System address input output GND Ground A2 System address input output CLKR Sending system control basic clock input Al System address input output XFLBSY Flash memory busy signal input GND Ground FLBK1 Bank control 1 TEST Test terminal FLBK2 Bank control 2 XSCCLK Reading serial clock FLBK3 Bank control 3 XSRVID Reading serial data XFLOPT Chip select flash option XSTVD Reading valid data output gate XFLSTD Chip select flash standard TXIN Data receiving from SH1 XPGMSL Chip select EPROM RXOUT Data sending to SH1 XSRAM1 Chip select SRAM option TXOUT Data sending signal to PC 37 38 40 O O O O O O O O O O XSRAM0 XINTRQ XRESET GND Chip select SRAM standard Interrupt request output System reset Ground 39 XREVSL Chip select spare 90 O O O O O RXIN XDTR Data receiving signal from PC Sending of send ready signal to PC Sending of data terminal ready to PC Sending request from PC Data set ready sending to PC CLKF System clock XRSCI Call back to PC XCDCSL Chip select XRSCD Carrier detection to PC XGACSL1 Chip select spare XRSOPT PCI F presenc
107. ANN ee 0Z9I 2016VH3 gp 8 AS Of 04 00 u ss 1 0 d 10 2 MI 220 017H s 10718 WA z 60 1 2024 WAT ASZ LWP 8071 il 50 3 EN ML 22 0 MdNO n P d 9049 34 4021 wE 22 sf a4 Six ax a Vale 1 8ZAPN b re6oLodn Be 8 gt i a SE 22 Aver 2 70 2 20201 doo 1091 vu3 zs d0001 SSva veS WATT SW O 9020 T 202d 5S 9219 gt 9v e NO T o e I a a P Az1 osvo m ogvasea sls SR 340NO u31v3H S 119 Ss EY 587085 erasa aud 1020 58 x AS v 70 4 gt s AA Guo you We 00 A07 E i eNO Sa EIS a olg T 1 Lice wy AS 004 Sle 1 i SW e 5 gO1069A 002 098 RS IS WA L 202d 6 ZZ 395 oo oe Zoey a INO Se i WAO 4 Of 1 a i 4 T 1 1 LA o o Ttov ASZINE S os 1024 Ave 90001 9027 7120 L L Ajddns p 6 33 FO 6600U CA U T ON FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST RISK OF FIRE D K F00 778 11 94V 0 C A T I ON FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST RISK OF FIRE REPLACE ONLY WITH SAME TYPE AND RATINGS OF FUSE nichicon 686M V TD TI5V JAPAN REPLACE ONLY WITH SAME TYPE AND RATINGS OF FUSES SR701 RL70 Se eum T R732 C721 x701 728 s gt 5 z E E P oee T PRIMARY R729 6 3 125 0 R701 AA E a R703 O RJ740 at RJ710 C O D705
108. CcIrCuit ei gene da wu da dee TRU p 6 35 6 GGD PWB GIrGUIU i iue ive dete Mead Gels ssi ee deg ivre dua irs 6 37 7 RS232C I F PWB circuit liliis Rm 6 38 8 Printer control P WB Circuit Loi see qixqqdueei ies 6 40 CHAPTER 7 OPERATION FLOWCHART Protocol ser Rer Pede ta e ede sod gre crit err finem dei eds 7 1 2 POWER ON SCQUENCE i pu iets Fem be gebe xvebnbel xis bd uva d sq 7 2 CHAPTER 8 OTHERS 1 Service Tools 9 our eb UE ei io o ied ret e E ER ed ee 8 1 2 IC signal name ere e ur Per RE e eed egg 8 7 PARTS GUIDE CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1 Specifications GENERAL Applicable telephone line Compatibility Configuration Compression scheme Memory size Memory option Scanning method Resolution Printing density Reception modes Modem speed Transmission time Input document size Paper size Paper capacity Public switched telephone network ITU T CCITT G3 mode Half duplex desktop transceiver MH MR MMR and Sharp special mode 2 MB approx 108 average pages 1 MB 2 MB 4 MB 16 MB Flash Memory Flat bed solid state CCD Horizontal 203 lines inch 8 dots mm Vertical Standard 98 lines inch 3 85 lines mm Fine Halftone 196 lines inch 7 7 lines mm Super fine 391 lines inch 15 4 lines mm Horizontal 406 lines inch 16 lines mm
109. Clock input output terminal of SCIO 1 Input output terminal of 16 bits Input output can be assigned for each bit Input output terminal of 16 bits Input output can be assigned for each bit FO 6600U 3 Image memory block This block is composed of 2 MByte flash memory and 128 KByte SRAM Moreover a maximum of 16 MByte when FO 16MG is installed of im age memory can be extended by install ing the option memory of the connector CNOP 1 LH28F016SUT IC6 Pin 56 TSOP 16 Mbit flash memory The memory is a non volatile type whose content does not erase even if power is turned off and stores the copied sent and received image data Moreover the initially registered data registered content of RE LAY key and registered content of CONF key are stored 2 KM68512ALG 5L IC2 IC9 pin 32 SOP 512 Kbit SRAM The setting of receiving mode optional setting content soft switch con tent and dairy data are stored Even if the power supply of the main body is turned off it is backed up with a lithium battery 4 Modem 1 block The block is mainly composed of the modem R288F IC3 and is pro vided with the following modem function Configuration Modulation 1 Hz 0 01 Carrier Frequency Data Rate bps The above functions are controlled by getting an access to the inter face memory in the modem through the data bus from sub 1 CPU IC4 of the control PWB The interface memory is composed of 32 8 b
110. G 670 RCRSQ2110SCZZ A A Crystal Crystal 671 RCRSP0074AFZZ Crystal TLABP3078SCZZ Shading label for EP ROM Unit DCEKC081KSCZZ Control PWB unit Within ROM 17 Line control PWB unit VCEAEA1CW476M Capacitor 16WV 47uF VCEAEA1EW476M VCEAEA1CW106M Capacitor 25WV 47uF 16WV 10uF Capacitor 16WV 10uF VCEAEA1EW476M Capacitor 25WV 47uF VCEAEA1CW476M Capacitor 16WV 47uF VCEAEA1CW106M Capacitor 16WV 10uF VCEAEA1CW106M Capacitor 16WV 10uF VCEAEA1CW106M Capacitor 16WV 10uF VCEAEA1EW226M VCKYTV1EF104Z O O O O O O O OJ Capacitor 25WV 22uF C Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF C101 Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1CF105Z Capacitor 16WV 1uF VCKYTV1CF105Z Capacitor 16WV 1uF VCKYTQ1EB104K A VCKYTQ1EB104K AA AA 19 20 VCKYTV1EF104Z O O O O O O O Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1CF105Z Capacitor 16WV 1uF VCKYTV1CF105Z Capacitor 16WV 1uF VCKYTV1CF105Z VCKYTV1CF105Z Capacitor 16WV 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1EF104Z OJ Capacitor 16WV 1uF Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF C Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF C117
111. MS IN H 3 3 q o 9 V onas P 0 NANO WNDID jeued 3 3 q 5 a v 6 36 FO 6600U E a 9 a8 V 45 55 go COO ao ESgSe eCev jno e sued ov E S dOONO 4 NC Y Q009NO ov WZEOLW G2 ee OA 2 000 0 Lro 19 Vo 490 OA 52 r Moo ed 4 4 w VASE 099NO AS iH I AO S Qd l S ov 8 HHd L ov 9 ov 9 9 qO9NO 9v ov v box VAS lt GOONO AlHd OA L Zina 4 8 GOONO Q99NO GQOONO 9 n3119 A39 9 o 8 V 6 37 FO 6600U 9 d 3 a 8 V 6 odd 8L 1 5195 8 oF SL Sly 904 vl L 90H usa ZL m ano s 19059 OF dosu 6 81 SHNO v vula 8 vusa L LL SHNO axl VSIH 9 S 91 SHNO axe 2 vaxl v vax vi SHNO qo L dy L cL SHNO sano SuNO c MD L SHNO Al uo LIESS ea 1 SUNO D esr oreuo oqu qu S SQNO gt T z s Sr 8 D HE s T as 05 0 6 loro 1 i SONO Puta EL amp vuig 8 SHNO SQNO ii VY y vepg 9 SuNO SQNO Pax 0 gd Do i vax fSHNO 6 SQNO 45 20777 Ho su 11 5
112. NEW RANK MARK DESCRIPTION 16 Control PWB unit 641 VRS TV2AB472J Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 642 VRS TV2AB472J Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 643 VRS TV2AB472J 644 VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB432J Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 Resistor 1 10W 4 7 5 Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 R449 Resistor 1 10W 4 3KQ 5 VRS TV2AB392J Resistor 1 10W 3 9KQ 5 VRS TV2AB162J Resistor 1 10W 1 6KQ 5 VRS TV2AB103J VRS TV2AB101J Resistor 1 10W 100Q 5 VRS TV2AB000J Resistor 1 10W 0Q 5 VRS TV2AB562J A 653 VRS TV2AB332J AA AA 654 VRS TQ2BB561J i Resistor 1 10W 10KQ 5 Resistor 1 10W 5 6KQ 5 Resistor 1 8W 5600 5 655 VRS TV2AB512J Resistor 1 10W 5 1KQ 5 656 VRS TV2AB113J Resistor 1 10W 11KQ 5 657 VRS TV2AB103J 658 VRS TV2AB392J Resistor 1 10W 3 9KQ 5 659 VRS TV2AB752J Resistor 1 10W 7 5KQ 5 660 VRS TV2AB472J A 661 VRS TV2ABO00J AA AA 662 VRS TV2AB472J Resistor 1 10W 10KQ 5 Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 663 VRS TV2AB472J Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 664 VRS TV2AB000J 665 VRS TV2AB000J Resistor 1 10W 5 Resistor 1 10W 5 666 RCRSQ2126SCZZ Crystal b6 448MHz 667 RCRSQ2114SCZZ Crystal 668 RCRSQ2114SCZZ G 669 RCRSZ7008SCZZ D
113. OA e E PSE EE A y fe Sane SSA I Sav told 3 zm TINO nd 2 o z z z P 9 NdNO gt fli gt 9 2 G ug Sg Ex 3 o SIG a a 21518 RB d ul u 09 Zosi z 091 222222 98 cy 5 Jalal g E d d NSF NSF I ued uonejedo s 5 3 q o 8 V 6 35 FO 6600U 3 3 q 9 8 V e se Jou gMd Slul JO sued y BOUIS 9JoN SvIS1 o O O_O o O o O A 0 0 0 O 7 9 0 Wwidsd 6 8 L INIS P gt 8 NdNO 0 o O D 0 0 0 6 D 0 1HV1S ALIHOIHd H3AO9 1svo 8 Wid 9 S v 133HS gaads i gt gt OL NdNO SN3S O O O O O O 0 9 0 dO1S 1N3W nOOqQ 1HOd3H NOILONNA 4 L as NaNO O O0 0 X o 0 O O0O 0 O 0 Hyv319 dS 13IHS 30vds 7 4 ENIS W 7I NdNO 0 CO o O O o O o o NOIL x M A n l s u o n1osau 4 4 NIS gt 91 NdNO 0 O O oO o 0 O N N 1 3 39 INIS 8I NdNO 0 O 0 4 O D O 0 4 o gt O V
114. OHINOO udlNIHd HOSN3S NO Aldana Z uasvi H3NOL i e HOLOW NODA1Od HOSN3S u3TioH uaindwoo AVNOSH3d dWYLS NOILVOIdJIH3A e 999 dvi aam z YOLOW 6 XL Y T3NVd NOlILVH3dO aud NdNO a99 8 HOSN3S SONO 1N3Anooa z 3 1 HOSN3S 2 25 1 E SuNO HOSN3S ii iN3Wnooa 2 v 8L NFTSNOHGSTSIL N3SNO d99NO WXLNO Q31NO dlSNO 31OHNO NdNO SUNO z a z Md NIWVTAL 8Md 104LNO9 ANNO ANNO LYdNO 92 dSNO 8HNO dONO S8SNO os 09 e z OWN9L OWE NS OWe OWL O4 S AYOWSW NOILdO LINN 8Md 1 3NI1 HOLIMS MOOH LN HANNO 3NH3NOHd3131 pw ANNO Sz 11791 LINN NIV 4 2 66000 3 Point to point diagram and connector signal name 1 daindWoo IWNOSH3d dAS dAS dd AS819 GOL 90d dd dd ON O3GIA 5919 OW9L OWY SNASH IOWe OWL O3 599 9 Saunod AYOWAW NOILdO 90d i e a o Q e
115. SOFT SWITCH 8 5 6 7 8 Can Can be used in all cases be used in case 1 2 3 N If transmission problems still exist on the machine use the follow ing Decrease the transmission level SOFT SWITCH 8 5 6 7 8 format and check the related matters Can be used in case 3 TO ATT Ref No CC ATT Date Facsimile communication problem From Mr Fax Tel No Our customer Name Address Fax No Contact person Model name Other party Name Tel No Address Fax No Contact person Model name Problem mode Line Domestic international Phase A B C D Reception Transmission Automatic reception Manual reception Automatic dialing Manual dialing Others Frequency ROM version Confirmation Our customer R Other party Please mark problem with an X item No problem is 0 0 2 Ai A2 2 C1 C2 D1 faz C1 D2 Transmission level setting is dB at our C2 D1 customer E gt l Transmission level dBm lt Reception level dBm Our service Other party s service By level meter at B1 and B2 Comment Countermeasure Please attach the G3 data and activity report on problem 2 Printer trouble detection 1 Paper jam The printer recognizes if paper remains inside the printer by detecting the status of the Paper Take Up Sensor PC1 and the Paper Exit Sen sor PC3 A paper
116. SW9 No 5 Reserved Setto 0 SW9 No 6 CED detection time The detection time of the CED signal from the called side in the auto calling mode is set SW9 No 7 No 8 Reserved Setto 0 SW10 No 1 No 4 Reserved Setto 0 SW10 No 5 No 8 Distinctive ringing When the ringing setting is turned off all of the CI signal is received When any of the standard and ring patterns 1 through 3 is selected for the ringing setting only the selected CI signal is received Cl signal patterns The Cl signal patterns consists of the standard pattern and ring pat terns 1 through 7 The standard pattern is the conventionalone 28 STANDARD 4S 2S L 2S 1 5S 3S 1S 4S 1 58 0 58 0 5S 4S 0 8S 0 8S PATTERN 1 for USA 0 5S 4S RING 0 38 0 8S 0 3S PATTERN 2 for USA 0 25 0 25 45 RING 0 4S 0 4S 0 8S PATTERN 3 for USA 0 2S 0 2S 4S RING 1S 1S PATTERN 1 for CANADA 0 55 3 58 RING 0 5S 15 0 5S PATTERN 2 for CANADA 0 5S 0 5S 3S RING 0 58 0 5S 1S PATTERN 3 for CANADA 0 58 0 58 3S SW11 No 1 No 4 Memory retransmission times The number of memory retransmissions is set SW11 No 5 No 8 Memory retransmission interval The interval between memory retransmissions is set SW12 No 1 No 2 Reserved Set to 0 SW1
117. Vertical 391 lines inch 15 4 lines mm Auto Manual switching 33600 bps with automatic fallback to 31200 28800 26400 24000 21600 19200 16800 14400 12000 9600 7200 4800 or 2400 bps Note Transmission speeds in Super G3 mode may vary due to telephone line conditions Approx 3 seconds Automatic feeding Width 5 8 to 11 0 148 to 280 mm Length 5 0 to 14 3 128 to 364 mm Manual feeding Width 5 8 to 11 0 148 to 280 mm Length 5 0 to 17 0 128 to 432 mm Width 8 5 216 mm Length 11 14 280 356 mm 1150 sheets Automatic document feeder 50 documents max Effective scanning width Effective recording width Copy function Telephone function Halftone gray scale Power requirements Operating environment Power consumption Dimensions Weight PRINTER SECTION Type Print system Exposure system Resolution Print speed First print time Warming up time Operating environment Toner cartridge life Drum cartridge life FO 6600U 10 1 256 mm 8 0 203 mm Single Multi copy Sort copy 99 copies page Standard cannot be used if power fails 64 levels 120 V AC 60 Hz 50 86 F 10 30 C 20 to 85 RH Stand by 15 W Maximum 400 W Width 13 8 351 mm Depth 22 9 582 mm Height 18 5 469 mm Approx 59 8 lbs 27 1 kg Desktop Laser Beam Printer Electrostatic Dry Powdered Imaging System Laser Diode Polygon
118. activated the following operations will be automat ically executed Whether the dialed content is right or not is judged with the external instrument which is connected to the line cable After shift to the FAX diagnosis mode press RAPID 24 Also switch the display with the gt lt and keys 2 Press the START key Turn on CML and dial the following in the PB mode 1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 gt lt 0 Turn off CML 500 mS alone 5 Dial the following in the DP mode 1 5 9 0 amp After dialing turn off CML This mode uses the ordinary auto dial Accordingly the signal send ing time and minimum pause are all the same as ordinary The measurement result in this mode is completely all the same as in the ordinary dial mode Moreover the same process as above is also done in the dial test mode which is executed in the product check mode The lines 1 2 operate simultaneously in this mode 23 Copy diag mode In order to shorten the process time during production this mode is used to automatically switch the copy mode Three menus are pro vided 1 Set up two documents In case of two documents or more there is no problem Press the START key 9 Copy 1st document in the fine mode density AUTO One sheet is printed in the ordinary copy mode Copy 2nd subsequential document in the intermediate tone mode density DARK In the ordinary copying mode one sheet is printed when the R
119. and the data of 2 digits is continuously input Inputting is done in the hexadecimal mode The ten key is used for 0 thru 9 and the alphabetic keys A RAPID01 thru 06 are used for A thru F During data inputting the address can be moved forward and back ward one byte by one byte with gt lt and The address prior to the address 0 is looped as the maximum address The Validity of the address is not checked Accordingly writ ing read ing operations are possible in the address of the memory not as signed the address of ROM and so on However as practical writing is not done and the data content runs short each reading Though writing is possible in the flash memory a little time is re quired It is also necessary to take care that the life of the flash memory is excessively shortened if much data is written in the flash memory Since it may run away depending the written content take minute care for the writing address When the REPORT key is input the memory dump list is produced from the displayed address here it is limited at the 16 byte bound ary address address with end 0 which does not exceed the speci fied address and is just in front The dump list is output to a maxi mum of 99 pages If any data of one page can be repeatedly devel oped and printed the list is sufficient But it is not desired that the content of plural pages are developed in the memory once and are then printed If the STOP key i
120. contents binary coded here are as follows Shading compensation Half tone process error diffusion process MTF compensation 2 Mechanical control block The mechanical control block is mainly composed of the gate array A IC14 LZ9FJ37A to control the following a Sending motor control The revolution speed and timing of the sending motor are controlled to output the control signals to the motor driver IC20 IC21 b End stamp and LED lamp control On off of the end stamp and LED lamp is controlled with the software F 0 6600U 6 Gate array A block This block is mainly composed of the gate array A IC14 LZ9FJ37A and has the following functions D Mapper Mapping is executed in the memory area of the memories gate ar ray B modem and CODEC 2 Reading process Refer to 1 Reading process block of 2 4 Reading and mechanical control block 9 Mechanical control block Refer to 2 Mechanical control block of 2 5 Reading and mechani cal control block IC interface for clock Writing and reading to IC C127 NJU6355E for clock is executed in the clock synchronous type serial transfer mode 5 PC interface I O port control communication is done with main CPU Detection of communication speed with AT command monitor 6 Generation of alarm sound and ringer sound The keys on the operation panel are pressed to respectively gen erate the key input sound alarm sound and ringer sound FO
121. each transaction Normally the switch is set No 1 0 No 2 0 No 3 1 so that the communication result is produced only a communication error is en countered If No 1 was set to 1 No 2 was set to 1 and No 3 was set to 0 the communication result will be produced every time a communica tion is done even if the communication was successful If No 1 was set to 0 No 2 to 1 and No to 0 the communication result will be produced every transmission Setting No 1 to 1 No 2 to 0 and No 3 to 0 will disable this function No transaction report will be printed If No 1 was set to 0 No 2 to 0 and No to 0 the communication result is produced only after a timer and memory transmission or when a com munication error is encountered SWA No 4 Image addition function to the communication result table for memory transmission only Used to set addition of sending image to the communication result ta ble SWA No 5 Reserved Set to 0 SWA No 6 TEL billing code function When set to 1 the TEL billing code function is enabled FO 6600U SW4 No 7 Billing code position When set to 1 the billing code is delivered before dialing the remote number When set to 0 the billing code is delivered after dialing SW4 No 8 Multi TTI feature When this switch is set to 1 Multi TTI function is enabled SW5 No 1 Time display format When this switch is set to 0 time is displayed in 12 hour system When set to 1 24
122. gc 8X 40022 eveo 0 2 CO co Teva Zeeu 65 SLO O SOLO O O LO 1 9 T NASHI oga Zo MASH r Y YV CV C C LONASH 10941 29 402 1 OA Z ozy 982u SVdI ONIS ang 5 29vdi I seed 2 18 W 9 NdNO2 8v LHdNO P pie HEB s 4 pe Val 88 1HdND goi ogy OZEHA SS V c M om SEA NUI CNSS lt i NaNO LV LUdNO gt Sanna oy EE OES id 682E RAN 421 18 1HdNO oes 5 DIET SGH d OLY 06H PNSS OL NANO 1 SOME Slv LudNO cryd 09419 09 268891 16 WNT x IT 96rd Z OLS LUANO lt xS8r5 95 S09q12 WN seat OL Z6ZH val 9NSS ck d o 0 199 v09dl AN S aval Opa lt I NdNO PLV LYANO oit og 8101 P 022 SH w PC L NdNO g VdL od 6 0 0 eH Ftd Ogg 46 NdNO 1v 1HdNO zi 4 7 01 0 6 Sa L NaNO Tey SN 20 022 96 amp EO lt Si NdNO Z21G LUANO fgg ro 9189 Mhe sg 210026 Sd OS 920 ov EL ole 0020 IIdl sdi MZ 8 ANN Sva O gg M8 6 AS v 99 HY Sar bk 072 PIEH a P4 L NdNO 0 69Vd1 V SKOLSSREH yee eg ER m i Hur ON e8 98 1HdNO toaa zegal 6 Oi S 91891 06 E TN erect DN 8999 sovdi TONT oz3a1 OL pad oy E rider 16 I AW eger ON eby 28 ig seIHdNO toga aT
123. hour system SW5 No 2 Date display format Used to select date display print formats SW5 No 3 Header print When it is set at 0 sender s name sending page number and so on are automatically printed in the recording paper on the receiving side during transmission Thus the sender can be known on the receiving side 0 Applied 1 Not applied SW5 No 4 Footer print When set to 1 the date of reception the sender machine No and the page No are automatically recorded at the end of reception SW5 No 5 Relay data output 0 Output ON 1 Output OFF SW5 No 6 Substitute reception Selection of substitute reception in the case of recording paper ex hausted or paper jam If set to NO auto receive is disabled even when the receive memory is ready to receive Substitute reception is not performed even during receive operation SW5 No 7 Substitute reception condition Selection of substitute reception according to existence of TEL number from transmitting side Initial setting allows substitute reception without CSI If set to no the receiver cannot receive any documents SW5 No 8 CSI transmission CSI signal contains the sender s phone number registered in the ma chine If this switch is set to 1 no sender s name will be printed at the receiving side SW6 No 1 MH fixed Normally set to allow automatic selection of MH and MR mode accord ing to the remote side If set to 1 the mode is fixed to MH and is useful
124. idle state the Heater Lamp being turned OFF 2 3 4 FO 6600U 5 Exit fan malfunction The voltage equivalent to the current of the Exit Fan Motor remains 160 mV or lower for 2 sec 1 detected by converting the Motor current into voltage How to Reset these malfunctions Turn OFF The Power ON OFF Switch S1 FO 6600U 3 Printer troubleshooting 1 PAPER JAM 1 Paper jam occurred when the Power ON OFF Switch S1 is turned ON or when the Upper Unit is closed Is there paper still inside the NO Does the Paper Take Up Replace PC1 or PC3 machine Sensor PC1 lever and the Replace PWB A Paper Exit Sensor PC3 lever move correctly Remove the paper Correct the Sensor lever movement 2 Paper jam occurred at the paper take up section Was the VES Has the paper leading yes Does the Sensor lever YES Replace PC1 or per taken up edge already reached meveitomecti PWB A the Paper Take UP y Sensor PC1 NO NO Correct the Sensor lever movement Does the Pa per Take Up roller rotate YES Clean the Paper Take Up Roller and the Transport Roller Does the Paper Take Up Solenids SL1 1 Check if the paper currently used function satisfies the specification for paper type Does the Main Motor M1 operate 2 Check if the paper is curled waved of damp Replace M1 the Pow er Unit PWB E or PWB A
125. if the remote side is a MH only unit or a lot of image distortion is met due to a bad line SW6 No 2 H2 mode Used to determine H2 mode 15 sec transmission mode When set to OFF H2 mode is inhibited even though the transmitting machine has H2 mode SW6 No 3 No 4 Reserved Set to 0 SW6 No 5 No 8 Modem speed DCS date reception speed Used to determine the initial modem speed The default is 14400BPS V17 It may be necessary to program it to a slower speed when fre quent line fallback is encountered in order to save the time required for the fallback procedure SW7 No 1 No 2 Reception speed fixed The transferable speed of modem in the receiving mode is set SW7 No 3 DIS receive acknowledge during G3 transmission Used to make a choice of whether reception of NSF DIS is acknowl edged after receiving two NSFs DISs or receiving one NSF two DISs It may be useful for overseas communication to avoid an echo sup pression problem if set to 1 SW7 No 4 Non modulated carrier in V29 transmission mode Though transmission of a non modulated carrier is not required for trans mission by the V29 modem according to the CCITT Recommendation it may be permitted to send a non modulated carrier before the image signal to avoid an echo suppression problem It may be useful for overseas communication to avoid an echo sup pression problem if set to 1 SW7 No 5 EOL detection timer Used to make a choice of whether to
126. is connected to IDP201 High level indicates that MPU of system 80 is connected 57 54 Addresses 0 thru 2 address terminals It is connected to the low order 3 bits of the system address bus and MPU is used to get an access to the internal register of IDP201 I O Three state output Data 0 thru 7 data terminals They are connected to the system data bus for bidirectional data transfer between MPU and IDP201 MPU can read and write the internal register of IDP201 Chip select chip select terminal When the terminal is at low level it indicates that MPU gets an access to the internal register of IDP201 Data strobe data strobe terminal Connect 2 clock pin of MPU of system 88 or RD pin of MPU of system 80 Read write read write terminal Connect R W pin of MPU of system 88 or WR pin of MPU of system 80 Reset element If the signal of low level is input to the terminal IDP201 will be initialized Interrupt request interrupt request terminal When the signal of high level is output IDP201 requests the interrupt process for MPU The factor of the interrupt is the end of the command process the end of DMA transfer occurrence of an error during demodulation or the receiving of RTC code MPU reads IRR interrupt request register which is one of the internal registers of IDP201 and can know the factor of the interrupt When MPU reads IRR IRQT becomes low level For details
127. key to dial a stop operations START key Press this key when Press this key to you want to transmit number without pickin before they are E send or receive document ahead of up the handset completed P other documents Note This is not a SOON COVER SHEET key waiting in memory speakerphone You must I Ars pick up the handset to Press this key to include for transmission a cover sheet with a talk with the other party party transmitted document a document 1 2 Operation panel 2 Rapid Dial keys Press one of these keys to dial a fax or voice number automatically these keys also serve as letter entry keys when storing a name PAGE COUNTER key Press this key to have a slash and the total number of pages added after each page number on the pages of a transmitted document TIMER key Press this key to set an operation to be performed automatically at a later time FO 6600U RELAY key Press this key to send a document to another fax machine and have that machine in turn send the document to a number of end receiving machines LIFE key Press this key followed by the 1 key to check the total number of pages SPACE key Press this key to enter a space when storing a name Flip up the Rapid Key overlay Press t CLEAR key or copy two sided Press this key to clear documents
128. o o S701 PC702 RL701 G O HEATER wl ON OFF x v AY 8 R730 R733 2 8 R716 R731 noi ZZ C728 PC703 R732 Q703 C713 2 e 3 n HEATER L HEATER N FO 6600U V 100V div H 5usec div V 20V div H 5usec div CH1gnd k C714 1706 1000P rr rel k V 100V div 5usec div Blo o Slo S C715 Att I Q701 680 35 4 28K2543 i CHignd Hedi i Tod al eat D702 LC706 T1 V 10V div 5usec div ERA1501 gt T 100P SB ISR FE z 37 3 L707 R706 eu TH701 0 22 1W AN 4 4 4 R707 R710 0 22 1W zz C707 703 82 47 5 ERAQ102 C703 AM 1 pe eus PQ1CG1 33K Ya 39 1W ON no V 1V div 5usec div FA5315P R Zami WE ts 1 CHlgnd Fig 27 9 Circuit description of RS232C I F PWB Since the PWB uses RS232C as the interface with PC the voltage of the signal from PC to the control PWB is converted t
129. of 19 66 MHz 5 19 FO 6600U 2 Modem 2 block The block is mainly composed of the modem R288F IC8 and is pro vided with the following modem function Carrier Frequency Data Rate bps Symbol Rate Bits Symbol Bits Symbol Constellation Hz 0 01 Symbols Sec Data TCM Points V 34 33600 TCM TCM Note 2 3429 only Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 V 34 31200 TCM TCM Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 V 34 28800 TCM TCM Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 V 34 26400 TCM TCM Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 V 34 24000 TCM TCM Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 V 34 21600 TCM TCM Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 V 34 19200 TCM TCM Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 V 34 16800 TCM TCM Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 V 34 14400 TCM TCM Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 V 34 12000 TCM TCM Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 V 34 9600 TCM TCM Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 V 34 7200 TCM TCM Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 V 34 4800 TCM TCM Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 V 34 2400 TCM TCM Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 V 23 1200 75 FSK 1700 420 1200 75 V 21 FSK 1080 1750 0 300 V 17 14400 TCM TCM V 17 12000 TCM TCM V 17 9600 TCM V 17 7200 TCM V 29 9600 V 29 7200 V 29 4800 V 27 4800 V 27 2400 V 21 Channel 2 Notes Configuration Modulation 1 k N O N OG AJU O O oco joojoooj 25 o 1 Modulation legend TCM Trel
130. of IRR refer to 8 1 2 Interrupt request register DMA Reauest Output DMA request output terminal In the following cases DMA transfer can be requested for DMAC by turning DRQTO to high 1 During coding a code of 1 byte or more is stored in E FIFO 2 During decoding an empty area of 1 byte or more is present 3 During data transfer between the system bus and image bus DBR is read to read or write DMA Acknowledge Input DMA acknowledge input terminal The response signal for DRQTO is input If DACKI becomes low level during coding or decoding the access is given to E FIFO or D FIFO If DACKI becomes low level during data transfer between system bus and image bus the access is given to DBR Don t make CS and DACKI low at the same time Bus Request Bus request terminal IDP201 outputs the signal of high level from BRQT and IDP201 requests the bus master for the device which can become another bus master on the image bus If any other device which can become the bus master on the image bus BRQT becomes the NC pin Bus Acknowledge bus acknowledge terminal The response signal for BRQT is input If the signal of low level is input to BACK it indicates that it is approved for IDP201 to become the bus master of the image bus If any other bus master which can become the bus master is not present except IDP201 fix this terminal at low Memory Address Enable Memory address enable termina
131. of the document is protruding from the printer compartment outlet try pulling it out If you are unable to clear the paper jam in this way continue with the following steps Open the printer cover and remove the toner cartridge and drum cartridge Caution The ribs on the bottom of the inside of the printer cover fthe leading edge of the paper has entered the fusing unit first pull the leading edge out of the fusing unit then pull the paper out of the compartment Be sure to remove any torn pieced of paper 66000 Replace the drum then cartridge Close the printer cover 7 If you didn t find any paper the printer compartment or if PAPER JAM still appears in the display after you close the printer cover check each paper cassette and the paper tray To release the cassette when pulling it out press down on the levers on each side of the cassette To check the paper tray grasp the hand hold on the original docu ment IN tray and rotate the tray up Gently pull out any jammed paper you find and then replace the cassette or close the original document IN tray uu TEI FO 6600U 5 Quick reference guide FUNCTION key menu The following chart shows the layout of the functions and settings accessed by pressing the FUNCTION k
132. pcs 1 limit 20 000 pcs Reserved Start time of heater OFF timer Upper digit of hour Binary input No Data No EX OPTION Start time of heater OFF timer Lower digit of hour Binary input 8 2 1 No 5 7 8 EX 0000 eg Start time is set to 15 XX Data No OPTION Start time of heater OFF timer Upper digit of minute Binary input 8 4 2 1 No 12 34 EX 0 0 0 0 Data No OPTION Start time of heater OFF timer Lower digit of minute Binary input 4 2 1 No 6 7 8 EX 0000 eg Start time is set to XX 40 8 5 Data No OPTION End time of heater OFF timer Upper digit of hour Binary input 8 4 2 1 No 12 34 EX 0 0 0 0 Data No OPTION AN OAA WN THR GQ O ND OR WO N j End time of heater OFF timer Lower digit of hour Binary input No Data No EX 0 eg End time is set to 21 XX 2 16 oo 00 OD CO 00 CO gt OPTION Switch setting and function FO 6600U Initial setting Remarks End time of heater OFF timer Upper digit of minute Binary input No Data No EX OPTION End time of heater OFF timer Lower digit of minute Reserved Binary input No Data No EX 0000 eg End time is set to XX 35 OPTION Reserved Reserved Reserved O O Reserved Reserved Rese
133. reduction rario roller backlash separation system Separation rubber plate Last page of document Transfer plate Document First page of document Transfer roller Paper feed roller Fig 3 3 3 Documents applicable for automatic feed Weight Japanese indication indication Size 4 x 6 Metric system indication American indication 14 LB LB system indication Thickness Metric system indication indication Inch system indication 0 0024 0 0035 Document Document size 148mm x 128mm W letter 279 4mm x 432mm A4 210mm x 297mm Letter 216mm x 279mm B6 Letter A4 size 50 sheets B4 size Legal 20 sheets W letter size 1 sheet 90 kg 104g m or more 135 kg 157g m or less 1 sheet Paper Kind Paper of fine quality bond paper quality Kent paper NOTE Double side coated documents and documents on facsimile re cording paper should be inserted manually Product specifications Lower Limit Upper Limit 45kg paper 70kg paper 80g m 20 LB 0 1mm Number of Document size ADF sheets Weight Documents corresponding to a paper weight heavier than 90kg 1049 m and lighter than 135kg 157g m are acceptable for manual feed Documents heavier than 135kg in terms of the paper weight must be duplicated on a copier to make it operative in the facsimile 3 4 Loading the documents 1 Make sur
134. roller NROLR2338SCZZ NROLR2339SCZZ oQ z A T O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O gt gt Paper feed roller Transfer roller 1 Paper feed roller shaft 1 NSFTZ2261SCZZ Paper feed roller shaft 2 NSFTZ2262SCZZ Pinch roller shaft PSHEZ3208SCZZ Dustproof sheet PSTM 2015SCZZ Verification stamp UINK 2009SCZZ Stamp ink cartridge only 1packx2pcs x10 20pcs QCNW 4562SCZZ QQ O O O O O QSW Z2236SCZZ Document Front sensor cable Transfer sensor cable Front sensor QSW Z2237SCZZ Document sensor VHPSNL14A70 1 LED O UJ UJ PCUSU2101SCZZ Scanner frame cushion OKW0992180302 Duct 0KW0997610201 Fan motor O0KW0992231002 Cover Top cover OKW099218010 OKW0992100601 Actuator 0KW0992180401 Lock lever 0KWO0992180501 Torsion spring 0KW9739030813 Screw 0KWO0992180701 FO 6600U 9 Drive Paper take up unit 1 PARTS CODE PRICE NEW RANK MARK RANK FO 6600U DESCRIPTION 9 Drive Paper take up unit 1 0KW0992230712 Bracket 0KW099201 1903 Printer control PWB PWB A 0KW0992200512 Right frame 0KW09922001 17 ool olm O Base Ground plate Plate nut 0KW0992232012 0KW0992280102 Frame 0KW0992241402 Ground plate
135. the heater OFF timer Enter in 24 hour System SW36 No 1 No 4 End time of heater OFF time Upper digit of hour Used to set the end time of the heater OFF timer Enter in 24 hour System SW36 No 5 No 8 End time of heater OFF time Lower digit of hour Used to set the end time of the heater OFF timer Enter in 24 hour System SW37 No 1 No 4 End time of heater OFF time Upper digit of minute Used to set the end time of the heater OFF timer Enter in 24 hour System SW37 No 5 No 8 End time of heater OFF time Lower digit of minute Used to set the end time of the heater OFF timer Enter in 24 hour System SW38 No 1 Reserved Set to 1 SW38 No 2 No 8 Reserved Set to 0 SW39 No 1 Reserved Set to 0 SW39 No 2 Reserved Set to 1 SW39 No 3 No 8 Reserved Set to 0 SW40 No 1 Reserved Set to 1 SW40 No 2 No 8 Reserved Set to 0 SW41 No 1 No 2 Reserved Set to 0 SW41 No 3 Reserved Setto 1 SW41 No 4 No 5 Reserved Set to 0 SW41 No 6 Reserved Setto 1 SW41 No 7 Reserved Set to 0 SW41 No 8 Reserved Set to 1 SW42 No 1 No 2 Reserved Set to 0 SW42 No 3 Reserved Set to 1 SW42 No 4 No 5 Reserved Set to 0 SW42 No 6 Reserved Set to 1 SW42 No 7 Reserved Set to 0 SW42 No 8 Reserved Set to 1 SW43 No 1 Reserved Set to 1 SW43 No 2 No 5 Reserved Set to 0 SW43 No 6 Reserved Set to
136. to 0 SW16 No 1 No 4 Number of rings for auto receive 0 No ring receive When the machine is set in the auto receive mode the number of rings before answering can be selected It may be set from one to nine rings using a binary number If the soft switch was set to 1 a direct connection is made to the facsimile If a facsimile If it was set to O accidentally receive ring is set to 1 If it was above 9 receive rings are set to 9 So this has to be corrected SW16 No 5 No 8 Reserved Set to 0 FO 6600U SW17 No 1 No 2 Reserved Set to 0 SW17 No 3 No 4 Reserved Set to 1 SW17 No 5 No 6 Reserved Set to 0 SW17 No 7 Reserved Set to 1 SW17 No 8 Reserved Set to 0 SW18 No 1 Reserved Set to 0 SW18 No 2 Reserved Set to 1 SW18 No 3 No 8 Reserved Set to 0 SW19 No 1 No 4 Reserved Set to 0 SW19 No 5 No 8 Modem speed DCS date reception speed Used to determine the initial modem speed The default is 14400BPS V17 It may be necessary to program it to a slower speed when fre quent line fallback is encountered in order to save the time required for the fallback procedure SW20 No 1 No 2 Reception speed fixed The speed of modem in the receiving mode is set SW20 No 3 DIS receive acknowledge during transmission Used to make a choice of whether reception of NSF DIS is acknowl edged after receiving two NSFs DISs or receiving one NSF two DISs
137. to the outlet Has the fuse in the Power Unit Replace PWB E or PWB A PWB E blown Replace the fuse 4 ERROR CODE TABLE 1 Communication error code table G3 Transmission Final received signal Incomplete signal frame FO 6600U Error Condition Receiver side Cannot recognize bit stream after flag NSF DIS Cannot recognize DCS signal by echo etc Cannot recognize NSS signal FIF code etc CFR Disconnects line during reception carrier missing etc FTT Disconnects line by fall back MCF Disconnects line during reception of multi page Cannot recognize NSS DCS signal in the case of mode change PIP or PIN RTN or RTP The line is hung up without replying to telephone request from the receiving party Cannot recognize NSS DCS signal after transmit RTN or RTP signal No signal or DCN No response in receiver side or DCN signal received transmitter side Owing to error in some page the error could not be corrected although the specified number of error retransmission was at tempted Error occurred after or while reception by the remote receiving machine was revealed to be impossible Error occurred just after fallback G3 Reception Final received signal Error occurred after a response to retransmission end command was received Error Condition Receiver side Incomplete signal frame NSS DCS Cannot recognize bit stream after flag
138. unit 6 Drive unit PARTS CODE PRICE NEW RANK MARK RANK FO 6600U DESCRIPTION 4 Document guide upper unit LBSHP2067SCZZ Bearing LPLTG2820SCZZ Separator rubber LPLTM2822SCZZ Reinforcement bracket LPLTP2819SCZZ MLEVP2230SCZZ o ol ol o ol Separator plate Transfer plate Release lever MSPRC2843SCZZ Release lever spring MSPRC2844SCZZ Separate spring MSPRC2845SCZZ Paper feed pressure spring MSPRC2867SCZZ Pinch roller spring MSPRP2846SCZZ Earth plate spring 4 NGERH2327SCZZ NROLP2300XHZZ 14 PPP ooo ool O O O O O O Transfer roller gear Pinch roller Transfer roller NSFTZ2263SCZZ O O Pinch roller shaft PBRS 2047SCZZ Electro static discharger brush PGIDP2456SCZZ Document guide upper PSHEZ3205SCZZ Rear sheet PSHEZ3249SCZZ gt gt gt gt S S gt Separator sheet QCNW 4560SCZZ LBNDJ2007SCZZ gt O O O 4 gt Electro static discharger cable DCEKD495ASC01 CCD PWB unit LANGH2803SCZZ Lens holder plate LHLDP2155SCZZ Lens holder LPLTP2832SCZA Mirror hold plate left LPLTP2833SCZA Mirror hold plate right MSPRP2842SCZZ Lens holding spring PLNS 2050SCZZ PSHEZ3204SCZZ E C C C C Lens Shading sheet QCNW 4555SCZZ CCD cable PSHEZ3263SCZZ Mirror lock sh
139. when a call is received on Line 1 it will not ring when a call is received on Line 2 5 LINE 1 5 y so 5 LINE 2 W Q 7 FO 6600U Plug the power cord into 120V 60Hz grounded 3 prong Insert the male end of the PC interface cable into the port on the right outlet side of fax as shown Tighten the attached screws with a screwdriver Press the power switch to turn on the power Insert the female end of the PC interface cable into the serial RS232C Attach the original document OUT tray by inserting the tabs into the port on your computer Tighten the attached screws with a screw holes in the fax as shown driver Attach the received document tray by inserting the tabs into the holes in the fax as shown 4 Loading printing paper The paper cassettes and the paper tray hold the paper on which re ceived documents are printed The FO 6600 comes with two paper cas settes Each paper cassette can hold 500 sheets of either legal or letter size paper The paper tray can hold 150 sheets of either legal or letter size paper Grasp the hand hold on the cassette as shown lift the cassette slightly and then pull it out as far as it will go Do not force Push down on green levers on both sides of the cassette tray as shown and then pull it completely out of the fax using both ha
140. yog cor sce W ys H8 1HdNO 200141 o 69 0 zan S d 68 rv verd i ND d P SaN 5 e 06 Z 9819 0 VW A m ibus nm o n 99 810191 oyr 09 1 JaN 5 xOv8 Vd 10141 TISOA gt I t 660141 o io s 410141 9 1 TH 5 O3ug 8vd y n rr L L gt 8 01d1 gt 9 1 910191 0 09 1 oT OOHl 6Vd o 561512 9 T I 280191 0 aW 691 910191 0 65 09 1 San Hu oiva z5 z2 577 SH 081 NI naan HrsU 960141 o ay 9 1 vl0ldLo _ gy 99 1 ral 5 COL zu Gr 08 1 JINT ziNiddW 4 01 St0LdLo scq 99 1 610141 9 1 LEON vi 098 08 1 FINI FINI 39 9 ve0ldl o ggm O9 210191 99 D ZION PERS S910 09 1 INT 89 9 0 41 o W 99 HO0LdLO eg 99 1 7 1 09 1 INI Nr lt 220191 o saW 091 010191 o su TLOW X I 120191 o pgn 9 600191 osp 09 1 Sr 17 l 020191 o m S 800191 0 xW 9 0 SY oz qu 620141 o a s 200191 9 IVN te 69 qw 6 11 01 39 9 6 6 820141 0 75a 09 1 900141 0 gi 09 D ZVN 22 8011 2011 oe Weide E re S4 OF ION ew Sz Se0dlo gigqw 99 600141 0 Tzyy 99 1
141. 01 Holder Ground plate Lever Cover Lifting plate Qo C T O O O T T ool O O O O O C 0KW0992202401 0KW0992300301 0KW0992310401 0KW0992075201 0KW0992302501 Cam 0KW0992201304 Torsion spring 33 OKW0992231101 Shoulder screw Cable tie 104L Harness Plate Sponge Polyester film C Ring OKW0997630101 AN Photo interrupter 0KW0997231203 Holder 0KW0957010101 Laser diode drive PWB PWB G 0KW0997605101 Harness 0KW0992380301 Sheet 0KW9739030813 Screw 0KW9735030813 Screw gt gt gt gt gt p gt gt p gt gt gt gt gt THO 2 gt gt gt gt QO TO OF NIT ool O O O O O O gt gt OKW9384131111 OKW0992606101 0KW0992305301 0KW0992305501 0KW0992320801 0KW0910362001 OJO O O O O O O O O 0KW0992381501 0KW0992010224 0KW0992371101 0KW0957321501 0KW0992370901 0KW0992370701 Ground plate Resistor PWB NO IC PWB R Ground plate Bushing Holder Roll Roller Holder Torsion spring Ring Gear 21T Transfer unit Bushing 0KW0992420101 BL Roller 0KW0992421301 Plate 0KW0992421402 Pressure spring 0KW0992420412 Bushing 0KW0992420812 Torsion spring 0KW0992380101 Gear 20T 0KW0992380202 Holder O O O O O m O OKW0992382013 0 0992075901 0KW0992420712 0KW0992421001 0KW0992420601 0KW0992039101 0KW0992420512
142. 0181801 0KW4150181901 0KW4150182001 0KW4150182201 0KW4150182402 0KW4150182602 1 0KW4150182712 0KW4150182801 0KW4150183101 0KW4150183201 0KW4150183301 0KW4150183502 0KW4150183602 0KW4150183701 0KW4150183801 0KW4150184102 0KW4150184201 0KW4150184301 0KW4150184501 0KW4150184601 0KW4150184701 0KW4150185001 0KW4150185101 0KW4150186601 0KW4150187501 0KW4150620101 0KW4150731312 0KW9314131061 0KW9335141031 0KW9383251011 0KW9384131091 0KW9384131111 MEMO r CAUTION FOR BATTERY REPLACEMENT Danish ADVARSEL Lithiumbatteri Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig h ndtering Udskiftning ma kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type Lev r det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandoren English Caution Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the equipment manufacturer Discard used batteries according to manufacturer s instructions Finnish VAROITUS Paristo voi rajahtaa jos se on virheellisesti asennettu Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan suosittelemaan tyyppiin Havita kaytetty paristo valmistajan ohjeiden mukaisesti French ATTENTION Il y a danger d explosion s il y a remplacement incorrect de la batterie Remp
143. 0182602 Guide cushion 0KW0933390302 Regulating plate 0KW0933392301 AN AF 12 OKW4150182712 13 OKW4150731312 olol ol o o o ol o Separator Label 0KW9739030813 Screw LX BZ0175FCZZ Screw MLEVP2242SCRZ Cassette lock lever right MLEVP2242SCLZ Cassette lock lever left 0KW4150186601 Plate nut MSPRC2888SCZZ MSPRC2889SCZZ TLABH4065SCZZ o ol olol o o CO O Lever rturn spring left Lever rturn spring right Lever label OKW4150182801 Guide OKW4150185101 0KW4150187501 15 Packing material amp Accessories FO 6600U 23 Carrier sheet Letter Toner cartridge PARTS CODE DESCRIPTION 15 Packing material amp Accessories TCADZ2136SCZZ Explanation card TLABP3937SCZZ Paper size label TLABZ3935SCZZ Rapid key labels TINSE3815SCZZ Operation manual SPAKP4946SCZZ CPLTP2803SC01 Vinyl cover Packing case bottom ass y Document tray ass y CPLTP2805SC01 Paper tray ass y TLABZ4016SCZZ IC component label QCNW 4320SCZZ RS232C I F cable SPAKA4861SCZZ Packing add top right SPAKA4944SCZZ Packing add top left DUNTK4925XHW2 QCNW 3975XHGY QCNW 3976XHOG Handset Telephone line cord Handset cord SPAKC281ASCZZ Packing case top SPAKA4996SCZZ Pri
144. 02 1 10 40 DIP ROM Programs are stored in two 4 Mbit ROM 2 HM514260 1C15 pin 40 SOJ DRAM Used as the system memory of main CPU and transmission buffer of communication F O 6600U 15 Dual port RAM 1 block Dual port RAMs allow main CPU and sub 1 CPU to communicate with each other by passing data through the common memory 1 IDT7130 IC16 2 IDT7140 IC17 The IDT7130 IDT7140 are high speed 1K x 8 Dual Port Static RAMs The IDT7130 is designed to be used as a stand alone 8 bit Dual Port RAM or as a MASTER Dual Port RAM together with the IDT7140 SLAVE Dual Port in 16 bit or more word width systems Using the IDT MASTER SLAVE Dual Port RAM approach in 16 or more bit memory System applications results in full speed error free operation without the need for additional discrete logic Both devices provide two independent ports with separate control ad dress and I O pins that permit independent asynchronous access for reads or writes to any location in memory 16 Connector block CNLIU CNLIU of 26 pin connector connect the control PWB with the TEL LIU 1 PWB 17 Sub 1 access control block The block control the write access to the dual port RAMs 1 16 17 and the modem IC3 3 Circuit description of line control PWB 1 General description The line control PWB is composed of the following blocks D Sub 2 CPU block Modem 2 block Sub 2 EPROM DRAM block Dual port RAM 2 bloc
145. 03SCZZ RC FZ2021SCZZ LBSHC2084SCZZ PCUSS2110SCZA LBSHP2066SCZZ LBSHP2067SCZZ LFRM 2167SCZZ PCUSU2101SCZZ PGIDP2454SCZZ PGIDP2455SCZZ RCILZ2089SCZZ RCILZ2104SCZZ Ojo s wo eo gt 0 LHLDP2155SCZZ PGIDP2456SCZZ LHLDW0004SCZZ PGIDP2459SCZZ RCORF2063SCZZ LHLDW1006FCZZ LHLDW2156SCZZ LHLDW2157SCZZ PGLS 2057SCZA PGUMS2135SCZZ PHOG 2073SCZZ RCORF2064SCZZ RCORF2094SCZZ LHLDW2158SCZZ PHOP 2091SCZZ RCORF5002BCZT LPLTG2820SCZZ PLNS 2050SCZZ LPLTM2806SCZZ PMIR 2073SCZZ LPLTM2807SCZZ LPLTM2808SCZZ PSHEZ3204SCZZ PSHEZ3205SCZZ LPLTM2809SCZZ LPLTM2814SCZZ PSHEZ3208SCZZ AC PSHEZ3225SCZZ PSHEZ3249SCZZ 4 19 PSHEZ3254SCZZ 2 4 RCORF7009XCZZ LPLTM2822SCZZ PSHEZ3263SCZZ 5 12 RCRSP0074AFZZ LPLTM2827SCZZ LPLTM2834SCZZ gt LPLTM2854SCZZ a gt x PSHEZ3264SCZZ PSHEZ3267SCZA 1 58 AG N PSHEZ3270SCZZ 1 56 3 14 RCRSQ2110SCZZ RCRSQ2114SCZZ ss 1 55 16 671 AE 16 670 G A 16 667 16 668 A gt O 00 G PARTS CODE PARTS CODE FO 6600U RCRSQ2114SCZZ VCCSTV1HL102J gt O25 AZ RCRSQ2126SCZZ VCCSTV1HL181J gt a o gt gt 7 18 59 AC 18 60 O O O m m VCEAEA1CW106M C 16 70 16 74 16 84
146. 0992203301 Edge cover 0KW9383251011 Connector 0KW0992305201 0KW0992231 101 0KW0956202701 O O O O O O O O Washer Shoulder screw Rubber foot 0 0992203801 Seal 0KW0992242301 Label 0KW0992281201 Mounting plate 0KWO0992280301 Grommet 0KW099201 2102 Microswitch ass y OKW0992606801 O O O O O O C Harness AQ 70 0KW9742050815 AB 71 AB 0KW9735030613 0KW9739030813 0KW9646030813 0KW9770030813 0KW9735030813 7 OKW9733031413 6 77 OKW9721040001 8 O O AB AB AE 7 0KW0992280401 Wiring saddle FO 6600U 10 Paper take up unit 2 11 Transfer unit FO 6600U PRICE NEW PARTS CODE RANK MARK RANK DESCRIPTION 10 Paper take up unit 2 0KW0992053901 0KW0992200701 0KWO0992200603 0KW0992201201 Print head unit Terminal Terminal Terminal High voltage PWB unit with IC PWB F Cover Harness Guide Guide O O O O Im 0KW0997621204 0KW0992044301 0KW0992605413 0KW0992201902 0KW0992202014 0KW0992202101 Bracket Print head 0KW0992241302 Plate spring 14 15 OKW0992305036 Plate spring Holder Roll Roll Sheet Harness o ol O O O O O m 0KW0992304513 0KW0992300601 0KW0992320701 0KW0992605501 0KW0992320102 Guide plate 0KW0992300701 Support 23 0KW09923024
147. 1 PWB unit 1 Screw 3x6 2 Screw 3x6 3 Screw 3x8 1 TEL LIU 2 PWB bracket 1 Clamp 1 TEL LIU 2 PWB sheet 1 15 TEL LIU 2 PWB unit 1 Control line control 1 16 Connector 1 PWB unit 17 Screw 3x6 1 Screw 3x6 3 18 Screw Special 2 9 TEL LIU 1 PWB bracket 1 19 RS232C I F PWB unit 1 FO 6600U Q ty 1 1 1 Part name Screw 4x8 8 1 Screw 3x8 10 Power supply PWB cover 12 Power supply PWB unit 1 14 Printer unit Part name Mechanism unit Connector Power supply PWB ass y e E is E o s a Power supply PWB and printer unit 1 5 6 E 89 9 C0 69 9 0 69 9 CO G9 lec FO 6600U amp N E o p s n 2nd transport unit Q ty 1 Part name Connector Printer bracket Upper chassis unit No Q ty 7 9 10 Mini clamp 11 12 Screw 3x10 13 Rear panel 2 Part name upper chassis unit and rear panel Chassis unit 1 Connector 3 4 2nd transport unit 5 6 Screw 3x6 Chassis unit 0 AW 78 e FO 6600U KC Upper chassis unit Paris list Fig 19 Part name Part name Screw 3x6 amp Upper chassis unit Edge holder 12 Bottom plate brac Wire holder ket top 13 Screw 3x6 14 C
148. 10W 2700 5 VRS TV2AB271J ool O O O O O O Resistor 1 10W 270Q 5 Resistor 1 10W 270Q 5 Resistor 1 8W 20Q 5 VRS TV2AB000J Resistor 1 10W 100 5 Resistor 1 10W 0Q 5 VRS TV2AB472J Resistor 1 10W 4 7 5 RCRSQ2114SCZZ Crystal 19 6608MHz RCRSQ2126SCZZ Crystal 56 448MHz 219 TLABP3078SCZZ Shading label for EP ROM Unit DCEKC082KSCZZ 18 TEL Liu 1 PWB unit VHVRA391PV6 1 Varistor QTANZ2042SCZZ Terminal VCEAGA1HW105M Capacitor BOWV 1 0uF VCEAGA1EW476M Capacitor 25WV 47uF VCEAGA1EW476M Capacitor 25WV 47uF VCEAGA1EW476M Capacitor 25WV 47uF VCEAGA1HW475M VCEAGA1HW475M B C C C C C C C Capacitor 50WV 4 7uF Capacitor 50WV 4 7uF VCEAGA1HW334M Capacitor 50WV 4 7uF m Capacitor 50WV 0 33uF VCEAGA1HW225M Capacitor 50WV 2 2uF VCEAGA1HW225M Capacitor 50WV 2 2uF VCEAGA1HW475M Capacitor 50WV 4 7uF VCEAGA1HW475M Capacitor 50WV 4 7uF VCEAGA1HW475M Capacitor 50WV 4 7uF Capacitor 50WV 0 010uF K VCEAGA1HW225M Capacitor 50WV 2 2uF VCEAGA1HW105M Capacitor BOWV 1 0uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 10uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 10uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 10uF VCKYTV1HB221K K VCKYTV1HB471K C C C
149. 13 Same as E 14 Error occured during handshaking for super G3 mode lt Reference gt Details of E 29 31 Handshaking error in V 8 negotiation procedure Handshaking error in V 34 line probing procedure Handshaking error in V 34 HDX training procedure 2 Service call error massage HEATER ERROR LASER ERROR POLYGON ERROR FAN ERROR PCU COMM ERROR a Fo 5 OVERSEAS COMMUNICATION MODE 1 Function The Super G3 V 34 mode is susceptible to influence of line It is better to use the G3 V 17 mode for communication in specific line conditions This function is provided to support this status 2 Memory retransmission In case of memory transmission the retransmission is performed in the following conditions Conditions Operation When a communication error occurred in communication in the Su The retransmission of this communication is performed after setting Super G3 to OFF in V 17 mode per G3 mode due to page 1 MCF reception failure When a communication error occurred in communication in the Su The retransmission of this communication is performed without set per G3 mode after reception of page 1 MCF When a communication error occurred in retransmission ting Super G3 to OFF in V 34 mode Retransmission is performed again according to 1 and 2 above When a communication error occurred in sequential system commu Retransmission is performed according to 1 and 2 abo
150. 14 Screw B3x10 0AV8130730414 Screw B3x8 Unit RDENT2115SCZZ Power supply PWB unit VCEAEA1HW104M O Capacitor Capacitor 50WV 0 10uF 50WV 0 10uF VCEAEA1HW226M VCEAEA1HW104M Capacitor 50WV 0 10uF VCEAEA1HW104M Capacitor 50WV 22uF Capacitor 50WV 0 10uF VCTYPA1HF104Z Capacitor 50WV 0 10uF QCNCWOA488SCO0I Connector 9pin QCNCM2482SC1H RCORF5002BCZT Connector 18pin IC ADM207AN RCORF5002BCZT RCORF5002BCZT RCORF5002BCZT RCORF5002BCZT RCORF5002BCZT w UJ W W D RCORF5002BCZT Unit UJ DCEKIA97ASCO 1 RS232C I F PWB unit CD PWB unit VCEAEA1EW226M Capacitor 25WV 22uF VCKYTQ1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTQ1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF QCNCM704HAFZZ Connector 8pin O O1 BY CO Po VHIUPD3753CY1 O ol O O O O IC UPD3753CY VRS TP2BD000J A C Resistor 1 8W 09 5 VS2SA1037KS 1 Transistor 2SA1037KS VRS TP2BD000J Resistor 1 8W 5 CO NI VRS TP2BD222J O O u Resistor 1 8W 2 2KQ 5 Unit DCEKD495ASC01 CCD PWB unit ardware parts LX BZ2200SCZZ XBPSD30P06K00 Screw M3x6K XBPSD40P08K00 Screw M4x8K XBPSE30P08K00 Screw 3x8K XEBSD30P06000 XEBSD30P08000 Screw M3x8
151. 14 TG um zas 82 mixer 505 can 62 2 p2STvr wan 70S ran D sas Saw z 490 1 190 1 30S 208 Jyo Tov TWN zy 80v IS WN july evs NSF WN op VS 1 gxs8ad I ian 21 01 WN yy Tev VS 195995 cv gp dev SVS Ws reU WN zy 89V 78 JVS IN Tp HOV 79v INS BVN eg Lad 8VS ge HSV 6vs Orv Ze 96v 16 OLVS She Asadds Orsi AdSSVSOELZLAI 1 ZLOl bLS Wr bLSWrl 3AV IS 299 O N Vo v 800 oN AS O N v9 E9Z9 gt 08 21 ve lt Ndan Z ZZ T zS mm 022 INIdGS Ves 95 01 lt SSON 5 UI SUE s 072 L0 d ASBddS ie LU gt OMON YS HYMLOS 912 ozp SMN 4 dug 9021 eh 8r a as s gt 550W 55 59905 92 805 Tan 12 605 2 82 010 ca 6z TaS ra D 2105 San Ze stds 9a ee bras 1 ve 5105 TWN n NS evi 9v evs EVN St evs WN 22 bys VN v svs ev 9vs ZV by vs Sv 6 8YS ev 8 6 5 gt lt 99 21 s OTVIN 1 O0lvS BE lor Hvn 3dSSVS08L IGI d 9101 20 jen 2091 H31SVW 490lgd L INVU H 5 E 3 o V 6 15 FO 6600U TSH 36 6 09 24 Tas lt 1 42 TINO 02 24 0 ip t
152. 2 No 3 No 4 Alarm buzzer The length of the buzzer for normal end of operation is set FO 6600U SW12 No 5 Action when RTN received The operation is set when the RTN signal is received in the G3 trans mission mode SW12 No 6 V 34 mode function in case of manual communication Used to select whether the V 34 mode is made valid when automatically transmitting receiving SW12 No 7 V 34 mode function Used to select the V 34 mode for communication when set to 1 com munication methed is V 34 mode 51 12 No 8 V 34 control channel communication speed Used to select the control channel communication speed for V 34 mode SW13 No 1 No 4 V 34 mode transmission speed Used to determine the initial modem speed when communication methed is V 34 transmission mode SW13 No 5 No 8 V 34 mode receiving speed Used to determine the initial modem speed when communication methed is V 34 reception mode SW14 No 1 Reserved Set to 0 SW14 No 2 Reserved Set to 1 SW14 No 3 Reserved Set to 0 SW14 No 4 Reserved Set to 1 SW14 No 5 No 6 Reserved Set to 0 SW14 No 7 Reserved Set to 1 SW14 No 8 Reserved Set to 0 SWh15 No 1 Dialing mode Switch the type according to the telephone circuit connected to the fac simile 0 PULSE DIAL 1 TONE DIAL SW15 No 2 Reserved Set to 1 SW15 No 3 No 4 Reserved Set to 0 SW15 No 5 No 6 Reserved Set to 1 SWh15 No 7 No 8 Reserved Set
153. 2200SCZZ QCNCM2482SC2D 16 216 CSW M2222SC01 LX BZ2217SCZZ QCNCM25248C3B 16 217 D LX WZ2009SCZZ QCNCM2525SC5J 16 215 M 17 69 DCEKC081KSCZZ MLEVP2229SCZZ QCNCM2528SC0B 18 43 DCEKC082KSCZZ MLEVP2230SCZZ QCNCM2558SC2F 17 68 MLEVP2242SCLZ 19 29 MLEVP2242SCRZ QCNCM688BAFZZ 18 45 DCEKD495ASC01 MSPRC2843SCZZ QCNCM7014SC0B 16 223 DCEKI497ASC01 MSPRC2844SCZZ QCNCM7014SC0D 16 224 MSPRC2845SCZZ QCNCM7014SC0F 16 222 DCEKL341BSC01 1 18 901 BG BG MSPRC2856SCZZ MSPRC2867SCZZ 33 4 10 QCNCM7014SCOH QCNCM7014SC1B 16 212 AB 16 218 AD DCEKL341BSC02 1 68 19 901 BG MSPRC2888SCZZ MSPRC2889SCZZ 14 19 14 20 QCNCM704HAFZZ QCNCW2436SC2F O O O O O O O O O O O O O O OO 22 4 16 214 gt DCEKP496ASC02 3 1 BE MSPRP2838SCZZ 7 9 QCNCW2488SC0l 21 7 DCYOD495ASC01 DUNTK4925XHW2 5 901 15 17 BN AY MSPRP2839SCZZ MSPRP2840SCZZ 7 10 7 11 QCNCW2527SC5J QCNW 3975XHGY 16 221 15 18 GCABB2276SCZZ MSPRP2841SCZZ MSPRP2842SCZZ 7 12 5 6 QCNW 3976XHOG QCNW 4320SCZZ 15 19 15 14 GCABL2272SCZZ MSPRP2846SCZZ 4 11 QCNW 4554SCZZ 3 11 GCABL2275SCZZ GCABR2273SCZZ GCABR2274SCZZ a gt gt gt Z alo gt Q GCASP2083SCZZ MSPRP2850SCZZ N NGERH2177SCZZ NGERH2239SCZZ
154. 2482SC2F QCNCM2524SC3B QCNCW2436SC2F CONNECTOR 26pin CNEXTA CNEXTB CONNECTOR 32pin CNPRTA CNPRTB CONNECTOR 26pin CNLIUA QCNCM2531SC2F QCNCM2558SC2F CONNECTOR 26pin CNLIUB CONNECTOR 26pin CNLIUSA CNLIUSB QCNW 4597SCZZ CABLE 8pin CNCCD QCNW 4598SCZZ CABLE 6pin CNSEN QCNW 4599SCZZ QCNW 4600SCZZ CABLE 12pin CNPW CABLE 18pin CNRS QCNW 4601SCZZ CABLE 24pin CNPN QCNW 4602SCZZ CABLE 2pin CNLED QCNW 4604SCZZ CABLE 2pin CNSTP QCNW 4605SCZZ CABLE 2pin CNDR QCNW 4606SCZZ CABLE 4pin CNTXM QCNW 4608SCZZ QCNW 4609SCZZ CABLE 26pin CNEXT CABLE 32pin CNPRT QCNW 4828SCZZ CABLE 26pin CNLIU pola aftr pl pl psp pl pl pl pl pl p FO 6600U 2 2 Optical adjust plate 1 General This procedure defines the in field adjustment method for the FO 6500 series scanner optical system CCD lenses mirrors etc which may be required when the optical system is removed for servic ing This ad justment needs the use of a special in field scanner opti cal sysem ad just tool and a dual beam oscilloscope 2 Adjustment 1 Remove the left cabinet scanner front cover inner tray and printer front cover As shown in Fig 6 incline the scanner unit 2 Connect the oscilloscope as follows CH1 to video signal AVO on control board CH2 to sync signal PHIT on contr
155. 5 VRS TV2AB273J 5 Resistor 1 10W 27 5 VRS TV2AB822J Resistor 1 10W 8 2KQ 5 VRS TV2AB683J Resistor 1 10W 68KQ 5 VRS TV2AB183J Resistor 1 10W 18KQ 5 VRS TV2AB223J Resistor 1 10W 22KQ 5 A 66 VRS TV2AB363J AA 67 AA VRS TV2AB681J VRS TV2AB223J Resistor 1 10W 680KQ 5 Resistor 1 10W 36KQ 5 Resistor 1 10W 22KQ 5 VRS TV2AB223J Resistor 1 10W 22KQ 5 VRS TV2AB104J Resistor 1 10W 100KQ 5 VRS TV2AB223J Resistor 1 10W 22KQ 5 VRS TV2AB223J Resistor 1 10W 22KQ 5 VRS TV2AB223J Resistor 1 10W 22KQ 5 A VRS TV2AB621J AA AA 74 75 VRS TV2AB223J VRS TV2AB621J Resistor 1 10W 22KQ 5 Resistor 1 10W 620Q 5 Resistor 1 10W 620Q 5 VRS TV2AB513J Resistor 1 10W 51KQ 5 VRS TV2AB751J Resistor 1 10W 7500 5 VRS TV2AB223J Resistor 1 10W 22KQ 5 VRS TV2AB273J Resistor 1 10W 27KQ 5 VRS TV2AB153J A VRS TV2AB683J AD A 82 83 VRS TV2AB103J VRS TV2AB102J Resistor 1 10W 15KQ 5 Resistor 1 10W 10KQ 5 Resistor 1 10W 68KQ 5 Resistor 1 10W 1 0KQ 5 VRS TV2AB151J Resistor 1 10W 1500 5 VRS TV2AB222J Resistor 1 10W 2 2KQ 5 VRS TV2AB332J Resistor 1 10W 3 3KQ 5 VRS TV2AB393J Resistor 1 10W 39KQ 5 VRS TV2AB822J Resistor 1 10W 8 2KQ 5 A 90 VRS TV2AB183J AD 91 A VRS TV2AB221J VRS
156. 5 1 01 3 40 1 014 1 02 4 39 1 013 Pin name Function 03 5 38 1 012 to A9 Address input VCC 6 37 VSS A0 to A9 Refresh address input VO4 7 36 1 011 1 00 to 1 015 Data in Data out vos 8 35 1 010 RAS Row address strobe Column address strobe 1 06 9 34 1 09 UCAS EGAS WE Read Write enable 1 07 10 33 1 08 Output enable N C 11 32 N C Vec Power supply N C 12 31 LCAS Vss Ground WEN UCAS N C No connection RAS 14 29 OE C 15 28 A9 C 16 27 A8 A047 26 7 1 18 25 A6 A2 19 24 AS 20 23 A4 VCC 21 22 VSS Top view Fig 6 ac oc E K i i E 8 E 8 E 8 E E 8 3 x a x x a x x a x x a x 3 z lt z lt lt 3 lt lt lt lt lt gt E gt gt 3 gt o gt 3 gt gt 3 gt x tr E E tr oc tc o tc 8 3 8 5 j is HE E E E 2 E E 2 3 E x a x x m x x m x x a x Q 8 8 8 S a a S a a a a ROW ROW ROW ROW ROW ROW ROW ROW DETECTOR 12 DETECTOR DETECTOR 12 DETECTOR DETECTOR Lt DETECTOR DETECTOR 12 DETECTOR SELECTOR SELECTOR SELECTOR SELECTOR vos Buster H vos vo2 vot voo 1015 1014 013 voi2 plete Voi 1 02 101 100 1015 1 014 1 013 1 012 BUFFER BUFFER BUFFER BUFFER BUFFER BUFFER BUFFER BUFFER O5 1 010 vos BUFFER 4 t A i P BUFFER voto 1 06 109 vos BUFFER lt gt BUFFER 109 1 07 10
157. 5 VRS TV2AB472J 436 VRS TV2AB000J A 437 VRS TV2AB472J AA AA 438 VRS TV2AB000J 439 VRS TV2AB103J 440 VRS TV2AB102J 441 VRS TQ2BB200J 442 VRS TV2AB100J 443 VRS TV2AB100J 444 VRSTS2AD4422F VRSTS2AD4422F VRSTS2AD4422F VRSTS2AD4422F VRSTS2AD1373F VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB000J VRS TV2AB101J A 453 VRS TV2AB000J 454 VRS TV2AB472J 455 VRS TV2AB472J 456 VRS TV2AB472J 457 VRS TV2AB472J 458 VRS TV2AB561J 459 VRS TV2AB103J 460 VRS TV2AB103J 461 VRS TV2AB472J 462 VRS TV2AB472J 463 VRS TV2AB472J 464 VRS TV2AB103J 465 VRS TV2AB000J 466 VRS TV2AB472J 467 VRS TV2AB100J 468 VRS TV2AB100J 469 VRS TV2AB101J 470 VRS TV2AB101J 471 VRS TV2AB000J 472 VRS TV2AB000J 473 VRS TV2AB472J 474 VRS TV2AB472J 475 VRS TV2AB472J 476 VRS TV2AB101J 477 VRS TV2AB561J AD AA 478 VRS TV2AB223J 479 VRS TV2AB472J 480 VRS TV2AB472J o O O FO 6600U NO PARTS CODE DESCRIPTION 16 C ontrol PWB unit 481 VRS TV2AB472J Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 R235 482 VRS TV2AB472J Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 R236 483 VRS TV2AB330J Resistor 1 10W 33Q 5 R243 484 VRS TV2AB330J VRS TV2AB330J VR
158. 50J VHIHD7021606A 7 N VRD HT2HY910J VRD HT3AA133J 7 7 VHIHD813201F1 VHIIDT7130 55 VRS HT2HAR47J VHIIDT7140 55 VRS HT3AA100J O OjJOl Ol O O O O OJO O O O O O Ojo O lO O O O O O O O O zi e gt 7 VRS TP2BD222J VHILH28F016SU VHILH5116NA10 VRS TQ2BB000J VHILH5268TH10 VHILR38292 1 VHILZ9FJ37 1 VHIMC74HCO4F VRS TQ2BB200J 7 VHIMC74HCO08F VRS TQ2BB561J VHIMC74HC14F VRS TV2ABO000J VHIMC74HC157F VHIMC74HC32F VHIMC74HC74F VHINJM2113M 1 VHINJM2902M 1 VHINJM2904M 1 VHINJM4558MF 7 7 7 7 O O O O O O O O O O O JO O O O O O O O O O O O O O OJ O O FO 6600U PARTS CODE PRICE NEW PARTS CODE PARTS CODE VRS TV2AB100J VRS TV2AB103J VRS TV2AB223J 17 127 17 128 17 129 17 146 VRS TV2AB224J 17 147 17 148 VRS TV2AB271J 17 161 17 162 17 163 17 164 17 165 17 168 17 171 17 172 VRS TV2AB105J 17 173 VRS TV2AB113J 17 174 17 175 17 176 17 177 Al 17 178 16 602 D A AD 19 92 AA AA 17 200 AD 16 430 16 619 AA 2 17 201 AD 16 431 16 628 AA 2 17 202 16 432 16 629 AA AA AA AA AA AD AD z C C z 7630 7658 VRS TV2AB101J 16 354 16 555 7 17 211 Z
159. 5e2I lt Tem Sem Sem 9 Oes 025 _ esm S To TO Tri llVMS MwZ v 88 08 EZ 1 lt hr 29555 arr lt tevus EM 09595 H3MOd 88 1 5995 AS evi M58 Zan 8 1 lt SS 90595 08d ag DLP vxaw D 9 91 189 Fg WLP 0519 axan P 49 90 ov zad xg 6028 Wo P 491 005 9 798 A xz 229 annas t 47 91 m Tas 89 78 5 xir Cee zg ars ZOSOMYH eds gaaf 88 LY IIN dr 9n QNOV ZONOV LQNOV 9q oms 01 21 tas 98d 5 ROSH cns lt ar 9 MET vds 48d 16 5 sir ezu SINWTaL D 9 9 T ems 01 21 Sas ZO0SOMYH 905 gs A r LIS ag urn QNO 51 PL O ggg 9120 TOS O3H8 8Vd 75g ry SS B Tsun D 48 91 8ds ODHI 6Vd y9TH L 49 91 608 OlWd s WCF IH io lt 1 4 91 ii Oras HVdI Yo Ire S0ZH P 88 81 mE ao p 4 91 PLE 241 99 U Has 099 dac ror izdos 99 21 2105 att oi 9a i fn TOL 06dLo zs 0921 SIE 7L zHwg099 6 1 ji t zo da P 6 dLo gg 99 21 vlads ex T I 2651 OE 8 910 0921 sias 12 p kien Pi Lldlo 09 21 ovs 1719 ee 0 i 8EdL 015 99 21 9 ave 99 21 WS 69 TOSI wos gt 2 1 91 1841 o Tas 092 i 81910 Tvg 09 61 evs em 215 092 Hp sve 090 evs S Dq gg PE 61910 syg 920 WS r dlo
160. 6 96 16 185 16 102 16 186 16 103 16 187 AA 16 104 AA 16 193 i 16 107 AA ii 16 194 16 108 gt 16 195 AA 16 109 AA 16 199 A 16 135 AA 16 200 VCKYTV1HB331K 7 VCKYTV1HB333K 18 39 AA VCKYT VCKYT p 7 7 p 7 7 p 7 7 7 p 7 7 p p 7 7 p 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 p 7 7 7 7 7 p p 17 95 f 19 97 VCTYPA1HF104Z 16 240 VHDDAP202U 1 16 241 VHDHRWO502A 1 16 252 E 16 253 AB 16 256 AB 17 70 18 46 2I 0 w w UJ 00 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 gt gt ved vv PARTS CODE PRICE RANK PARTS CODE PARTS CODE FO 6600U VHD1SS355 1 AB VHINJU4051M 1 VRS TV2AB000J gt O25 AZ A VHINJU6355E 1 m e e 7 A A VHIN78LOS5UA 1 VHIPBL3717 2 VHEHZS2C1 1 VHIPST596CMT1 7 19 102 VHIR288F24 1 7 VHISN74LS374NR 17 102 BW N VHISN74LS244NR 16 337 AG AA AA 16 501 olo O olojo N gt gt A A A A A A A VHITC7SH32FU w WO WO w 7 7 VHEMTZJ8 2B 1 19 103 19
161. 6600U LZ9FJ37A IC14 Terminal descriptions PIN VO Name Function DP Dial pulse control Name Function y o lO D14 System data input output w o OO DT3 Output port AR XCS6 Chip select 6 signal input DT2 Output port DT1 Output port PIN 56 l Chip select 2 signal input BZ Buzzer output y o System data input output BZSL Output port y o System data input output Oo o SDT Input port yo System data input output XRHS Input port System data input output XCI Input port Ground XHS1 Input port Power supply XHS2 Input port D7 System data input output XEXHS1 Input port D6 System data input output XEXHS2 Input port D5 System data input output CRNT Output port D4 System data input output TXB1 B phase current control output 1 A19 System address input output TXBO B phase current control output 0 A20 System address input output TXA1 A phase current control output 1 A21 System address input output O O O O TXA0 TXPA A phase current control output 0 System data input output System data input output B phase current direction setting System data input output A current direction setting O D3 lO D2 i lO DO i A6 System address input output LEDON LED light source control
162. 7 L AS vival 9 z Viva 1 and S aNd 2 ERA aa zodvdi s 29 01 2 9 00 NVOSS i L NVOSS WONODATOd 9 L ao N09X108 na v z AS ZN QNO Aver Z y Aver On N 4 5 MEMO CHAPTER 5 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 1 Circuit description 1 General description In this machine the facsimile control block except the printer control is mainly composed of the units shown in Fig 1 2 PWB configuration AC CORD POWER SUPPLAY PWB UL PRINTER CONTROL PWB UNIT CCD PWB LINE 1 HOOK SWITCH PWB TEL LIU 1 PWB LINE CONTROL PWB OPERATION PANEL PWB RS232C TELILIU 2 LINE2 PWB VF PWB KC Fig 1 1 Control PWB The control PWB controls all the other operations except the printing operation of the printer and the 2nd line control 2 Line control PWB The line control PWB controls TX RX of 2nd line 3 TEL LIU 1 2 PWB The TEL LIU PWB controls the I F telephone function of the circuit with the control signals from the control PWB or the line control PWB 4 CCD PWB CCD PWB converts the image of the sending or copying draft into the photoelectric signals and transmits the signals to the control PWB 5 Operation panel PWB The operation panel PWB detects the key input turns on an
163. 8 vor BUFFER 4 VO8 PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT Y lt LCAS WE 8 T RAS OE E ADDRESS AO A1 A2 A3 Ei ADDRESS A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 5 18 J L J SELECTOR SELECTOR SELECTOR SELECTOR ROW TTL ROW ROW 1 ROW ROW 1 ROW ROW 1 ROW DETECTOR DETECTORDETECTOR DETECTOR DETECTOR DETECTORDETECTOR DETECTOR oc c a ie a c a ie a c lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt Q gt gt 8 gt gt 8 gt gt 8 gt a E 5 z z amp 2 amp gt gt gt 3 gt o gt 3 gt gt 2 gt 0 202 E z z 9 9 z I 9 z 9 a 8 5 5 5 S 8 2 8 e 8 Ed e 4 8 e S Fig 7 11 Connector block CNSB CNSB of 50 pin connector connect the control PWB with the line con trol PWB Speaker sound control Output of the circuit monitor sound key input sound alarm sound and ringer sound is switched with the analog switch IC119 BU4053 and the sound volume is controlled with the analog switch IC116 NJU4051 12 Access control block This block control the with access to the dual port RAMs of sub 1 or sub
164. 813201F 307 VHIPBL3717 2 IC PBL3717 2 308 VHIPBL3717 2 IC PBL3717 2 311 VHILH5268TH10 312 VHITLS1049 1 IC TLS1049 313 VHIALSO8NS 1 IC SN74ALS08NS 314 VHIALS74ANS 1 IC SN74ALS74ANS 315 VHITC7SH32FU IC TC7SH32FU 316 VHIALS04BNS 1 VHIALS32NS 1 VHIALS32NS 1 zz IC SN74ALSO4BNS VHIMC74HC14F MC74HC14AF VHIPST596CMT1 IC LH5268 PST596CNR IC 110 FO 6600U NO PARTS CODE DESCRIPTION 16 C ontrol PWB unit 321 VHINJM2902M 1 NJM2902M 322 VHIMC74HC157F IC MC74HC157AF IC112 323 VHIMC74HC32F MC74HC32AF IC113 324 VHIMC74HCO4F VHINJM2904M 1 VHINJU4051M 1 MC74HCO4AF NJM2904M IC NJU4051BM VHIALS74ANS 1 SN74ALS74ANS VHIALSO4BNS 1 SN74ALSO4BNS VHIBU4053BCF1 BU4053BCF VHIMC74HC04F MC74HCO4AF VHIMC74HCO8F MC74HCO8AF VHIMC74HCO08F VHIALS163BNS VHIMC74HC74F VHISN74LS374NR VHINJU6355E 1 VHISN74LS244NR VHIMC74HC74F VHIBA10339F 1 VHIN78LO5UA 1 VHIALSO8NS 1 VHIALS20ANS 1 IC SASONS VRS TQ2BB000J Resistor 1 8W 0Q 5 VP 1M4R7J0000 Coil 4 7uH VRS TV2AB000J Resistor 1 10W 0Q 5 VRS TV2AB000J VRS TQ2BB000J VRS TQ2BB000J
165. 8SGPAIN EnrNo i 010I B 90101 9019 SV MW 4 ov 4 un 3 w SLY s OC la 3inWAog 1 oll 4022 Se D BiT pio LB EEO viu 9019 81210 gt 3 4 LOZSZH 108 E ZZ ae A 5X 4 0110 gosorna 9 OY 8SSFWP N 010 i 20101 0101 yz Y0L9I Weta a AHN I Z Z XN 9L 2 i 3 vela zlu 59 5 rasga SNO Ua 1 ANY w Lolo i OE 6010 801 ecu ANN L BL if ena NEIE 019 i 5 9 aimi EF ANNO CNN vOLO 029 8SSVIACN ov r Lely SL g990vn8 A iW 90101 gery 338 0101 1 i H E ELLO zio OS L V 2 w 33HA 85 9 Ei OL Tr 21 c8 I U i vllo 8 XL n doee oy LIO 5v 001 e s i ov A 612 861H i 6 Pg 8 o gooorng WA A i xzwzo i 9010 DP omo i wee in szi ely Nt au 4eZH ert vo gaz ou T zelo ISIH D zou 9921 92 SESSI vO MN T vold us agy Ye em sees yy zvavosuo U Wo T T s N a vale 100 egi t 1934 gi Map o gt __ MLYOZHNL AEGA UNI LOZSZH vzesasz woe a 991 1 li o VA YA saz os 25 T t EON NEC 5 E L 100 BID x SL 4 zin ah z T9 sw egozz flog 0920195 ONIH R 4 1 v 1 a a
166. 9 5 5 L AZI I v nnNo ano 92 29 0 6010 69 Z T oq 9d 09 0 ral 69 2819 ANNO lt s 5 10 od lOd v E 02 NIIND Pq 8 5 z 14 T ue AS 229911 8010 ZOd dq rag ou ZENNNO nnas Es Sa 58 p A OS L v 09 2 ds dSNO ds 99 Pio L 8 rS 3 E W 9 v yee 0 11095 od INELLZINCN Old 10101 E gt e ANN ANY Z8 HNO ZW HNO 6d EL RR 801H T mm 8 sig 8 77 4 fivuwo 0 0 Selle 9010 tdl NS Son AS ec L 11 7131 3 3 8 V 6 29 FO 6600U ov o ov massa means LAMNO P zuo 9v ey 8xdii 8 5 t i 091 w pH peu eus 20101 JL OSIDW H 7 9 9 Te Oc LH i 12 Ziu 8SSPINPN ol 4 38 zi 5 oge z Tg 2 14 1 SOL L ag90rnals A oo 90191 CONN sola 91 eSSPTN
167. 908 1 6 1 Aq 08 21 w 5 5 2 021 Tas w p gt 46 5 SHY ene x gig P Hee ae 01 d m XISIS lt HS E1 Inno 108 24 inods lt HS S amna lt Qe 29 gimnas Zl 213598 lt 1 0 1 yxan lt 1 0 meu 08 21 gxdw lt 0 2 L 9L QI INO 1019euuo2 3 3 e g v 6 16 FO 6600U lt 01 21 ps ore E L 6 1195998 e VOS Vb ZeSTWbL ae ees vez 81101 80101 vOSVvA 891 T vo L p lt 51 21 7129 s ors ai 1 lt qe T z wos Ore zestveL Ast 2 801 H Pr lt 9 N S 1 8 lt F POS TW PL B 6 81101 d a 919 TVvZ 2101 Eo ggST1vr so Zee 8010 80101 0 or 81101 6 21 i d lt i T 02 98 5458da er Oe Wed 90S1vr 101 101 81101 1 87 T ees vv POST 801 81101 ran 5 s i 1295 lt 1 99 21 59408 9 i T 9558 lt 02 21 ees vv 80101 221 201 041u09 559226 H 9 a q 8 V 6 17 FO 6600U Control PWB parts layout Top side cee CNPRT SHARP m GCMK M1X A Xe9354SC 7Y 6 18 Control PWB gt RR BO cue ES o I
168. Bring the copy mode into the continuity mode 5 It is set to shift into the diagnosis mode when the SPEED key alone is pressed After the check it is necessary to be sure to return the aforemen tioned Soft switches into the initial state Clear the memory with the diagnosis 11 Memory clear Clear the back up memory to initialize the soft switches The flash memory will be initialized Then the initialized list be output 12 Flash memory The flash memory is checked The ordinary memories ROM SRAM DRAM are checked in the ROM amp RAM check process The write read test is taken every block to print the result When an error occurs the following error buzzer will sound Check device Page memory Flash memory Flash memory optional Number of buzzer sounds 7 times Short sounds 8 times Short sounds 9 times Short sounds During operation of this diagnosis dual operation is not possible at all If this is excessively repeated it will shorten the life of the flash memory FO 6600U 13 All FAX TEL entry mode The function is used to simplify the registration of FAX TEL No during aging First write the reference destination No with the Rapid No 01 key in the FAX No registration mode before start of the diagnosis CD The diagnosis mode is activated If anything is not registered in the Rapid No 01 or any program or group is not registered it will pass the diagnosis without doing anything
169. CCCTV1HH150J Capacitor BOWV 15PF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z A VCCCTV1HH220J AA Capacitor 50WV 22PF C152 AA 61 62 VCCCTV1HH220J Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF Capacitor BOWV 22PF VCCCTV1HH220J Capacitor 50WV 22PF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF QCNCM2558SC2F 69 QCNCM2525SC5J A Connector 50pin CNSB1 70 A D1 VHD1SS355 1 K N K B Connector 26pin Diode 1SS355 VHDHRW0502A 1 Diode HRW0502A VHDHRW0502A 1 Diode HRW0502A VHDHRW0502A 1 Diode HRW0502A VHDHRW0502A 1 Diode HRW0502A VHDHRW0502A 1 Diode HRW0502A VHDHRW0502A 1 VHDHRW0502A 1 VHDHRW0502A 1 Diode HRW0502A iode HRW0502A D Diode HRW0502A D VHDHRW0502A 1 Diode HRW0502A VHDHRW0502A 1 Diode HRW0502A VHDHRW0502A 1 Diode HRW0502A VHDHRW0502A 1 Diode HRW0502A VHDHRW0502A 1 Diode HRW0502A VHDHRW0502A 1 2A 1 w w OO UJ W w CO OD w TQ O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O UJ Diode HRW0502A Diode HRW0502A D16 HRW0502A Diode VHDHRWO O50 VHDHRW0502A 1 Diode HRW0502A VHDHRW0502A 1 Diode HRW0502A VHDHRW0502A 1
170. COLUMN DECODER COLUMN ADDERESS BUFFER cs FO 6600U VCC GND IC130 VHIBA10339F 1 BA10339F 1 ourt 2 vcc 3 N1 4 Nt 5 IN2 6 7 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 BA10339F 14 OUT3 113 OUT4 12 GND 11 IN4 Du IN4 9 8 IN3 PIN DESCRIPTION FO 6600U IC113 VHIMC74HC32F MC74HC32AF IC119 VHiBU4053BCF1 BU4053BCF 1A 1B 1Y 2A 2B 2Y GND 1 109 VHiIMC74HC14F MC74HC14AF 6A 6Y 5A 5Y 4A 4Y TOP VIEW 10114 120 VHiMC74HCO4F MC74HCO04AF IC121 122 VHIMC74HCO8F MC74HCO8AF VCC 4B 4 AY IC110 VHiPST596CMT1 PST596CNR 1B 1Y 2A 28 2Y GND H 10111 VHiNJM2902M 1 NJM2902M 2 1 IC115 VHiNJM2904M 1 NJM2904M 8 10 IC5 11 VHi27C04010Ti 27C040 VPP A16 A15 A12 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 AO DQ1 DQ2 DQ3 GND TOP VIEW 1 32 VCC 2 31 PGM 3 30 NC 4 29 A14 5 28 A13 6 27 A8 7 26 AQ 8 25 A11 9 24 G 10 23 A10 11 22 E 12 21 DQ8 13 20 DQ7 14 19 DQ6 15 18 DQ5 16 17 pQ4 Pin name Signal A0 A16 Address
171. CZZ TLABZ3935SCZZ TLABZ4016SCZZ TLABZ4507SCZZ TLABZ4508SCZZ TSPC 3741SCZZ OLD VCEAEA1HW474M U VCEAEA1HW476M UBAT A005PRE0 UINK 2009SCZZ UJ VCCCTV1HH100D VCEAGA1EW476M 7 VCCCTV1HH101J VCCCTV1HH120J 16 160 AA 16 176 AA O Oj Ol O OJOJO O OJ O Ojo O O O O O O O O O O N gt gt O OjJOlIO OJOJO O OJ O O O O O O Ojo O O O O O O O O O O O OJO O O O O O OIOJO O O O OJO O O O O OJOJO O 7 VCCCTV1HHS3ROC VCCCTV1HH6ROC VCCSTV1HL102J 7 7 DID O O O O O O O O O O O QO O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O FO 6600U PARTS CODE PRICE NEW PARTS CODE VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1HB103K VCKYTV1HB221K A 16 172 AA 18 33 16 174 19 17 16 177 222 16 40 16 178 16 71 16 181 16 77 16 182 16 93 z zlz z z z z z z z z z z D D D D A 16 258 Al 16 259 Al 16 183 16 95 16 184 1
172. Cannot recognize CFR or FTT signal Disconnects line during transmission line error NSC DTC EOP Cannot recognize NSS signal FIF code etc Cannot recognize MCF PIP PIN RTN RTP signal EOM Cannot recognize MCF PIP PIN RTN RTP signal in the case of mode change MPS The line is hung up without replying to communication request PR1 Q Cannot recognize PIP PIN signal in the case of TALK request No signal or DCN No response in transmitter cannot recognize DIS signal or DCN signal received receiver side Error occurred upon completion of reception of all pages ojo NID oa oO Pp Error occurred when mode was changed or Transmission Reception switching was performed Error occurred during partial page or physical page reception rS alo Error occurred after or during inquiry from the remote transmitting machine as to whether reception is possible or not N Error occurred during or just after fallback Error occurred after the retransmission end command was received FO 6600U Super G3 Mode Error Code Transmission Errors Reception Errors E 16 Same as E 0 Same as E 1 Same as E 0 Same as E 1 Same as E 2 Same as E 2 Same as E 4 Same as E 8 Same as E 9 Same as E 10 Same as E 7 Same as E 7 Same as E 8 Same as E 11 Same as E 11 Same as E 12 Same as E 12 Same as E 13 Same as E
173. Diode 1SS178 43 0AV5060031000 Fuse 125V 6 3A 44 0AV5070000012 Thermal cutoff 127A 4 0AV5060067000 5 F 46 0AV5060067000 AF 47 0AV5060067000 AF Fuse 125V 4A Fuse 125V 4A 0AV3090056000 IC FA5315P 0AV3090041000 IC uPC1093J 1 0AV3090060000 IC PQ1CG1 0AV309001 6000 IC NJM7812FA 0AV4070044000 Coil 0AV4070044000 K 54 0AV4120002000 55 Coil Coil 0AV4120002000 Coil 0AV4050014000 Coil 0AV4050013000 Coil 0AV4050014000 Coil 0AV3080621200 Photo coupler TLP621GR 0AV3180000003 0AV3080620100 0AV3042543000 Photo triac coupler S21ME4FY FET 2SK2543 0AV3001015500 Transistor 2SA1015 Y 0AV3021002999 Transistor RN1002 0AV2013343020 Resistor 1 4W 330KQ 5 0AV2011033010 Resistor 1 6W 5 0AV2013903020 Resistor 1 4W 39Q 5 0AV2013933020 0AV2013933020 0AV2024783040 Resistor 1 4W 39KQ 5 Resistor 1W 0 22Q 5 0AV2024783040 Resistor 1W 0 22Q 5 0AV2023903040 Resistor 1 4W 39KQ 5 Resistor 1W 39Q 5 0AV2013333010 Resistor 1 6W 5 0AV2048203010 Fusing resistor 1 6W 82Q 5 0AV2046803010 Fusing 1 6 68Q 5 0AV2014733020 B 78 0AV2011033010 AA 79 0AV2011533010 AA Resistor 1 4W 47KQ 5 0AV2011023010 Resistor 1 6W 1 5
174. ESOLUTION key is pressed three times When copy test is tried during production or is checked in two modes fine and intermediate tones this mode is provided to reduce the trou blesome work which makes the operator stand aside to change the mode Accordingly the fine and intermediate tones are merely switched and the mode is not switched to another mode Input of the image quality density key is invalid 2 Try the copy in the mode fixed at COPY REDUCE 95 and fine mode density AUTO At this time don t change the soft key of COPY REDUCE Input of the image quality density key is invalid 3 Continuously try the above items 1 and 2 24 Signal send mode 2 The signals concerned with V 34 amp V 8 are checked After this mode is activated press the START key and the signals will be sent in the following sequence It can be used to check the modem The selection signal is sent out simultaneously from the lines 1 2 in this mode 1 No signal 2 33600BPS 3 31200BPS 4 28800BPS 5 26400BPS 6 24000BPS 7 21600BPS 8 19200BPS 9 16800BPS 10 14400BPS 11 12000BPS 12 9600BPS 13 7200BPS 14 4800BPS 15 2400BPS 16 V 21 0 300bps 17 ANSam 2 2 Print diagnosis Rapid key 01 Area print mode The effective printing area frame is printed in the specified sheet size Amm E 2 5 1 Full Black pattern 2 Intermediate t Pattern is v repeated
175. GND CLKMOD 40 Terminal to switch quartz oscillation connection or external clock input mode 0 Quartz oscillation 1 External clock CKTSTO Fix at LOW level CLKO Clock output terminal Rectangular wave which is synchronous with the internal clock of IDP201 is output CKTST2 Terminal No Fix at LOW level Name and function 60 61 9 Page memory block Number of transfers of EOL detected by IDP201 during RTC receiving is reflected at the terminal The page memory block is composed of one DRAM of 1M x 16 bits being commonly used as the image memory The memory is divided into the page memory for the scanner and the page memory for printing The page memory for scanner is composed of the whole area of IC12 The image data of approx one page except in the super fine mode of the draft read with the scanner can be stored They are stored until they are contracted by CODEC The page memory for printing is composed of the remaining areas of IC12 and can store approx one page of the image data decoded by CODEC The data are stored until they are transferred to PCU with the gate array B and printed 5 14 10 Driver block Sending motor driver IC20 IC21 PBL3717 2 16 pin DIP This IC drives at the sending motor at the constant current with the bipo lar chopper system SCHMIT1 TRIGGER TIME DELAY F O 6600U
176. H OS Iv ZE t ANI Ov v av 2 SSA Ser v L a Il r 1091 ie 36 6888 gs x SUA dug i S I EST 5T BT T mum 6zzu 1 n Tvs WNZ LIVMS 99 er osez as Gee LS 9505 280 99 ETBE ET e 86 lt 15 5 Svus Sso evu pie ee 7505 So oan 77 ANY AS eed lt Hsv s 15 05 ssonsvo jm Weng lt s 2505 i 57 8 0 lt SS HSVOS JS9HSV 0505 999 08d g Ble vxdw D 99 9 ov bed vg Dv ore axan D 99 9 ____ 28d g AD Wo P r9 005 at 8d 9g A 91 bas An He I8 ZY SvIH LQONOV od eE T 68 Z 6219 K tas A1 98d 756 xr v Sere 514 Z0SOMHH d Ai 48d 15 xrv sas A1 SOND 0ND ZANO IqN9 915 at 3XOV8 Vd p 5 ir 151 an D 57 9 2 Z0SOMYH 9 0 Sams eae 108 1 D3H8 8Vd s A ry veru ZOSOMYH 808 21 SDHI 6Vd Toa ir 9618 51 1 Gus 505 OlWd s yz p rs Oras Zorg 1 9 81 saunan gt 862 WN L DERE 2241 0 gsa 59 1 05 gory dzz 09 1 Wr ox lt 1 or s os vide bs ace 1 eelu VLOHVZ e lo ws q IH 9a 9a i 1 69l Hpi 0291 o 69 1 eras a 2 zHN8099 61 L 1 4g 69l tL stdlo vs 69 1 raS 1 Lx I T si WN ESSIS 09 Tag ok p ido s 99 1 8105 OL Pj E dez p HdLo _ 99 1 ovs 9210 se 0 aoe 0 ys L
177. H 0 21 L 8SSvIAPN 0219 AL WN zu WW Mec I 1228119 90022 L H d NW Y S eid 90101 AM SgUA E zuo 0g L V 029 x lt Ja MZ oi ANY e 89 Oflu delu z E fok zz T AM T zerd g99orna 489 022 i beanies FL T oV yz 20101 Ov hed 6era s aose x llu ov 6 s 90001 215 6 may 610 dN 8 5 gooornag AWN 338 oss o 18162 COTO ez in ciu rely 222 zu DNE 9H i zzo ISIH o P ois stu v99zias ossessi pe id vO 2 w t 1 vOLO MD LOZSZH SLOZI y 99198092 dod V ouv ouv 2691 zy i 20 922170 cm evavosuo 28 WO m PSI oot S sid 1939 MZe y ea ge ILLPOLUNL LOZSZH veesasz iue a 8lH 1 97 r 1 5 LWA gaz 5 9 it 09 gg ss L L 100 OTF X DM 217 z Es T9310 E 68022 EL aa Je 188 HL i 1 vit fet 27 Fa E Luv n Er lt p w t gt a 1 1 os vi mater WN __ oszoLas di i 59 OF n aM L 11 131 e H D d 3 q o a 6 28 FO 6600U j 3 8 V 9a n INO 1 I DNO 92 27 vo I 1019 mE AS 2 nnno Sv WN b i gt i ov Siow 9 NNNO MEN Ro t 22 NNIND
178. HJZ62 02512 0AV1390000105 VRS TV2AB751J 0AV1390000106 7 7 VRS TV2AB752J 0AV1390000107 0AV1390000108 VRS TV2AB753J 0AV1390000109 7 0AV1390000110 VRS TV2AB822J 0AV1390000125 0AV1390000126 0AV1471020090 VRSTS2AD1373F 0AV1474720090 7 VRSTS2AD4422F 0AV1540000003 0AV1540000004 0AV1610000004 0AV1610000029 0AV1610000045 0AV1610000046 0AV1610000054 VRSTS2AD6812F 0AV1610000060 0AV1610000061 0AV1610000062 VSDTA114EK 1 DID O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O VSDTC114EK 1 DID DW oono O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 0 1650000001 FO 6600U PARTS CODE PRICE NEW PARTS CODE PARTS CODE 0AV2011023010 0AV5190018000 0KWO0992250813 7 0AV6114084711 0AV6114085811 OKW0992250901 0KWO0992251001 0AV2011033010 0AV611408681 1 0KW0992251 112 0AV7510013000 0KW0992251212 0AV7700017000 0KWO0992251301 0AV2011043010 0AV8117730514 0KW0992251401 0AV2011533010 0AV8130730414 0KW0992255001 0AV2012233010 0KWO0910362001 0KWO0992255101 0AV2013333010 OKW0928300602 OKW0992255202 0AV2013343020
179. INTERNAL LOW ORDER DATA 16 BITS PORT B Y X110 00 XH TQ X o9 IB on uU UU UJ U DB UO UO UO DBD UO UO U a eee 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 dd 332273282 38 5 28 2 2 83 s 32 d E e 8 z 8 PF P d d a a a a 3 gt D gt 2 00 00 9 0 0 O0 8 4 8 8 9 2 8 8 8 o0 G SF c W T N N 2 8 5 3 Cr p 8 g g e ZR Ssauqqavyviva 4 9 AD15 4 9 14 4 9 AD13 4 9 AD12 4 9 AD11 lt api0 4 5 4 5 AD8 4 9 AD7 4 9 AD6 4 AD5 lt AD4 lt lt AD2 lt lt FO 6600U IC18 VHiLR38292 1 LR38292 SRVID SCCLK STVDB READ IMAGE PROCESS LSI I F MA20 16 MA15 0 4 MAS gt MAENB MDENB READY 4 BRAT BACKB lt amp CDCINT CDCRDB lt RDCDC lt L RDCDCB RSRCDCB lt SHCKOB lt CODEG HD813201F VF INTERNAL RAM 512 BYTE TABLE ROM 128 BYTE LMA10 0 amp LMD7 0 lt J EXTERNAL LMWEB q CONTROLLER RESETB gt RESET CIRCUIT TEST p MEMTST _ jp TEST CIRCUIT INTERNAL REGISTER IMAGE BUS DMA CONTRO
180. IO IP gt gt gt O Pe AJA N O amp gt gt gt gt s ala AO gt gt SS ola EE a ala gt gt gt r gt gt 18 81 19 46 19 48 19 49 le ojo mo gt gt gt VS2SA1037KS 1 Mer gt gt 22 7 VS2SA1807 P 1 18 66 A 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 VS2SC2412KR 1 OQ DO w CO CO OO U9 w w W E 19 42 AE 18 75 AD O O OJOJ OJO O O O O O O O O O O 7 VS28C2413KP 1 ive ive ive 18 80 AD 19 47 AD 19 51 AD O O QOO VS2SC3415 P 1 UJ UJ 16 376 A 18 67 19 43 VS2SD1164 1 C AP AP 16 371 AE VS2SD1266A15 18 69 7 19 45 RS TV2AB512J VS2SD1664Q 1 VS2SD592A S 1 VRS TV2AB513J VVLLMG2025TPR www D U D IX B561J XBPSD30P06K00 XBPSD40P08K00 XBPSE30P08K00 XEBSD30P06000 VRS TV2AB562J XEBSD30P08000 XEBSD30P10000 VRS TV2AB563J XEBSE30P08000 XEBSE30P10000 VRS TV2AB621J XEPSD30P06X00 XHBSD30P06000 XHBSD30P08000 VRS TV2AB622J XHBSE30P06000 XHBSE30P10000 VRS TV2AB680J XHPSD30P08K00 7 XRESJ50 06000 VRS TV2Al XUBSD20P06000 oo Go Go 2 gt gt gt gt O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O OJOJO O O O O XW
181. IPTION 13 2nd 3rd Transport unit OKW4150181301 Plate spring oo 0KW0933382612 0KW4150180201 0KW4150180103 0KW4150184501 0KW4150184601 0KW4150184201 0KW4150180912 0KW4150182001 A Roller O0KW0928300602 Gear 14T 0KW1200312003 Bushing 0KW4150183201 Boss 0KW0928301902 Clutch spring 0KW4150183101 Holder 0KW4150183301 Gear 18T 0KW4150102902 A Gear 13 45T 0KW0957251103 Gear 41T 0KW4150183701 Gear 20 50T 0KW4150183801 Gear 18 84T 0KW4150020201 Mounting plate 0KW4150020301 Mounting plate 0KW4150183502 Bracket 0KW0992304001 Pin 0KW4150104301 Roller 0KW4150181901 Shaft 0KW4150183602 Actuator 0KW4150181703 Plate spring 0KW4150182201 Cover 0KW4150010103 2nd bin PWB PWB B 2ND 3rd bin PWB PWB C 3RD Pin 0KW4150184301 Pin 0KW4150180303 Frame 0KW9742030813 Screw 0KW9742031013 Screw 0KW9743030813 Screw 0KW9770030613 Screw 0KW9721040001 0KW4150184701 0KW9384131091 0KW4150185001 ool O O FO 6600U 14 Cassette PARTS CODE MARK RANK DESCRIPTION assette OKW4150180714 Lifting plate OKW4150180812 Pad OKW4150181801 0KWA4150182402 0KW0933392201 O O oj ol Lever Pressure spring Separator 0KW0933390202 Regulating plate 0KWA4150182518 Cassette body 0KW4150181502 Guide 5 CO NI O O1 BY Cd Po 0KWA415
182. LLER IMAGE BUS ARBITER CPU I F __ A5 1 es 5 0 WRB L DREQ0B CSB GAINTB p CDCINTB _ y MANRESB yVIh cscpcB SHCK CLOCK DIVISION lt XIN L XOUT lt CK16M SMOOTHING PROCESS TABLE REFERENCE METHOD CONTRACTING PROCESS RECORD DATA OUTPUT CONTROLLER gt DRAM CONTROLLER gt bar o RAS1B gt RASOB __ CASB t DWEB 1 DRMTYPE lt DRMSIZE PCU I F al HSYNC gt PDATA a ETBSYB lt PRRDYB EPRDYB gt CPRDYB CTBSYB _ 1 PRINTB PCURESB PANEL I F lt 17 0 rae RS RW E E LEDEN1 2 gt LED10 8 r1 SEN7 0 IC22 VHILH5116NA10 LH5116NA 10 24 13 LLLI LT DLL IT LH5116NA 10 JAPAN 8947 XXX 1 12 AO AS A6 ROW ADDRESS d BUFFER A8 A9 A10 1 01 1 02 1 03 DATA 1 04 CONTROL 1 05 1 06 1 07 1 08 IC23 24 VHiLH5268TH10 LH5268 28 15 LH 1 14 MEMORY ARRAY ROW SELECTOR 256 x 256 COLUMN I O CIRCUITS DATA COLUMN SELECT DATA CONTROL A2 A1 A0 A11 5 A10 ROW DECODER MEMORY ARRA CELL Y 128 x 128 SENSE AMP
183. M f 1 UC pene t I I t i uS pee i MAR ULN2003 1 t 1 L 1 D rms HC174 1 H 1 i LDO LD7 i eaae aaa a ea a outer eles eee 1 i LCD DRIVER i i i LCD i COG LMG2022 TPR Fig 14 2 Operational description 1 Panel PWB The panel PWB includes the ten key scan circuit and the LED lighting circuit The LS145 is controlled through LD0 LD3 4 bits and ten key detection is performed The HC174 is controlled through LD0 LD5 6 bits to provide LED lighting information 2 COG LMG2022 TPR The COG uses the one chip LCD driver IC to display 20 digits x 2 lines The LCD display density is controlled with an extemal resistor FO 6600U 8 Circuit description of power supply PWB DC power circuit The DC power circuit directly rectifies AC power changes the voltage through switching with the DC DC converters and rectifies and smoothens the current again in order to produce the DC voltage See Fig 15 1 Block diagram 1701 _ SURGE CURRENT RECTIFYING NOISE PREVENTING CIRCUIT AVERTO R ICU O FILTER FLY BACK i SMOOTHING ee 24V CIRCUIT CODING AND ir CONVERTER SYSTEM CIRCUI
184. M Note 2 V 34 16800 TCM TCM Note 2 V 34 14400 TCM TCM Note 2 V 34 12000 TCM TCM Note 2 V 34 9600 TCM TCM Note 2 V 34 7200 TCM TCM Note 2 V 34 4800 TCM TCM Note 2 V 34 2400 TCM TCM Note 2 3429 only Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 V 23 1200 75 FSK 1700 420 1200 75 V 21 FSK 1080 1750 0 300 V 17 14400 TCM TCM V 17 12000 TCM TCM V 17 9600 TCM V 17 7200 TCM V 29 9600 V 29 7200 V 29 4800 V 27 4800 V 27 2400 V 21 Channel 2 N O N O AJU f OO o joo jooo _ o0 Notes 1 Modulation legend TCM Trellis Coded Modulation FSK Frequency Shift Keying 2 Adaptive established during handshake Carrier Frequency Hz Symbol Rate Baud V 34 Low Carrier V 34 High Carrier 2400 1600 1800 2800 1680 1867 3000 1800 2000 3200 1829 1920 3429 1959 1959 QAM Quadrature Amplitude Modulation DPSK Differential Phase Shift Keying 5 Reading process and mechanical control block 1 Reading process block The reading block is composed of the following blocks D CCD drive block IC14 LZ9FJ37A Analog pr
185. Mirror Scanning Horizontal 406 dot inch Vertical 391 dot inch 6 pages per minute Letter size paper Within 19 seconds face down Within 40 sec Temperature 10 30 C Humidity 20 80 RH 3 700 prints or more when black to white ratio on print is 4 or less 20 000 prints or more when black to white ratio on print is 5 or less Based on ITU T CCITT Test Chart 1 at standard resolution in Sharp special mode excluding time for protocol signals i e ITU T phase C time only IMPORTANT PLEASE READ FIRST gt To avoid problems with supplies please don t use supplies from other units Please use new supplies when supply changes are required FO 6600U 2 Operation panel 1 LINE STATUS lights This LINE 1 lights illuminates when Line 1 is being used and LINE key the LINE 2 lights illuminates Press this key before when Line 2 is being used dialing to select the line Display This displays messages and prompts during operation and programming CHANGEOVER key Three types of information appear in the display prompts related to operations you are performing information about how the fax is using the line 1 transmitting LINE STATUS RESOLUTION lt gt STANDARD Service indicator receiving etc information about how the This lights when a LE fax is using the line 2 Press this key to problem occurs which cu Switch through the three types of
186. N ZL ELYN SLYN 9LYN LVA SV 6LVIN sonog ar s dui 62 1 LYN ZYN EYN HYN SYN OV LYN sv 6Y OLVIN LLYN ZLIN ELYN VIVA SIVA 9LYN LVA 8IVIN 6L VIN lt Gr s 18A Lb zery dol 420 zuysorze H I 401 2129 Mol 99 9 22101 125 0 1 C126 0 1 C122 0 1 3z s 3z s 92 9 qum 52 1 TEM 92 1 ASt 38voW 02 1 HSVON 52 1 F O09ct LGINH ZOl Svan 52 1 Eroan P7 9 0 6 LWW 50 lt 1 99 490 94 OLY INVEd IWOdd3 g v FO 6600U H 5 E 3 a 2 g v YLOH 9d c oH 62191 T aoozz LIOI 5d or 9 zas vit T 9a od 9a 499 55s 8 bnoos He 36960 VB T y 8 lt a 2 ostol 5 soos ko Y N3SNO sed m IN9LMO T 89vH T 0089 T 1620 aoozz ao
187. N OFF is set when incoming call is received through the line 2 SWS87 No 1 Reserved Set to 0 SWS87 No 2 No Addition of header to various lists ON OFF of addition of header sender information to various lists is set SWS87 No 4 No 5 Relay instruction transmission line specifica tion The line to be used for relay specification transmission is set In case of AUTO setting the line specified in the transmission operation is used 51 87 No 6 Reserved Set to 1 SWS87 No 7 No 8 Reserved Set to 0 SWS868 No 1 Reserved Set to 0 SWS868 No 2 Reserved Set to 1 SW88 No 3 No 8 Reserved Set to 0 SW89 SW96 No 1 No 8 Reserved Set to 0 SW 97 No 1 No 4 Reserved Set to 0 SW97 No 5 No 8 Reserved Set to 1 SW98 No 1 No 8 Reserved Set to 0 SW99 No 1 No 8 Reserved Set to 0 FO 6600U FO 6600U 9 Troubleshooting 1 Fax troubleshooting Applyline equalization SOFT SWITCH 8 1 2 Refer to the following actions to troubleshoot any of problems men tioned Can be used in all cases in 1 4 Slow down the transmission speed SOFT SWITCH 6 4 5 6 7 8 Can be used in case 2 3 Replace the TEL LIU PWB Can be used in all cases 1 communication error evoked 2 Image distortion produced 3 Unable to do overseas communication 4 Communication speed slow liable to failback Replace the control PWB Increase the transmission level
188. N and MDEN are low in the reading cycle it is used as the MA MD 4 input data line MA MD 5 3 When both MAEN and MDEN are low in the writing cycle it is used as the MA MD 6 input data line MA MD 7 MA MD 8 MA MD 9 MA MD10 MA MD11 MA MD12 MA MD13 MA MD14 MA MD15 MA16 Three state output Memory Address Bus 16 thru 21 memory address bus When MAEN is low MA17 and MAS is high it is used as the output address line MA18 Three state output Memory Read Memory read terminal When MR is turned to low level IDP201 reads the data from the image memory Three state output Memory Write memory write terminal When MW is turned to low level IDP201 writes the data in the image memory Three state output I O Read I O read terminal When OR is turned to low level IDP201 reads the data from I O device on the image bus However it is limited at DMA transfer during data transfer with the transfer command and the coding process Three state output I O Write I O write terminal When IOW is turned to low level IDP201 writes the data in I O device on the image bus However it is limited at DMA transfer during data transfer with the transfer command and the decoding process DMA Request Input DMA request input terminal When I O device on the image bus requests DMA for IDP201 DRQTI becomes high level DMA Acknowledge Output DMA acknowledge outpu
189. OGZINPN asi Pate os LLLOI Yds za So Be AN iiis S dl sq 281 dl o Id 9a ivs sys lt 091 dl nv za DIXSZIH e j882H 8de sids lt 9l 261 2014 wepow H 3 q o a 6 13 FO 6600U 171 01 C163 0 1 318VN3 LNd1NO0 D 318VN3 3 0 8129 NN AN dus ru 1H01 20079Z2IN 201 0 LYS evs evs evs SYS 9 Vs 8vs evs 0 5 LLYS Zlvs IVS vIVS SLYS 9LYS LIS 8LYS C211 0 1 z555 lt 1 02 21 C213 0 1 C212 0 1 Ass 92092 LGINH 9101 ISEQRIS D gt lt 1 9 z e vs rols Apez 49014 L qns a V 6 14 FO 6600U H 9 3 3 9 8 Y 9a O N Vo v 1020 SN AS v8dlo t 25 6 41 8d L O eg HASng8 Isna O 8 41 i i lt Hz HZ LL D gt yoq HWH Wa THMLOS JEMION 194 ost uaa 08d1 O ss H39 139 3001 gg Hoan 506 zg 9
190. P key again after completion of the adjustments The mode is shifted to the diagnostic STANDBY MODE Notes 1 Adjust the optical adjustment tool in the slant state as shown in Fig 6 After the adjustment the waveform will slightyl vary if it is stood up as shown in Fig 8 2 Use the optical adjustment tool by pressing it in the arrow direc tion If it is floated the proper adjustment is impossible Fig 3 Optical adjustment tool Scanner Unit Fig 3 FO 6600U 3 Relationship of adjusting plate and oscilloscope output Sync signal i 4lines mm 9 T signal PHIT 1V Div 28usec i gt 5 0 1msec Div Note The CCD output must be adjusted to produce a white level at the center and black levels near the center and 8 lines mm black and white pattern in other locations Adjustment should be made so that the center of the white level signal is delayed 528msec from the sync signal PHIT If this is not obtained the copy image may be shifted left or right causing incouplete scanning CCD signal AVO AVO PHIT Sync signal PHIT GND DG Fig 5 2 IC signal name IC4 13 VHi02120FABOA MD0 NM 3 CK an EXTAL YOLVTIIOSO XTAL vcc vcc
191. S TV2AB330J Resistor 1 10W 33Q 5 Resistor 1 10W 33Q 5 i 1 10W 33Q 5 VRS TV2AB330J Resistor 1 10W 33Q 5 VRS TV2AB330J Resistor 1 10W 33Q 5 VRS TV2AB330J Resistor 1 10W 33Q 5 VRS TV2AB330J Resistor 1 10W 33Q 5 VRS TV2AB330J Resistor 1 10W 33Q 5 VRS TV2AB330J VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB472J Resistor 1 10W 330 5 Resistor 1 10W 2 7KQ VRS TV2AB472J Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 VRS TV2AB103J Resistor 1 10W 10KQ 5 VRS TV2AB000J Resistor 1 10W 0Q 5 VRS TV2AB000J VRS TV2AB472J Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB000J VRS TV2AB000J Resistor 1 10W 5 Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 Resistor 1 10W 5 R264 Resistor 1 10W 5 VRS TV2AB000J Resistor 1 10W 0Q 5 VRS TV2AB000J Resistor 1 10W 0Q 5 VRS TV2AB364J Resistor 1 10W 360KQ 5 VRS TV2AB753J VRS TV2AB163J Resistor 1 10W 16KQ 5 VRS TV2AB000J VRS TV2AB103J VRS TV2AB472J Resistor 1 10W 75KQ 5 Resistor 1 10W 0Q 5 Resistor 1 10W 10KQ 5 R274 Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 VRS TV2AB472J Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB472J Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 VRS TV2AB472J Resistor 1 10W 4 7 5 VRS TV2AB471J Resistor 1 10W 470Q 5 VRS TV2AB471J VRS TV2AB471J VRS TV2AB471J
192. S TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB100J VRS TV2AB100J D 597 VRS TV2AB103J AA 598 VRS TV2AB302J AA VRS TV2AB223J 600 VRS TV2AB103J 601 VRS TV2AB223J 602 VRS TV2AB271J 603 VRS TV2AB472J 604 VRS TV2AB102J VRS TV2AB222J VRS TV2AB271J VRS TV2AB102J VRS TV2AB563J VRS TV2AB102J VRS TV2AB563J VRS TV2AB000J VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB622J VRS TV2AB330J VRS TV2AB330J VRS TV2AB680J VRS TV2AB271J VRS TV2AB103J VRS TV2AB271J VRS TV2AB680J A 621 VRS TV2AB472J AA 622 VRS TV2AB102J AA 623 VRS TV2AB000J 624 VRS TV2AB103J 625 VRS TV2AB472J 626 VRS TV2AB103J 627 VRS TV2AB103J 628 VRS TV2AB271J A 629 VRS TV2AB271J AA 630 VRS TV2AB103J AA 631 VRS TV2AB103J Resistor 1 10W 10KQ 5 632 VCCCTV1HH150J Capacitor 50WV 15PF 633 VRS TQ2BB000J Resistor 1 8W 0Q 5 634 VRS TV2AB562J Resistor 1 10W 5 6KQ 5 635 VRS TV2AB472J Resistor 1 10W 4 7 5 636 VRS TV2AB472J 637 VRS TV2AB472J 638 VRS TV2AB101J O O O O O O O O Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 Resistor 1 10W 100Q 5 639 VRS TV2AB472J Resistor 1 10W 4 7 5 O O O 640 VRS TV2AB472J Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 Resistor 1 10W 4 7 5 FO 6600U NO PARTS CODE PRICE
193. SSS SSS sss 1 6701511 i i SO IVNV i Ses z X ug lt i Wu 1 D dvs vler46Z1 i m i nouda 45 i 13SONVH la i JOHLNOO i AVUHV T T SNIQv3H 9 ee lt p 1 SHOWN e u3yvadS i t HOLOW XL 1HOd i i FIOHLNOD N WSINVHOSW ann HOSN3S r gt n nao aa aNoHd3131 i gt Od lt IINDHSNNVOS upah P ER i MOTO ETE ano i I La 4218 i x AM ani agonan anz 1 WOHd3 HSVH A SASA Dis I a we HSV14 i sdgy 96 i lt onstonr i OWe OWL O4 i T i Auow3w 14 gt lt T gt 1804 wha NOlldO i i Lee cues eee T T 1 i assg9nrN a Tim I 120 HS i LINN f T GUN z ans z AnaL i NVHS lt gt i LINN i i isois 8Ad IOHINOO 3NI i FO 6600U 2 Wiring diagram ua xv3ds
194. SV 92 97 Beau 0 OV Ze LVN 8c m a mr nid ae mL 6VW 0 S6 yE 08 8151 o 60ZVd L 02 1 86 319881 81 1 QUNM iu LIN v6 inox Gr9 HYMN 1 av 9 56 1 Cumw 02 0 re 8 MEP NIXH TEM 6rlydl Gun 98 1 SEE i VIVA 96 dor Z TOTAL SIN Z 66 5 6068 OOOTdI 98 1 Orv 3 16 5 OY 89 XLY eeu oe z L Qv 2 39 9 8 5 HYMN siyn cv La MEW iis GW YI A 298 GQ LD ae s ae 2 O VW 99 AJZ Eleu goug lt 39 9 Hb S L 4p 01 ae S 4e z 0p 2 39 9 a49 2 a e a bev Sv S9 SH AE 901 022 9 62 Ht L HE L Has U 9 01 vo c ae 8 ve 2 v9 9 9 9 v9 2 gt lt 5 5a T WN 201 UEN H9 SI a9 01 v9 e ve g g9 2 v9 9 v9 s v9 z lt a m w 03 INN 104002 1 H 3 3 q o V FO 6600U V g a 9 3 5d 3 p H 9L Io 1 AS t _ 9a nzozdva A wu Xv REI ge Hs WN a wo
195. T PC701 CONSTANT OVERCURRENT CONTROL a VOTE PROTECTION gt CIRCUIT 5 r 2 DETECTION CIRCUIT 3 TERMINAL P REGULATOR gt 12V CHOPPER P CIRCUT v PC702 HEATER a r CIRCUIT 5 P gt HEATER ON OFF HEATER OUT Fig 15 2 Noise filter circuit 3 Surge current preventing and The filter circuit is composed of L and C in order to reduce the common rectifying conditioning circuit noise and normal mode noise which flows into and out of the AC line As shown in Fig 17 AC is rectified and conditioned with D701 and C705 The common mode noise is called the noise which generates in cach which include four diodes line against GND and C703 C704 C722 C723 and C725 flows the noise component to GND Moreover the normal mode noise is called the noise which is super imposed on the AC line or output line and is attenuated with C701 L701 2 C702 and L702 See Fig 16 The power thermistor TH701 provide surge protection L701 L702 zx 2 ZZ C705 i 029 20 9 3 e BJ D701 A07 TOTS 1 700 TH701 C725 ud i vi Fig 17 Fig 16 FO 6600U 4 Inverter and control circuit fly back converter system This circuit is called the fly back converter which is the one chip type separately excited DC DC converter as shown in Fig 18 In the circuit IC starts oscillating to make Q701 conductive if the start voltage of IC i
196. TV2AB303J Resistor 1 10W 220Q 5 Resistor 1 10W 18KQ 5 Resistor 1 10W 30KQ 5 VRS TV2AB124J Resistor 1 10W 120KQ 5 VRS TV2AB000J Resistor 1 10W 0Q 5 VRS TV2AB224J Resistor 1 10W 220KQ 5 VRS TV2AB472J Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ 5 VRS TV2AB104J Resistor 1 10W 100KQ 5 VHDOR5G4B42 1 RTRNZ2157XHZZ VHVTNO 7G471 1 Aud du Bridge diode 0R5G4B42 Transformer 600Q Varistor TNR7G471KT2 VHVTNO7G471 1 Varistor TNR7G471KT2 VHVTNO7G101 1 Varistor TNR7G101KT2 VHEHZS2C1 1 Zener diode HZS2C1 VHEHZS2C1 1 Zener diode HZS2C1 VHEHZ27 1 1 Zener diode HZ27C VHEHZS2C1 1 VHEHZS2C1 1 VHE1ZC15 1 Zener diode HZS2C1 Zener diode HZS2C1 205 206 Zener diode 1ZC15 VHEMTZJ8 2B 1 Zener diode MTZJ8 2B ZD7 Unit DCEKL341BSC02 2 rm w UJ w UJ W W W D TEL Liu 2 PWB unit 20 P ower supply PWB unit 0AV1540000003 Capacitor 250WV 0 1uF C701 0AV1540000004 Capacitor 250WV 0 0474 F C702 w N 0AV1610000046 Capacitor 470PF KC 470PF KC Capacitor 200WV 560uF 0AV1390000105 0AV1610000045 Capacitor 1KWV 100PF 0AV1390000109 Capacitor 35WV 47uF 0AV1610000054 Capacitor 50WV 0 0474 F CO N D OF 0AV1610000060 Capacitor 50WV 220PF lt a 0AV1474720090 Capacitor 100WV 0 0047uF
197. TV2AB330J VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB472J Resistor 1 10W 2700 5 Resistor 1 10W 33Q 5 Resistor 1 10W 4 7KQ R334 VRS TV2AB103J Resistor 1 10W TOKO a VRS TV2AB271J Resistor 1 10W 2700 5 VRS TV2AB271J Resistor 1 10W 2700 5 VRS TV2AB151J VRS TV2AB151J 558 VRS TV2AB151J VRS TV2AB151J Resistor 1 10W 1509 5 Resistor 1 10W 1509 5 Resistor 1 10W 150Q 5 Resistor 1 10W 1509 5 R344 559 VRS TV2AB100J 560 VRS TV2AB100J Resistor 1 10W 150Q 5 R345 Resistor 1 10W 10Q 5 R346 Resistor 1 10W 10Q 5 R347 PRICE NEW NO PARTS CODE RANK MARK RANK DESCRIPTION FO 6600U 16 Control PWB unit 561 VRS TV2AB100J 562 VRS TV2AB100J 563 VRS TV2AB100J ool O Ol 564 VRS TV2AB100J VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB100J VRS TV2AB100J VRS TV2AB100J VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB472J VRS TV2AB513J VRS TV2AB000J A 573 VRS TV2AB271J AA 5 4 VRS TV2AB271J AA 575 VRS TV2AB271J 576 VRS TV2AB271J 577 VRS TV2AB302J 578 VRS TV2AB332J 579 VRS TV2AB332J 580 VRS TV2AB332J 582 VRS TV2AB561J 583 VRS TV2AB105J 584 VRS TV2AB101J 585 VRS TV2AB472J 586 VRS TV2AB100J 587 VRS TV2AB100J VRS TV2AB100J VRS TV2AB184J VRS TV2AB204J VRS TV2AB104J VR
198. V vs VMB Pin1 VM VMB VMA ov IMP IMX IM MOTOR CURRENT 0A 5 15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 OUTPUT STAGE i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t V V sat T OFF 0 69 RtCt Fig 4 FO 6600U LH28F016SUT IC6 Terminal descriptions Name and function Byte select address The device selects the low order or high order byte in the x8 mode Not used in the x16 mode The input circuit is not activated since Byte is high Word select address One word is selected in the 64 KByte block These addresses are latched in the data writing operation Block select address 1 32 erasion block is selected These addresses are latched when data writing erasion or lock block is activated DQs DQis Low order byte data input output Data and command input in the command user interface writing cycle When various data are read the memory array page buffer identifier and status data are output It is floated when the chip is not selected or output is disable High order byte data input output Same function as the low order byte data input output Operable in the x16 mode alone It is floated in the x8 mode CEo CE 4 Chip enable The control logic input butter decoder and sense amplifier are made to be active The chip is active only when both CEo and CE4 are at low RP Reset power down The device is brought int
199. V 2200PF Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF C240 159 VCKYTV1HB103K 160 VCCCTV1HH120J o O O Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF C241 Capacitor 50WV 0 01uF C243 Capacitor 50WV 12PF C245 FO 6600U NO PARTS CODE DESCRIPTION 16 C ontrol PWB unit 161 VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF C247 162 VCKYTV1HB821K Capacitor 50WV 820PF C248 163 VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF C249 164 VCKYTV1HF104Z VCKYTV1HB821K VCKYTV1HB821K Capacitor 50WV 0 1uF Capacitor 50WV 820PF Capacitor 50WV 820PF C250 VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1HF104Z Capacitor BOWV 0 1uF VCKYTV1HB821K Capacitor 50WV 820PF VCKYTV1HB222K Capacitor 50WV 2200PF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF 50WV 2200PF 17 175 VCCCTV1HH100D 176 VCCCTV1HH120J 177 VCKYTV1EF104Z 178 VCKYTV1EF104Z 179 VCKYTV1HB222K 180 VCKYTV1HB222K VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1HB222K VCCCTV1HH6RO0C VCKYTV1CF105Z VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1EF104Z VCCSTV1HL102J VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1CF105Z VCKYTV1EF104Z
200. VTNO7G101 1 Varistor TNR7G101KT2 Zener diode HZS2C1 VHEHZ27 1 1 Zener diode HZ27C VHEHZS2C1 1 Zener diode HZS2C1 VHEHZS2C1 1 Zener diode HZS2C1 VHE1ZC15 1 Zener diode 1ZC15 VHEMTZJ8 2B 1 Zener diode MTZJ8 2B Unit DCEKL341BSC01 19 TEL Liu 2 PWB unit VHVRA391PV6 1 Varistor QTANZ2042SCZZ Terminal VCEAGA1HW105M Capacitor BOWV 1 0uF VCEAGA1EW476M Capacitor 25WV 47uF VCEAGA1EW476M Capacitor 25WV 47uF VCEAGA1HW475M Capacitor 50WV 4 7uF VCEAGA1HW475M VCEAGA1HW225M B C C C C C C C Capacitor 50WV 4 7uF Capacitor 50WV 2 2uF Capacitor 50WV 0 33uF RC FZ2021SCZZ Capacitor 250WV 0 82uF VCKYPU1HB103K Capacitor 50WV 0 010uF VCEAGA1HW225M Capacitor 50WV 2 2uF VCEAGA1HW105M Capacitor 50WV 1 0uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 10uF VCKYTV1EF104Z C C C C C C C C Capacitor 25WV 0 10uF Capacitor 50WV 220PF K VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 10uF VCKYTV1HB471K Capacitor 50WV 470PF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 10uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 10uF VCKYTV1HB333K Capacitor 50WV 0 033uF VCKYTV1HB331K K VCKYTV1HB333K C C C C C Capacitor 50WV 330PF Capacitor 25WV 0 10uF Capacitor 50WV 1000PF Capacitor 50WV 0 033uF VCKYTV1EF104Z
201. W0502A Diode HRW0502A 279 VHDHRWO502A 1 Diode HRW0502A 280 VHDHRW0502A 1 Diode HRW0502A 281 VHDHRW0502A 1 m oO o o O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 9 O O O O O O D O D D 9 9 O O O O O O O O Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt p gt gt gt gt gt gt gt p gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt X gt gt p gt gt P gt gt gt gt Diode HRW0502A 282 VHVCCP2E30 1 IC protector CCP2E30 283 VHVCCP2E20 1 gt m IC protector CCP2E20 284 VHVCCP2E30 1 VHIALS163BNS VHIKM68512G5L IC protector CCP2E30 IC KM68512ALG 5L VHIR288F24 1 IC R288F 24 VHIHD7021606A IC HD6437021C21X QSOCZ2051SC32 IC socket 32pin VHI27040FBQ1C IC EPROM 4M VHILH28F016SU IC LH28FO16SUT VHI4M16SOJ 70 VHIALS32NS 1 VHIKM68512G5L QSOCZ2058SC40 IC 40 VHI27040FBROB IC EPROM 256Kx16 QSOCZ2051SC32 IC socket 32pin VHI27040FBQOC IC EPROM 4M VHI18160 6 7 IC HM5118160AF 7 VHIHD7021606A E 301 VHILZ9FJ37 1 AY BG 302 VHI4M16SOJ 70 IC HD6437021C21X IC LZ9FJ37A 303 VHIIDT7130 55 IC IDT7130SA55PF 304 VHIIDT7140 55 IC IDT7140SA55PF 305 VHILR38292 1 IC LR38292 306 VHIHD813201F1 IC HD
202. W0992563401 OKW0992580602 0KWO0992605202 9 55 10 56 AB 0KW0992605301 12 39 A 0KW9735030813 9 75 G 0KWO0992605413 10 8 AQ 10 55 OKW0992605501 10 19 AU 0KW9735031213 OKW0992605601 10 5 AN 0KW9739030613 OKW0992606101 10 38 AN 0KW9739030813 8 22 AB 0KW0992606604 12 20 AQ B OKWO0992606801 9 68 AQ E 10 54 OKW0992610401 931 BF 11 23 OKW0992622201 939 AV N 7 12 41 OKW9733031013 0KW9733031413 0KW9735030613 oo olojo que 10 58 11 24 OJ Oo N N gt O O O O O O O w oo gt gt gt w w w w W w W OKW0992650501 12 31 BE 78 0KW0992671501 12 26 10 57 13 35 0KW0997605101 10 51 0KW9742031013 1047 1337 AB 0KW0997610201 8 4 BC 0KW9770030613 13 38 AC OKW0997621204 0KW9770030813 AG 0KW0997630101 0KW1200123602 OKW1200312003 0KW4150010103 0KW4150010203 0KW4150020201 0KW4150020301 0KW4150102902 0KW4150104301 0KW4150180103 0KW4150180201 0KW4150180303 0KW4150180714 0KW4150180812 T us 0 1 j x S T T x j S OKW4150180912 OKW4150181012 OKW4150181301 OKW4150181502 OKW4150181703 x j S gt gt gt gt gt w w w ooo oo 0KW0992731201 12 40 0KWO0997231203 10 49 gt gt S gt gt ZiM TI mi olo o 0 w OO 0KW415
203. WB unit RS232C I F PWB unit CCD PWB unit Hardware parts Index S 2 Because parts marked with is indispensable for the machine safety maintenance and operation it must be replaced with the parts specifi to the product specification FO 6600U B14 1 Exterior etc 1 PARTS CODE PRICE NEW RANK MARK RANK FO 6600U DESCRIPTION 1 Exterior etc 1 CCNW 4276XH01 AC cord ass y CCNW 4557SC01 Speaker ass y CSW M2222SC01 Paper sensor ass y DCEKC081KSCZZ Mm m O C Control PWB unit Within ROM RS232C I F PWB unit TEL Liu 1 Hook switch PWB unit GCABB2276SCZZ Rear panel GCABL2272SCZZ Left side panel top GCABL2275SCZZ Left side panel bottom GCABR2273SCZZ Right side panel top GCABR2274SCZZ Right side panel bottom GCOVA2363SCZZ GCOVA2367SCZA z O 9 9 O O m Printer front cover Scanner cover Power supply PWB cover GCOVA2371SCZZ ROM cover GDAI 2074SCZZ Handset cover top GDAI 2075SCZZ Handset cover bottom GFTAF2110SCZZ I F cap GMADZ2024SCZZ Hopper window LBNDJ2007SCZZ O O O O O O O O Band 80mm Mini clamp UAMS 09 0 Edge holder LHLDW2157SCZZ Wire holder LPLTM2806SCZZ Bottom plate LPLTM2807SCZZ Left side chassis LPLTM2808SCZZ Right side chassis LPLTM2809SC
204. ZZ Top plate top LPLTM2810SCZZ O O O O O O O O Printer bracket Top plate bottom Inner tray LPLTP2812SCZB Paper setting plate MLEVP2229SCZZ Hook switch lever MSPRC2856SCZZ Hopper spring NGERP2287SCZZ Pinion gear PGIDP2454SCZZ Hopper guide right PGIDP2455SCZZ ool O O O O O O Hopper guide left Hopper PSHEZ3225SCZZ TEL Liu 1 PWB sheet QCNW 4558SCZZ Paper sensor cable QCNW 4559SCZZ Printer cable QCNW 4563SCZZ Power cable QCNW 4564SCZZ I F cable RDENT2115SCZZ O m O O O O O O Power supply PWB unit Wire holder Bottom plate bracket bottom PHOG 2073SCZZ Edging LPLTM2856SCZZ Bottom plate braket top LPLTM2854SCZZ TEL Liu PWB bracket QCNW 4668SCZZ Earth cable LHLDW0004SCZZ Clamp RCORF2064SCZZ Uo O O O O O O Core Core PSHEZ3264SCZZ Spacer TLABH4066SCZZ Paper setting plate label PSHEZ3267SCZA Inner tray sheet PTME 2051SCLZ Cassette lock plate left PTME 2051SCRZ Cassette lock plate right LBNDJ2006SCZZ PCUSS2103SCZZ olol O O O O O UJ Band 100mm Speaker cushion Left side top panel cushion PSHEZ3273SCZZ Hopper sheet FDA label TSPC 3741SCZZ Specifications label DCEKL341BSC02 TEL Liu 2 PWB unit QCNW 4781SCZZ TEL Liu 2 cable DCEKC082KSCZZ ojm O
205. ZZ RFILN2011SCZZ RFILN2011SCZZ RFILN2011SCZZ QJAKZ2060SCOB Jack MJ QJAKZ2061SCOD Jack MITEL VHPTLP521 1BL VHPTLP627 1 VS2SA1807 P 1 VS28C3415 P 1 Transistor 2SC3415 P VS2SD592A S 1 Transistor 2SD592A S VS2SD1266A15 Transistor 2SD1266A O TC114EK 1 Transistor D TC114EK 1 TC114EK 1 Transistor C114EK 1 C114EK 1 Transistor DT Transistor Transistor 2SC2412K 114 1 1 TC114EK 1 Transistor TC114EK 1 Transistor TC114EK 1 Transistor VS2SC2412KR 1 Transistor 28C2412K VSDTC114EK 1 VRD HT2HY223J VRD HT3AA133J Transistor DTC114EK Resistor 1W 13KQ 5 RR HZ3011SCZZ Resistor 1 2W 4 70 5 VRD HT2EY100J Resistor 1 4W 10Q 5 VRS TV2AB223J Resistor 1 10W 22KQ 5 VRS TV2AB103J Resistor 1 10W 10KQ 5 VRS TV2AB103J Resistor 1 10W 10KQ 5 VRS TV2AB113J VRS TV2AB273J VRS TV2AB753J Resistor 1 10W 11KQ 5 Resistor 1 10W 27KQ 5 VRS TV2AB104J Resistor 1 10W 100KQ 5 VRS TV2AB332J Resistor 1 10W 3 3KQ 5 VRS TV2AB000J Resistor 1 10W 0Q 5 VRS TV2AB822J Resistor 1 10W 8 2KQ 5 VRS TV2AB222J Resistor 1 10W 2 2KQ 5 VRS TV2AB223J VRS TV2AB223J Resistor 1 10W 22KQ 5 Resistor 1 10W 22KQ 5 Resisto
206. ace with bare hands 2 Remove the harness cover 3 Remove the fusing entrance guide 4 Remove the Fusing Unit 4 screws NOTE After reinstalling the Fusing Unit check the direction of the bush ings on the Paper Exit Roller and the connection condition between the Roller and the ground plate FO 6600U 9 tem 1 Remove the Thermistor TH1 1 screw NOTE When reinstalling the Thermistor wire the harness as shown below 2 Release the lock of the holder and remove the three paper separators NOTE When reinstalling the paper separators be careful of these positions as the middle one differs from the others FO 6600U K Paper exit sensor 1 Remove the Paper Exit Sensor PC3 Remove the two G rings from the Fusing Unit NOTE When reinstalling the G rings Be careful of the direction Securely position them into the grooves of the Fusing Roller FO 6600U E Fusing roller and Thermostat 1 Remove the Upper Fusing Roller drive gear 2 Remove the Upper Fusing Roller NOTE When reinstalling the Roller be careful not to damage the Roller surface by the unit frame 3 Take out the Lower Fusing Roller 4 Remove the Thermostat S3 2 screws FO 6600U 2 Print head unit 1 Open the Upper Unit 2 Remove the Left Front and Right Covers 3 Unplug the connectors from PWB A 4 Cut the Tie Band 5 Remo
207. ake Up Solenoid Transmits the drive of the Main Motor to the Paper Take Up Roller Heater Lamp Thermistor A halogen lamp that supplies heat to the Upper and Lower Fusing Rollers Detects the temperature of the Upper Fusing Roller Power ON OFF Switch Turns ON or OFF the printer Interlock Switch Thermostat Detects the opening or closing of the Upper Unit Cuts off the current to H1 when blown Paper Take Up Sensor Detects when paper is picked up and the paper size The signal is L when the paper is detected Paper Exit Sensor Detects when the paper is fed out The signal is L when the paper is detected 2nd Transport PWB Connects the printer and the Second Tray 3rd Transport PWB Connects the printer and the Third Tray FO 6600U 5 ELECTRICAL SERVICE PARTS ON P W BOARDS P W Board Symbol Function PWB F VR1 2 Factory settings Power Unit protection fuse 120V AC125V 5A Positioning adjustment of the start of image Refer to Adjustment section
208. alftone mode upper voltage setting terminal for AD PHCAP A When setting the external gain minus input of input pre amp A Video signal input Internal reference voltage smoothing terminal External capacitor 1mF connection A Voltage output for VRHF and VRLM generation Terminal voltage 3 65V Analog GND power supply Digital GND power supply D Control input for sample hold L Sample H Hold D Reference clock input for AD converter D AD converter data output BO LSB D AD converter data output B1 D AD converter data output B2 D AD converter data output B3 D AD converter data output B4 D AD converter data output B5 MSB D Control input for DC clamp L Clamp D Binary setting voltage switching control input for AGC H Binary minimum limit L AVO D Halftone binary setting voltage switching terminal for AGC H Halftone L Binary minimum limit AVO D External capacitor discharge control input for AGC L Discharge Digital VCC power supply Analog VCC power supply Note 16 The abbreviations in the column of Type S are as follows IN Input OUT Output I O Input Output A Analog D Digital PS Power supply pin 8 12 FO 6600U IC106 118 VHiALSO4BNS 1 SN74ALS04BNS IC107 108 VHiALS32NS 1 SN74ALS32NS IC101 132 VHiALSO8NS 1 SN74ALSO8NS 1C133 VHIALS20ANS 1 SN74ALS20ANS
209. alues Select the above items 1 2 and 3 with the gt lt and keys and set the values with the and keys The values can be set in the range of 3 0 mm to 3 0 mm at the 0 1 mm intervals While the and key is continuously pressed one second or more the setting value is automatically increased decreased in the range between the upper and lower limits Input the quality selection key and the value will be respectively set corresponding to the selected image quality Here the interme diate tone is the same as for the setting value of FINE 0 0 mm is default for all Drive conditions of motor 4 Motor 5 Phase 6 Slow up 7 Slow down Specify the above values Select the above items 4 thru 7 with the gt lt and keys and select the setting value with the ten key Setting values 4 6 steps 5 Selection of one mode from 1 2 phase 2 phase and micro step 6 3 steps 7 3 steps Input the quality selection key and the value will be respectively set corresponding to the selected image quality Here the interme diate tone is the same as for the setting value of FINE 1 TOP 2 BOTTOM 3 LEFT 4 MOTOR 5 PHASE 6 SLOW UP 7 SLOW DOWN 22 Dial test mode The mode is used to inspect whether dialing is accurate in two kinds of dial modes gt lt All data which can be dialed in this mode are automati cally called up in both PB mode and DP mode When this mode is
210. and Polygon Motor Aeee M2 i Ist 790 1300 I dg I I t 2 2670 3080 Paper Take Up Sensor PC1 eS eee DS S s Paper Take Up Sole i hod noid SL1 SL2 150 te Main Motor M1 L 2310 Drum charge Laser exposure of m 1 Development 1st 1510 5007 2ad 1680 300 Image transfer n FO 6600U 3 Disassembly and assembly procedures This chapter mainly describes the disassembly procedures For the assembly procedures reverse the disassembly procedures Easy and simple disassembly assembly procedures of some parts and units are omitted For disassembly and assembly of such parts and units refer to the Parts List The numbers in the illustration the parts list and the flowchart in a same section are common to each other To assure reliability of the product the disassembly and the assembly procedures should be performed carefully and deliberately The part where the mounting screws are painted in red See page 3 31 Left side panel speaker and handset cover Parts list Fig 1 Part name Mechanism unit Screw 3x10 Connector Left side panel top unit Screw 3x10 Left side panel bottom Screw 3x10 Washer 03 Speaker Part name Screw 3x10 Handset cover unit Left side panel top Screw 3x8 Handset cover bottom Screw 3x8 Hook switch PWB Hook switch lever z S
211. arted LED s will se quentially come on It is used to check all LED s Press any other key except STOP key At this time the name of each key will be displayed every push of the key However if any key is pressed with the page plate opened it will be equal to a press of key 32 with the page plate opened Finally press the STOP key If all keys can be input the key input ALL KEY will be dis played when the STOP key is ended The screen will be all displayed in black and the test result will be printed In this test it is okayed if all the other keys except STOP key have been pressed from start of the test to its end the STOP key is pressed If any key is skipped it will be regarded as KEY ERROR and the name of the key not pressed will be printed on the list as the result This will complete printing ftheten key pad is used to input in this mode DTMF corresponding to the pressed key is sent out continuously lines 1 2 simultaneously 7 Optical adjust mode The document reading LED is turned on 8 Product check The diagnosis is used in the production process After shift to the mode the following operations are sequentially exe cuted At this time the sensor of read error can be checked by feed ing the B3 document Set up one short document of B4 size CD Memory clear Same as Diagnosis 11 2 Panel test Same as Diagnosis 06 Dial test Same as Diagnosis 24 Document feed
212. assette lock plate Ww N Z Screw 3 6 Top plate top Edging Screw 3x6 Right side chassis Screw 3x6 Left side chassis O O l A N s Q C FO 6600U transport unit lower unit Parts list Fig 14 No 1 Screw 3x6 Part name 2 3rd transport unit 3 Lower chassis unit E Lower chassis unit and bottom plate Parts list Fig 15 Part name K No z o Lower chassis unit Screw 3x6 FO 6600U Part name Top plate bottom Foot Edging Bottom plate brac 1 ket bottom 12 Screw 3x6 2 1 11 13 Cassette lock plate left Oo A O Pp Cassette lock plate right Screw 3x6 Right side chassis Screw 3x6 Foot l wo al Left side chassis Screw 3x6 A o N Bottom plate lower FO 6600U Wire treatment Scanner frame unit CCD cable Verification cable Document Front sensor cable Transfer sensor cable LED cable Document Front sensor cable Transfer sensor CCD cable CONTROL PWB Transmission motor cable TEL Liu 2 cable Front sensor Transfer sensor sensor Rib Rib LT
213. ator or a printing impossible error oc curs Blank paper aging mode In the mode printing is continued in the whole white white paper printing pattern until the STOP key is pressed by the operator In the printing area Whole black printing aging mode In the mode printing is continued in the whole black whole black printing pattern until the STOP key is pressed by the operator In the printing area FO 6600U Rapid key 6 Bias adjust mode The mode is used to adjust the printing density of the printed image The image printing density is adjustable in six steps of 1 to 6 For details refer to the following table For selection use the keys 1 thru 6 Image printing density Thin lt Default value Rapid key 7 Life set mode The mode is used to set the life counter of the printer and the counter of the auto feeder at desired values For setting proceed with the following procedure CD When the life counter setting mode is selected the following will be is displayed key gt lt key LIFE2 000123 LIFE3 000123 The cursor blinks at the top data Seven counters can be selected with the and gt lt keys In the state D input a desired setting number of 6 digits with the ten key After input of 6 digits shift to another counter with the and gt lt keys as necessary When all necessary counters are completely in put
214. bs on each side of the cartridge move along the two guides on each side of the compartment Press the handle down so that the cartridge sets into place Place the old toner cartridge if you removed one in the empty toner cartridge bag seal the bag and dispose of it in a way that conforms to any local regulations that may exist in your area If you replace the toner cartridge reset the toner counter by pressing the LIFE key flip up the Rapid Key overlay if necessary the 2 key and the START key LIFE START EE R2 If you replace the drum cartridge reset the drum counter by pressing the LIFE key flip up the Rapid Key overlay if necessary the 3 key and the START key LIFE START asam u 3 Assembly and connections Connect the handset cord to the handset and the fax as shown The ends of the handset cord are identical so they will go into either jack Place the handset on the handset rest N Use the handset to make ordinary phone calls or to transmit and receive documents manually 2 Connect the LINE 1 jack and the LINE 2 jack to the appropriate wall jacks with the telephone line cords The wall jacks should be stand ard RJ11C single line wall jacks for separate lines Note Voice communications manual fax transmission and manual fax reception are only possible on Line 1 The fax machine will only ring
215. citor 16WV 1uF Capacitor 16WV 1uF VCCCTV1HH150J Capacitor 50WV 15PF VCCCTV1HH100D Capacitor 50WV 10PF VCCCTV1HHS3ROC Capacitor 50WV 3PF VCKYTV1EB104K VCCSTV1HL181J VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF Capacitor 50WV 180PF Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1CF225Z Capacitor 16WV 2 2uF VCKYTV1HB222K Capacitor 50WV 2200PF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCCCTV1HH220J VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 50WV 22PF Capacitor 50WV 22PF Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1CF105Z Capacitor 16WV 1uF VCKYTV1CF105Z Capacitor 16WV 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1CF105Z Capacitor 16WV 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1CF105Z VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF Capacitor 16WV 1uF C133 Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1CF105Z Capacitor 16WV 1uF VCKYTV1EB104K Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EB104K VCKYTQ1EB104K Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTQ1EB104K VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF C141 Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1CF105Z Capacitor 16WV 1uF VCKYTV1CF105Z Capacitor 16WV 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacit
216. d Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Secure billing code 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 Pause with Z key Oj ojojojlojojoj ojojoloojoj 2j j jojlojojoj ojoj j ojojojojoj oj 2 Only when special billing code is given Reserved Z key pause time 250 ms unit Binary input No EX 16 4 0 0 eg Pause time 250 ms Time n 1 x 250 ms Only when the special billing code is given The ordinary pause is not affected Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved CO NI O BR Oo N Reserved ojojojo 25 2 2 2 FO 6600U Switch setting and function Initial setting Remarks z k Reserved 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserve
217. d Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Rewa 3 j Sr b O a o lO oO CO N CO OD OI CO CO OD Oo CO PO SNI Oo BY GO IO FO 6600U z Switch setting and function Initial setting Remarks F A S T RMS mode F A S T RMS line Off LINE 1 Day light saving time feature Off Separate mode Reserved Off OPTION Reserved CNG send when manual TX Ringer of line 2 Off Off CO N BY OJN Reserved Addition of header to various lists Relay instruction transmission line specification Without Information Information addition of line 1 of line 2 Without addition 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 Line 1 Line 2 1 Not used AUTO 1 1 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved
218. d off LED and displays LCD according to the control signals from the control PWB 6 Power supply PWB DC voltages 45V 12V 24V are produced from AC120V and are supplied to the printer unit and control PWB unit 7 RS232C I F PWB The voltage level of the interface signals to PC is converted 2 Circuit description of control PWB 1 General description The control PWB is composed of the following blocks D Main control block EPROM DRAM RTC block Image memory block Modem 1 block Reading process and mechanical control block Gate array A block Gate array B block CODEC block Page memory block F O 6600U Driver block Connector block CNSB 2 Access control block Sub 1 CPU block Sub 1 ROM DRAM block Dual port RAM 1 block Connector block CNLIU 00 Sub 1 access control block 2 Description of each block 1 Main control block The main control block uses RISC microprocessor HD6437021 as CPU being composed of ROM 1 MByte and DRAM 512 KByte 1 HD6437021 IC13 100 QFP main CPU The device is a microprocessor which integrates the peripheral func tions using CPU of 32 bit RISC type as the core In the instrument the following peripheral functions are mainly used ROM of 32 KByte and RAM of 1 KByte are integrated A part of programs are stored in the integrated ROM DMA controller 4 channels are provided and 2 channels alone are used ch 0 Used t
219. de HRW0502A 243 VHDHRWO502A 1 Diode HRW0502A 244 VHDHRW0502A 1 245 VHDHRW0502A 1 246 VHDHRW0502A 1 gt gt gt gt gt w W D Diode HRW0502A Diode HRW0502A 247 VHDHRWO502A 1 Diode HRW0502A 248 VHDHRW0502A 1 Diode HRW0502A 249 VHDHRWO0502A 1 Diode HRW0502A 250 VHDHRWO502A 1 Diode HRW0502A 251 VHDHRWO502A 1 Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Diode HRW0502A 252 VHD1SS355 1 253 VHD1SS355 1 254 VHDHRWO502A 1 255 VHDDAP202U 1 Diode DAP202U 256 VHD1SS355 1 Diode 1SS355 257 VHDHRWO502A 1 Diode HRW0502A 258 VHDHRWO502A 1 Diode HRW0502A 259 VHDHRWO502A 1 Diode HRW0502A 260 VHDHRW0502A 1 261 VHDHRW0502A 1 262 VHDHRW0502A Diode HRW0502A Diode HRW0502A 263 VHDHRWO502A 1 Diode HRW0502A 264 VHDHRW0502A 1 Diode HRW0502A 265 VHDHRW0502A 1 Diode HRW0502A 266 VHDHRW0502A 1 Diode HRW0502A 267 VHDHRWO502A 1 Diode HRW0502A 268 VHDHRW0502A 1 269 VHDHRW0502A 1 270 VHDHRWO502A Diode HRW0502A Diode HRW0502A 271 VHDHRWO0502A 1 Diode HRW0502A 272 VHDHRWO502A 1 Diode HRW0502A 273 VHDHRWO502A 1 Diode HRW0502A 274 VHDHRWO502A 1 Diode HRW0502A 275 VHDHRWO502A 1 Diode HRW0502A 276 VHDHRWO502A 1 277 VHDHRWO502A 1 Diode HRW0502A 278 VHDHRWO502A Diode HR
220. de from the sys tem memory 1 HD813201F IC19 pin 80 6FP CODEC It operates at 16 MHz corresponding to the ceramic oscillator X4 of 16 MHz The image memory is commonly used as the page memory The image data of the draft read with the scanner in the page memory is contracted by MMR and is transferred to the system memory DRAM IC7 by the DMA transfer function of CPU Moreover the image data transferred in the DMA mode from the system memory are demodulated with MMR and are developed into the page memory 2 SN74LS374 1C126 pin 20 SOP The data hold time during writing from main CPU to HD813201F is as sured 3 SN74LS244 IC 128 pin 20 SOP When the main CPU reads the inner register of HD813201F it will read the data through this buffer A2 DO D7 MICRO SYSTEM PROGRAM BUS CONTROLLER DRQTO INTERFACE DACKIN CLKI PLL PROCESSING UNIT CIRCUIT E FIFOAch E FIFOBch D FIFOAch D FIFOBch IMAGE DATA DEMODULATING CIRCUIT PIXEL VARIATION DETECTION CIRCUIT IMAGE BUS INTERFACE IMAGE BUS CONTROLLER DBR CODER amp DECODER Fig 2 5 10 CONTINUOUS EOL DETECTION CIRCUIT BRQT BACLN DRQTI DACKON MA16 21 MA MDO 15 RTCL RTCH HD813201F IC19 Terminal descriptions Terminal No FO 6600U Function 56 If this terminal is at low level it indicates that MPU of system 88
221. e detection XGACSLO Chip select RTCIO RTC input output control XGABSL Chip select gate array B RTCCE RTC chip select XWR System write output RTCCK RTC data transfer clock XRD System read signal RTCDT RTC data input output XWRH System write high order byte signal VDD Power supply O O O XWRL System write low order byte signal GND Ground D15 System data input output PHIA CCD clock A FO 6600U LZ9FJ37A IC14 Terminal descriptions PIN y o Name Function PIN Name PHIB CCD clock B 154 RA3 A4 PHIR CCD reset signal 155 R Reading memory address output O XPHIT CCD T output 156 RA5 Reading memory address output Function Reading memory address output l XA3FRS Input port 157 RA6 Reading memory address output RA7 XB4FRS Input port Reading memory address output XFRSNS Input port XMDMRST Modem reset output XORGSNS Input port GND Ground XDRSNS Input port XPHISH Video sample hold XPHIBL Line clamp HTEN Half tone select output XGTW Peak hold gate XPGST Peak hold circuit clear ADCK ADC sampling clock output B7 Video data input B6 Video data input B5 Video data input B4 Video data input B1 Ground Video data input Video data input Reading memory address outp
222. e panel bottons gt lt The reception level can be adjusted by pressing the lt button when the handset is located in the off hook state 10 Signal selection The following signals are used to control the transmission line of TEL FAX signal For details refer to the signal selector matrix table See page 5 29 TELMUTE Controls the mute of handset voice transmission sig nal RCV MUTE Controls the mute of handset voice reception sig nal e SP MUTE Controls the mute of speaker amplifier MPXB Switches over the gain of reception amplifier H Amplifier gain decreased L Amplifier gain increased e Mutes the transmission drive amplifier H Selected when the telephone is being used or when the FAX signal is being transmitted L Selected when the FAX signal is being received F 0 6600U 11 Cl detection circuit The CI detection circuit detects the CI signals of 15 3 Hz to 68 Hz A CI signal which is provided to the photo coupler PC1 through the C15 0 82 uF R1 22 K R2 13K and 203 when the ring signal is inputted from the telephone line is filtered by the R137 and C9 and then transmitted to the control PWB through the Q110 DTC114 12 Power supply and bias circuits The voltages of 12V and 5V are supplied from the control PWB unit The IC104 of operational amplifier generates 6V bias voltage and supplies it to the IC104 106 105 FO 6600U Example Fax signal send
223. e speaker handset and ringer using the UP and DOWN keys on the operation panel flip up the Rapid Key over lay to access the keys Speaker The speaker has 3 volume levels HIGH MIDDLE and LOW To adjust the volume of the speaker press the SPEAKER key and then press the UP or DOWN key until the desired level appears in the display Press the SPEAKER key again to turn the speaker off Handset The handset receiver has 3 volume levels HIGH MIDDLE and LOW To adjust the volume of the handset receiver lift the handset and then press the UP or DOWN key until the desired level appears in the display Ringer The ringer has 4 volume levels HIGH MIDDLE LOW and OFF To adjust the volume of the ringer press the UP or DOWN key until the desired level appears in the display make sure the SPEAKER has not been pressed and the handset is not lifted The fax will ring at the new volume level each time you change the level If you select OFF press the START key to confirm your selection 4 Settings 1 Dial mode selector OPTION SETTING DIAL MODE Soft Switch No SW2 DATA No 1 Use this to set the fax machine to the type of telephone line you are on The factory setting is TONE OPTIONAL SETTING DIAL MODE Soft Switch No SW2 DATA No 1 for Line 1 No SW15 DATA No 1 for Line 2 Use this to set the fax machine to the type of telephone line you are on The factory setting is TONE step 1 Select OPTION SETTING KEY
224. e that the documents are of suitable size and thickness and free from creases folds curls wet glue Wet ink clips staples and pins 2 Place documents face down in the hopper i Adjust the document guides to the document width ii Align the top edge of documents and gently place them into the hopper The first page under the stack will be taken up by the feed roller to get ready for transmission NOTES 1 Curled edge of documents if any must be straighten out 2 Do not load the documents of different sizes and or thick nesses together 3 5 Documents requiring use of document carrier 1 Documents smaller than B6 128mm x 182mm 2 Documents thinner than the thickness of 0 06mm 3 Documents containing creases folds or curls especially those whose surface is curled maximum allowable curl is 5mm 4 Documents containing tears 5 Carbon backed documents Insert a white sheet of paper between the carbon back and the document carrier to avoid transfer of carbon to the carrier 6 Documents containing an easily separable writing material e g those written with a lead pencil 7 Transparent documents 8 Folded or glued documents Document in document carrier should be inserted manually into the feeder 4 Optical system 1 General view Reading line Transfer roller 2 Mirror 2 Document e Md Transfer roller 1 LED Lens
225. e these parts with specified ones for maintain ing the safety and performance of the set Gc A c Ps rn Ps This document has been published to be used SHARP CORPORATION for after sales service only The contents are subject to change without notice FO 6600U vi CONTENTS CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1 Specifications ence extet Sulu Mais a gap S e ERR RT e met e 1 1 2 Operation panel 0 rrr 1 2 3 Transmittable documents a I 1 4 4 Installation gu rer Retz pete Eee eive gue i en erased Rp ds 1 5 5 Quick reference guide Rh 1 10 CHAPTER 2 ADJUSTMENTS 4 Adjustimients nee i bet em dete xem anti eek bet Xie hace a uu tO CEU ek bd 2 1 2 Diagnostics and service soft switches 2 2 3 Troubleshooting aa a E E S E RR RI RI RR RR n 2 37 4 Error code 1858 z r noe de UR UCET we DX E epe D e erga 2 42 5 Overseas communication mode 2 43 CHAPTER 3 MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION 1 Mechanical description 2 Moons A AS S eb WE Rack ped 3 1 l2 Pru nterdescriptlOn e efte eh age o le e Like Bem pe OR DI DEG Reeve e ded 3 3 3 Disassembly assembly procedures
226. e to press the FUNCTION key prior to the START key If the FUNCTION key is not pressed but the START key is pressed it will operate in the same manner as in the existing auto feeder mode If the START key is pressed the FUNCTION key will be invalid hereafter Therefore the display mode of the distance between pages and the existing mode can not be changed While the sending paper is read the image quality key can be input STD FINE S FINE modes are usable However the same operation of FINE will be selected if the intermediate tone is set The image quality the length of the sending page read the page distance to the next sending paper and the total of the sending papers read are shown on the display When the stop key is pressed or 100 sending papers are read the content shown on the display will be totally output as the list after the remaining sending papers are discharged 5 Aging mode If any document is set up in the first state when started copying will be executed If it is not set up check pattern 1 of the print diagnosis is output at the intervals of 1 time 60 minutes A total of 10 sheets are output 6 Panel check mode This is used to check whether each key is normally operated or not According to the key input LCD is displayed Moreover during exe cution the document reading lamp is turned on When PANEL CHECK MODE is displayed press the START key The test will be started When the test is st
227. eception circuit as the side tone Also this circuit is operated with the analog switch IC104 as a half duplex circuit while the FAX is be ing used and as a full duplex circuit while the telephone is being used The C11 C115 C120 C116 and C112 suppress the radio pickup from the handset 7 Signal selection The following signals are used to control the transmission line of TEL FAX signal For details refer to the signal selector matrix table See page 5 29 MPX B Switches over the gain of reception amplifier H Amplifier gain decreased L Amplifier gain increased MPX A Mutes the transmission drive amplifier H Selected when the telephone is being used or when the FAX signal is being transmitted L Selected when the FAX signal is being received 8 CI detection circuit The CI detection circuit detects the CI signals of 15 3 Hz to 68 Hz A CI signal which is provided to the photo coupler PC1 through the C15 0 82 uF R1 22 K R2 13K and ZD3 when the ring signal is inputted from the telephone line is filtered by the R137 and C9 and then transmitted to the control PWB through the Q110 DTC114 9 Power supply and bias circuits The voltages of 12V and 5V are supplied from the control PWB unit The IC104 of operational amplifier generates 6V bias voltage and supplies it to the IC104 106 105 FO 6600U Example Fax signal send MPXA YoML VREF
228. eet RCORF2063SCZZ Core Unit DCYOD495ASC01 Optical unit 6 unit Motor plate NERSE Z Reduction gear 14 50 NGERH2324SCZZ Idler gear 70 NGERH2326SCZZ Idler gear 45 NGERH2330SCZZ Slowdown gear QCNW 4560SCZZ Electro static discharger cable QCNW 4668SCZZ O O O O O O O Earth cable Transfer motor FO 6600U 7 Scanner frame unit 8 Housing unit PRICE NEW PARTS CODE RANK MARK RANK FO 6600U DESCRIPTION 7 Scanner frame unit CBSHP2079SC01 Paper feed clutch unit CROLP2300SC01 Pinch roller CSW M2222SC01 Transfer sensor ass y LBSHC2084SCZZ OO O C Bushing Scanner frame LPLTM2813SCZZ Scanner frame bracket front LPLTM2814SCZZ Scanner frame bracket rear MSPRP2838SCZZ Earth plate spring 1 MSPRP2839SCZZ Earth plate spring 2 MSPRP2840SCZZ Earth plate spring 3 MSPRP2841SCZZ 13 MSPHP2850SCZZ 14 ool O O O O O O Stopper spring Pinch roller spring 2 Transfer gear 1 NGERH2319SCZZ ADF transfer gear NGERH2320SCZZ Transfer idler gear NGERH2322SCZZ ADF paper feed gear NGERH2323SCZZ Paper feed gear NROLR2337SCZZ D gt gt gt gt gt p gt S S gt Transfer
229. emarks Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved QI BR WO NI Oo o lO Oo BR CO N O OI BR Oo Reserved Printing when toner empty Printing Stop O O Ol Oy OO Oj jO O OF OF CO OF OF OS OF CO OF OF CO O CO CO CO O O O CO CO CO CO CO CO O Reduction of print data 94 92 88 86 73 72 No 6 No 7 No 8 The number in is applicable for the footer print on AUTO Is equivalent to 100 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved NIS on NN I N Reserved Reserved O O OOOI IOO O OI OG IO FO 6600U Switch setting and function Initial setting Remarks Reserved 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Rese
230. er unit 139 MA20 138 137 MA19 MA18 136 MA17 135 133 MA16 MAD15 132 MAD14 131 130 MAD13 MAD12 129 MAD11 128 127 MAD10 MAD9 126 MAD8 124 123 MAD7 MAD6 122 MAD5 121 120 MAD4 MAD3 119 MAD2 118 117 MAD1 MADO Address of image bus of HD813201F Address data of image bus of HD813201F Input mode is selected when HD813201F gets an access to image bus MAENB L Data bus to memory page memory is selected when gate array LR38292 gets an access to the image bus XIN Clock input quartz oscillator connection XOUT Clock output quartz oscillator connection Address bus of line memory for smoothing contracting 155 DA11 154 153 DA10 DA9 152 DA8 151 150 DA7 DA6 149 DAS 148 147 DA4 DA3 146 DA2 145 144 DA1 DAO Address bus to memory of image bus page memory When HD813201F gets an access to the image bus address of MA21 thru MA16 MAD15 thru MAD1 are converted to Row Column address in the page memory DRAM and output When gate array LR38292 gets an access to the image bus Row Column address is output to the page memory DRAM Data bus of line memory for smoothing contracting 156 E 157 DWEB Write signal to memory page memory DRAM of image b
231. er volume The calling sound volume of CI signal receiving is set SW28 No 7 No 8 Reserved Set to 0 SW29 No 1 Line to be used in PC I F mode The line to communicate in the PC I F mode is set SW29 No 2 PC I F mode PC I F mode The interface with the personal computer is selected SW29 No 3 Auto receive with PC I F Automatic receiving of I F mode Which receives the call is determined SW29 No 4 No 8 Reserved Set to 0 SW30 No 1 No 2 Reserved Set to 0 SW30 No 3 Continuous serial polling Turns on off the continuous polling function SW30 No 4 No 5 Dialing interval in continuous serial polling Used to set continuous serial polling interval time SW30 No 6 No 7 Reserved Set to 0 SW30 No 8 Quick on line It is selected whether auto dial call is activated in the memory input mode when one document is completely read or when all pages are completely read SW31 No 1 No 4 Reserved Set to 0 SW31 No 5 Reserved Set to 1 SW31 No 6 Reserved Set to 0 SW31 No 7 Reserved Set to 1 SW31 No 8 Reserved Set to 0 FO 6600U SW32 No 1 Print hold When set to 1 the print hold function is enabled SW32 No 2 Document transmission in Super G3 mode Refer to Page 2 44 When this switch is set to 1 even if documents are sent the com munication in the super G3 mode is possible In case of 0 document transmission is made at a rate of 14 4 kbps or below V 17 V 33 V
232. erTake Up Sensor PC1 2 Laser malfuction All elements except the Exit Fan Motor M3 are deactivated when the malfunctions described below are detected The LDVR1 signal or LDVT2 signal deviates from the specified value while the laser power is adjusted LDVR1 LDVR2 These signals are to adjust the laser drive current 3 Polygon motor malfunction 1 The SSCAN signal has not been entered once within 1 sec after the Polygon Motor is energized The number of Polygon Motor rotations has not stabilized within by 4 2 sec after the Motor is energized The number of Polygon Motor rotations has exceeded 3 for more than 0 5 sec after the Motor is energized and the rotation number stabilizes within 0 596 4 Fusing malfunction 1 The temperature detected by the Thermistor has not risen 20 C for 50 mmsec within 12 to 30 sec after the warming up This detec tion applies only when the Thermistor detecting temperature is 90 C or less The Thermistor detecting temperature has not reached to 172 C within 60 sec after warming up Except in the Pause Mode the Thermistor detecting temperature during the idle state has fallen to 80 C or lower for 50 msec or the temperature during printing has fallen to 133 C or lower The Thermistor detecting temperature has exceeded 193 C for 50 msec during temperature control Pause Mode During this mode the control temperature is de creased to save power during the
233. ey First press the FUNCTION key the appropriate numeric key as shown and then or gt lt until the desired item appears Instructions for making each setting appear in the display Refer to the detailed instructions on the page shown below 2 3 Reception Listing Mode Entry Mode Mode Cg Activity Report Fax Tel Numbers for V Timer List Auto Dialing the setting FUNCTION Optional Settings Fine Resolution Priority Number of Rings in Telephone Passcode Number Auto Answer Mode Number List Own Number Relay Group List Name Set Passcode List Date and Time r and Number of Rings to Auto Manual Answer Auto Listing Option Setting id Transaction Report List Day Light Saving Print Select LrogramiGreup ID Number Recall Times Recall Wait Interval Batch System Number Transmission List Security Selection Store Junk Fax Department Number ECM Usage List Department Auto cover Sheet Contidential Code Mode Reception List Anti Junk Fax Number List 1 Note Steps which optional are enclosed in a dotted frame Memory Scanning Copy Reduce Copy Cut off Receive Reduce Image Memory Print Cassette Selection Cassette Changeover RESOLUTION emm Transmitting documents Normal Dialing 1 document Wait for reception tone Retransmission Times Retransmission Interval Heater Mode Junk Fax Check Alarm Buzzer Dial Mode Quick on Line Multi TTI Bee
234. f black lines during duplex scan SW71 No 5 No 8 All white page detection When transmission scanning Ratio of black and white during duplex scan SW72 No 1 No 4 Black line detection When copy scanning Number of continuous judgements of black lines during duplex scan SW72 No 5 No 8 White page detect When copy scanning Ratio of black and white during duplex scan SW73 No 1 Reserved Set to 1 SW73 No 2 No 7 Reserved Set to 0 SW73 No 8 Reserved Set to 1 SW74 No 1 Reserved Set to 0 SW74 No 2 No 3 Reserved Set to 1 SW74 No 4 No 8 Reserved Set to 0 SW75 No 1 Reserved Set to 0 SW75 No 2 Reserved Set to 1 SW75 No 3 No 8 Reserved Set to 0 SW76 No 1 No 5 Reserved Set to 1 SW76 No 6 No 8 Reserved Set to 0 SW77 No 1 No 8 Reserved Set to 0 SW78 No 1 Secure billing code When the Tel Billing Code function is ON the operation of SECURE BILLING CODE is enabled SW78 No 2 Pause with Z key The pause corresponding to the Z key is inserted for Secure Billing Code input SW78 No 3 Reserved Set to 0 SW78 No 4 No 8 Z key pause time 250 ms unit The Z key pause time is set SW79 No 1 No 4 Reserved Set to 1 SW79 No 5 No 8 Reserved Set to 0 SWS80 No Set to 0 SWS80 No Set to 1 SWS80 No Set to 0 SWS80 No Set to 1 SWS80 No Set to 0 SWS81 No Set to 0 SWS81 No Set to 1
235. f data change This is also applicable for the optional setting In the following case it is inhibited to change the data with the key error buzzer When the print hold bus code is not registered the print hold func tion is turned from OFF to ON When the print hold function is on the print hold bus code is cleared When the memory is used because of substitutive receiving etc the print hold function is mutually turned on off OFF to ON of telephone billing function which is using the image memory is used Note In the existing set the telephone billing code function is specified from OFF to ON when the timer system com munication including the batch communication is set Here the memory is usable when the telephone billing code func tion is on It can be set from ON to OFF while the memory is used However if setting is practically changed even once it can not be returned from OFF to ON FO 6600U Mutual switch of ON OFF of PC interface function during opera tion of image memory When the PC interface board is not mounted Switch of OFF gt ON of the item of PC interface function and of FAX PC of the item of automatic receiving in the PC interface mode Note This supports not only the operation protect of the op tional setting and soft switch mode but also an example of the auto matic compensation of soft switch to OFF FAX when the power is turned on even if the PC PWB is removed when the optional se
236. he control is executed accord ing to the state of line where the equalizer setting is changed always SW22 No 4 Equalization freeze conditions Setting which specifies SW9 No 3 control only in condition of 7200bps modem speed SW22 No 5 Reserved Set to 0 SW22 No 6 CED detection time The detection time of the CED signal from the called side in the auto calling mode is set SW22 No 7 No 8 Reserved Set to 0 SW23 No 1 No 4 Reserved Set to 0 SW23 No 5 No 8 Distinctive ringing When the ringing setting is turned off all of the CI signal is received When any of the standard and ring patterns 1 through 3 is selected for the ringing setting only the selected Cl signal is received Cl signal patterns The Cl signal patterns consists of the standard pattern and ring pat terns 1 through 7 The standard pattern is the conventional one 28 E STANDARD 4S o Ld 28 1 58 3S 1S 4S 1 5S 0 5S _ 0 5S 4S RING 0 88 0 85 PATTERN 1 J for USA 0 55 45 RING 0 3S 0 8S 0 3S PATTERN 2 for USA 0 28 0 25 4S RING 0 48 0 4S 0 8S PATTERN 3 for USA 0 28 0 28 4S RING 15 1S PATTERN 1 for CANADA 0 5S 3 55 RING 0 5S 1S 0 5S PATTERN 2 for CANADA 0 58 0 55 35 RING 0 55 0 5S 1S PATTERN 3 for CANADA 0 58 0 55 3S
237. hen copy mode Continue Cut off OPTION Ng oO RI oO Scanning ratio in memory input Reduce o oO o Memory scanning Verification STAMP Invalid if not mounted Overseas communication mode selection function Refer to Page 2 44 Reduce ratio when copy mode 2 18 Switch setting and function FO 6600U Initial setting Reserved Reserved Density adjustment when Fine STD mode Deep when Dark mode Density adjustment when Half tone mode Deep when Dark mode HTF correction in Half tone mode MTF correction in Half tone mode Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved INI a BR Al PO H CO NJ OD C CO OD PO CO HT BR PO CO O O1 BR Oo o oO Reserved Reserved 2 19 FO 6600U Switch setting and function Initial setting R
238. ig 20 GND F O 6600U FO 6600U 6 Rectifying conditioning circuit VM 24V The high frequency pulse produced in the inverter circuit is dropped by the converter transformer T701 is rectified by the high frequency diode D707 and is moreover conditioned by C715 and 716 Fig 21 VOLTAGE epee EE S S ales ee FIERE 9 6 WAVEFORE 24V VOLTAGE WAVEFORE 0 Fig 22 7 3 terminal regulator circuit 12V system It is also called the dropper system VM system 24V is dropped to 12V with IC704 for stabilization Moreover the overcurrent protective circuit is a IC integrated type with the characteristic of letter IC 704 VM O O 12V 24V MG AG Fig 23 8 Chopper circuit 5V system The output voltage detected by R723 and R724 is input into the air am plifier by IC703 and is passed through the PWM comparator for PWA control of the output transistor in order to stabilize the output voltage The oscillating frequency is set at approx 100 kHz with the integrated oscillator Moreover the overcurrent protective circuit is an IC integrated type to drop the output for the overcurrent OFF ON ov 16703 ISW C703 O OO 5V 525 WAVEFORE ba R723 i id ba i it D709 1 i 1 ba R724 1 IC703 Ld MG O ISW WAVE FORE ov Fig 24 FO 6600U
239. ine station registered in entry mode It is the function that refused a recep tion in the case that TSI of remote machine matched with fax number of the station registered 0 No 1 Yes SW3 No 1 No 4 Number of rings for auto receive 0 No ring receive When the machine is set in the auto receive mode the number of rings before answering can be selected It may be set from one to nine rings using a binary number If the soft switch was set to 1 a direct connection is made to the facsimile If a facsimile If it was set to O accidentally receive ring is set to 1 If it was above 9 receive rings are set to 9 So this has to be corrected SW3 No 5 No 8 Switch to auto receive from manual receive 0 No switch Choice is made after how many rings in the manual receive mode it should be automatically change to auto answer mode or remain in the manual receive mode Entering the binary number 0 forces the machine to remain in the manual answer mode If a number between 1 and 9 is entered the machine will go into the answer mode after the given number of rings However it can be used as an ordinary telephone if the handset is taken off the hook before this programmed number is finished If entry of a number above 9 by accident it will be set to 9 In this case it must be corrected to the proper number SWA No 1 No 3 Communication results printout It is possible to obtain communication results after
240. ing printing Be careful not to touch them f you are installing the cartridges for the first time go to Step 4 If you are replacing the cartridges grasp the handle on the toner cartridge and pull the toner cartridge out of the compartment f you are only replacing the drum cartridge place the toner car tridge on a piece of paper on a horizontal surface Ifyou are only replacing the toner cartridge go to Step 6 FO 6600U Remove the new drum cartridge from its packaging Align the arrowhead on the right side of the drum cartridge the right side is marked R with the arrowhead pointing down on the right side of the compartment and insert the cartridge into the compart ment so that the ends of the cartridge move along the guides on the sides of the compartment Make sure the cartridge is set firmly in place Place the old drum cartridge if you removed one in the empty drum cartridge bag seal the bag and dispose of it in a way that conforms to any local regulations that may exist in your area Ifyou are not replacing the toner cartridge go to Step 7 Remove the new toner cartridge from its packaging and shake it several times as shown This ensures that the toner is well distributed inside the cartridge Hold the handle of the toner cartridge so that the 2 marked on the cartridge is to the right and insert the cartridge into the com partment that the two kno
241. input E Chip enable G Output enable GND Ground PGM Program DQ1 DQ8 Data output Program input VCC 5V power VPP 12 5V power Only in the program mode IC2 9 VHIKM68512G5L KM68512ALG 5L N C N C A14 A12 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 Al AO 1 01 1 02 1 03 Vss O Q N 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 Wee N Functi A15 ame unction 52 15 Address Inputs WE A13 WE Write Enable Input i CS1 CS2 Chip Select Input A11 OE Output Enable Input H OE l O1 1 O8 Date Input Output O A10 CS1 Vcc Power 1 08 Vss Ground B 1 07 N H os N C o Connection 1 05 1 04 8 11 IC116 VHINJU4051M 1 NJU4051BM FO 6600U Inhibit Controls o15 Common Out In Switches In Out VDD Pin 16 VSS Pin 8 VEE Pin7 IC124 129 VHIMC74HC74F MC74HC74AF x n PR 9 p a s 7 RSEN E um 16LR 2 16K 2 2 10 ia N FO 6600U IC25 VHiTLS1049 1 TLS1049 Terminal Name Function SEL Input pre amp gain switching terminal L Internal H External VREF AVO VRLM In the binary mode upper voltage minimum limit setting terminal for AD VRHF In the h
242. ircuit from the 390V or higher line surge Dial pulse generation circuit voltages 4 CML relay The VA1 and VA2 protect the circuit from the 470V or higher ver 5 Matching transformer tical surge voltages 6 Hybrid circuit The ZD4 and 205 control the voltages generated on the second 7 8 9 Power SUbDIy and Bias circul The noise filter comprises the RF choke coil L1 L2 L3 and capacitor C16 e The L1 L2 L3 and C16 prevent unnecessary radio noises from being transmitted from the telephone line The C16 prevent radio pickup from the telephone line FO 6600U 3 Dial pulse generation circuit The pulse dial generation circuit comprises of the photo coupler PC2 polarity guard REC1 and transistor Q1 Q2 The dial pulse turns on CML controls the base current of transistor Q2 by supplying the DP signal to the photo coupler PC2 and gener ates the DP signal by making the TEL circuit make and break 4 CNL relay The CML relay switches over connection to the matching transformer T1 while the FAX or built in telephone is being used 5 Matching transformer The matching transformer provides electrical insulation from the tel ephone line and impedance matching for transmitting the TEL FAX signal 6 Hybrid circuit The hybrid circuit performs 2 wire to 4 wire conversion using the IC105 and IC104 of the operational amplifier transmits the voice transmis sion signal to the line and feeds back the voice signal to the voice r
243. it regis ters and is controlled with the bank switch Accordingly the register is selected by the register selection signals RS4 to RSO of 5 bits and chip selection signal CS The major content controlled by these reg isters is as follows 1 Configuration register Mode setting of V34 V17 V29 V27 G2 FSK and tone transmission 2 Option register Equalizing method of equalizer carrier detection threshold addition of echo suppressor protect tone and setting of transmission reception mode 3 Others G2AGC control tone frequency setting and so on Moreover data is read from these registers through the data bus to monitor the statuses of the modem such as tone detection training pat tern detection and so on Next transmission reception operation is described During sending the sent data is given from the control block to the mo dem through the data bus Then it is modulated and sent to TEL LIU 1 PWB with SIGTX signal During receiving the received data is sent from TEL LIU 1 PWB to the modem with SIGRX signal and is demodulated Then it is sent to the control block with the data bus The above opera tion is done with the modem LSI IC Symbol Rate Bits Symbol Bits Symbol Constellation Symbols Sec Data TCM Points V 34 33600 TCM TCM Note 2 V 34 31200 TCM TCM Note 2 V 34 28800 TCM TCM Note 2 V 34 26400 TCM TCM Note 2 V 34 24000 TCM TCM Note 2 V 34 21600 TCM TCM Note 2 V 34 19200 TCM TC
244. jam is detected by the timing that PC1 and PC3 become activated or deactivated When a paper jam is detected the drive for all elements is stopped except for the Fan Motor M3 excluding the two following cases During multi printing When condition 1 listed below is detected and paper remains in the printer all elements except the Fan Motor M3 will be stopped after the paper is fed out of the printer During single printing When condition 1 listed below is detected and paper does not re mains in the printer elements except the Heater Lamp H1 and Fan Moter M3 will be stopped The Paper Take Up Sensor PC1 does not activate within 2 sec after the Paper Take Up Roller in the printer starts rotating or within 4 sec after the Paper Take Up Roller in the optional 250 Sheet Second Tray starts rotating The Paper Take Up Sensor PC1 activates when the Power ON OFF Switch S1 is turmed ON or when the Upper Unit is closed The Paper Exit Sensor PC3 activates when the Power ON OFF Switch S1 is turned ON of when the Upper Unit is closed The Paper Take Up Sensor PC1 does not deactivate within 11 sec after the paper leading edge reaches the Paper Take Up Sensor PC1 The Paper Exit Sensor PC3 does not activate within 3 5 to 4 5 sec after the paper leading edge reaches the Paper Take Up Sensor PC1 The Paper Exit Sensor PC3 does not deactivate within 3 4 to 4 7 sec afer the paper trailing edge passes the Pap
245. k Connector block CNLIU1 CNSB1 6 Sub 2 access control block 1 Sub 2 CPU block The main control block uses RISC microprocessor HD6437021 as CPU being composed of ROM 1 MByte and DRAM 512 KByte 1 HD6437021 IC7 pin 100 QFP main CPU The device is a microprocessor which integrates the peripheral func tions using CPU of 32 bit RISC type as the core In the instrument the following peripheral functions are mainly used ROM of 32 KByte and RAM of 1 KByte are integrated A part of programs are stored in the integrated ROM DMA controller 4 channels are provided and 2 channels alone are used ch 0 Used to transmit image data between CODEC HM514260 and DRAM IC3 ch 3 Used to transmit image data between CPU and DRAM IC3 9 Clock synchronous type serial communication interface Commands and statuses are communicated with PCU Start stop synchronous type serial communication interface Used for PC interface of RS232C system 5 Interruption IRQ6 Interruption request from gate array A LZ9FJ37A IRQ7 Interruption request from gate array B LR38292 IRQO IRQ1 IRQ2 IRQ3 IRQ4 IRQ5 Not used NMI Not used DRAM controller Addressing to DRAM IC3 of the system and control and refresh con trol of RAS and CAS signals are executed D Timer and watch dog timer General purpose I O port Control of TEL Liu are executed Clock oscillation Ceramic oscillator of 19 66 MHz is connected for operation
246. l IDP201 outputs the signal of low level from MAEN to declare that it becomes the bus master of the image bus When MAEN is at high the three state output which is connected to the image bus becomes all into the high impedance state 5 11 FO 6600U HD813201F IC19 Terminal descriptions Terminal No Function 74 Memory Address Strobe Memory address strobe terminal When MAS becomes high level it indicates that address is output to MA MDO thru MA MD15 and MA16 thru MA21 Three state output Upper Data Strobe high order data strobe terminal When UDS becomes low level it indicates that IDP201 uses the high order byte of the image bus Three state output Upper Data Strobe low order data strobe terminal When LDS becomes low level it indicates that IDP201 uses the low order byte of the image bus Memory Data Bus Enable Memory data bus enable terminal When MDEN output terminal becomes low level it indicates that valid data are present in MA MDO thru MA MD15 This output terminal is used to control the output of the bidirectional bus buffer on MA MDO thru MA MD15 MA MD 0 I O Memory Address Data Bus 0 thru 15 Memory address data bus In this bus for MA MD 1 Three state output image bus operation the address and data are multiplexed MA MDO thru MA MD15 are used as follows MA MD 2 MA MD 3 1 When MAEN is low and MAS is high it is used as the output address line 2 When both MAE
247. lacer uniquement avec une batterie du m me type ou d un type recommand par le constructeur Mettre au r but les batteries usag es conform ment aux instructions du fabricant Swedish VARNING Explosionsfare vid felaktigt batteribyte Anv nd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren Kassera anv nt batteri enligt fabrikantens instruktion German Achtung Explosionsgefahr bei Verwendung inkorrekter Batterien Als Ersatzbatterien d rfen nur Batterien vom gleichen Typ oder vom Hersteller empfohlene Batterien verwendet werden Entsorgung der gebrauchten Batterien nur nach den vom Hersteller angegebenen Anweisungen F O 6600U FO 6600U SHARP COPYRIGHT 1998 BY SHARP CORPORATION ALL RIGHTS RESERVED No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without prior written permission of the publisher SHARP CORPORATION Communication Systems Group Quality amp Reliability Control Center Higashihiroshima Hiroshima 739 0192 Japan Printed in U S A A9803 1879NS IS J
248. lf tone Removal of notch in the binary mode Reserved Reserved Reserved Switch setting and function Initial setting FO 6600U Reserved Reserved 1 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Black line detection When transmission scanning Continued black line count when detected No 1 No 2 No 3 No 4 6 0 1 0 1 All white page detection When transmission scanning Black line detection When copy scanning White page detect When copy scanning All white line co judge the white unt ratio against total count page of pag All white line co judge the white unt ratio against total count page of pag 4 5 5 0 8 0 No 5 No 6 No 7 No 8 1 All white line co judge the white unt ratio against total count page Unused No 5 No 6 No 7 No 8 All white line co judge the white unt ratio against total count page Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved NIS a N Noa C1 Reserved Reserved FO 6600U Switch setting and function Initial setting Remarks Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserve
249. lis Coded Modulation QAM Quadrature Amplitude Modulation FSK Frequency Shift Keying DPSK Differential Phase Shift Keying 2 Adaptive established during handshake Carrier Frequency Hz Symbol Rate Baud V 34 Low Carrier V 34 High Carrier 2400 1600 1800 2800 1680 1867 3000 1800 2000 3200 1829 1920 3429 1959 1959 3 Sub 2 ROM DRAM block 1 27C4002 IC6 pin 40 DIP ROM Programs are stored in two 4 Mbit ROM 2 HM514260 IC3 pin 40 SOJ DRAM Used as the system memory of main CPU and transmission buffer of communication 4 Dual port RAM 2 block Dual port RAMs allow main CPU and sub 2 CPU to communicate with each other by passing data through the common memory 1 IDT7130 IC11 2 IDT7140 1C12 The IDT7130 IDT7140 are high speed 1K x 8 Dual Port Static RAMs The IDT7130 is designed to be used as a stand alone 8 bit Dual Port RAM or as a MASTER Dual Port RAM together with the IDT7140 SLAVE Dual Port in 16 bit or more word width systems Using the IDT MASTER SLAVE Dual Port RAM approach in 16 or more bit memory system applications results in full speed error free operation without the need for additional discrete logic Both devices provide two independent ports with separate control ad dress and I O pins that permit independent asynchronous access for reads or writes to any location in memory 5 Connector block CNLIU1 CNSB1 CNLIU1 of 26 pin connector connect the control PWB with the TEL LIU
250. mission eser 7 eska ahoi Program time specified single station transmission Rapid pong Time specified single station polling Speed Program instantaneous single station polling Key pad Program time specified single station polling Manual transmission original memory Batch transmission Normally communication is per formed in the G3 V 17 mode 4 2 Canceling method this setting is not canceled while one of the following operations is not performed After setting operation pressing the SPACE key press the STOP key on the WAIT screen 2 After setting operation pressing the SPACE key hold for one minute In case of operation and the display shown right will appear for 2 seconds INTERNATIONAL MODE Perform the communication operation all the communication operations CANCELED D Start up again the machine turn on power 4 3 Others D The operation to set Super G3 to OFF is valid only for one communication which is per formed successively FO 6600U CHAPTER 3 MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION 1 Mechanical description 1 Facsimile block 1 1 Document feed block and diagram Separation rubber plate Front sensor Original sensor Transfer plate Transfer roller 2 D Transfer roller Paper feed roller Transfer roller 1 Fig 1 2 Document feed operation 1 As shown in Fig 1 the document set in the hopper the fr
251. mistakes when storing names and numbers key lt key SP key Press this key to enter symbols when storing SHIFT key a nas Press this key to switch between upper and lower case when storing a name Press these keys to move the cursor forward and backward when storing names and numbers DUPLEX SCAN key his key to transmit UP and DOWN keys Press these keys to adjust the volume of the handset when the handset is lifted the volume of the speaker when the SPEAKER key has been pressed or the volume of the ringer at all other times printed by the fax machine CONFIDENTIAL key Press this key to send or PEIUS Key k CONTRAST key print out a confidential ibid ds hE Press this key to adjust the document have been scarined contrast before sending or into memory for copying a document transmission 33 B4 35 36 37 38 39 40 A B c D E F G H 41 43 44 45 46 47 48 K L M N JT T erac sen CONTRAST PAGE COUNTERCONFDENTIAL TIMER RELAY LIFE WMEMSTATUS SEARCH DIAL Q U SEARCH DIAL key Press this key to search by name for a number stored for automatic dialing FO 6600U 9 Transmittable documents 1 Document Sizes width 5 83 8 5 148 216 mm Normal size length 5 04 11 128 279 mm A 432mm Y 216mm Normal size 216mm Special size XX Use document carrier sheet for smaller documents Wi
252. nary input 8 4 2 1 No 5 6 7 8 Data No EX 0 0 0 0 eg Retransmission interval set to 5 min OPTION Reserved Reserved Alarm buzzer No BEEP No BEEP 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 SO O O O ojo O I o o o No 4 Action when RTN received Handle to no error V 34 mode function in case of manual communication V 34 mode function On V 34 control channel communication speed 2400bps 1200bps V 34 mode sending speed Sending speed 2400 bps x N Example 2400 bps x 12 28800 bps 2400 bps is set for N 0 33600 bps is set for N 15 V 34 mode receiving speed Receiving speed 2400 bps x N Example 2400 bps x 12 28800 bps 2400 bps is set for N 0 33600 bps is set for N 15 AO o N O oO o 2a al 1 y o Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 2 12 Switch setting and function Initial setting FO 6600U Dialing mode Reserved TONE 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Number of rings for auto receive 0 No ring receive Binary input 8 No 1 EX 0 eg Number 1 4 Data No 1 f rings for auto receive is setto 1 OPTION Set to 0 15 Reserved Reserved O O O O Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Rese
253. nds FO 6600U Pinch the ends of the paper guide together and move the guide to the appropriate position depending on whether you are loading letter or legal size paper Place a stack of paper in the cassette print side up Make sure the two far corners of the paper go under the paper holders as shown Make sure the stack of paper is not higher than the tabs at the top of the paper guide If it is remove some of the paper If desired attach a letter or legal sticker as appropriate to the cas sette Rotate the received document tray back Grasp the hand hold on the original document IN tray as shown and open it Move the paper guide to the appropriate position depending on whether you are loading letter or legal paper Toremove the paper guide press its inner side at the arrow marks and lift Close the original document IN tray If desired attach a letter or legal sticker as appropriate to the fax as shown 3 5 Clearing paper jams If a document doesn t feed through the scanner properly during trans mission or copying or DOCUMENT JAM appears in the display first try pressing the START key If the document doesn t come out of the feeder open the operation panel by squeezing the operation panel release on the right side of the operation panel marked PULL OPEN and gently pull out document 5 If the leading edge
254. ning the Image Transfer Roller and before printing reverse bias is applied I Image Paper PC Drum PWB A Transfer Roller PWB F CN4 8 1 lt gt 1 8 Sequential Bias approx 6 16 uA ERE Reverse Bias approx 900V Fig 12 12 FUSING 12 1 An Overview The toner image transferred onto the paper is securely fixed A heat roller system is used as the fusing system The toner image is fused by the Upper Fusing Rokkellheated by the Heater Lamp and se curely fixed by the pressure between the Upper and Lower Fusing Roll ers A Thermistor TH1 detects and conttrols the Upper Fusing Roller tem perature The Thermostat S3 blows when the temperature becomes approx 133 C and shuts down the power to the Heater Lamp 12 2 Fusing Temperature Control Circnit The Thermistor TH1 detects the surface temperature of the Upper Fusing Roller and inputs that analog voltage into IC1A 77 Correspond ing to this data the Heater Lamp ON OFF signal is output from IC1A 54 causing the Heater Lamp H1 to turn ON or OFF to control the fusing temperature When the Heater Lamp is not turned OFF even if the Thermistor detects a high temperature malfunction if the surface temperature of the Upper Fusing Roller exceeds 200 C the signal from IC1A 75 changes from H to L to turn OFF the Heater Lamp forcibly
255. nter sheet SPAKAO06ASCZZ Sheet SPAKA010ASCZZ Cassette pad FO 6600U PARTS CODE DESCRIPTION ontrol PWB unit UBAT A005PRE0 Battery CR2477 H01 BATT VCEAEA1CW336M Capacitor 16WV 33uF Ci VCEAEA1EW476M Capacitor 25WV 47uF VCEAEA1CW476M VCEAEA1CW106M Capacitor 16WV 47uF Capacitor 16WV 33uF Capacitor 16WV 10uF VCEAEA1CW106M Capacitor 16WV 10uF VCEAEA1CW106M Capacitor 16WV 10uF VCEAEA1CW106M Capacitor 16WV 10uF VCEAEA1CW106M Capacitor 16WV 10uF VCEAEA1CW476M Capacitor 16WV 47uF VCEAEA1EW476M VCEAEA1HW476M VCEAEA1CW106M Capacitor 25WV 47uF Capacitor 50WV 47uF Capacitor 16WV 10uF VCEAEA1HW474M Capacitor 50WV 0 47uF VCEAEA1EW475M Capacitor 25WV 4 7uF VCEAEA1HW476M Capacitor 50WV 47uF VCEAEA1CW336M Capacitor 16WV 33uF VCEAEA1CW336M Capacitor 16WV 33uF VCEAEA1EW226M VCEAEA1CW336M VCEAEA1CW336M Capacitor 25WV 22uF Capacitor 16WV 33uF Capacitor 16WV 33uF VCEAEA1EW476M Capacitor 25WV 47uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1CF105Z Capacitor 16WV 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1CF105Z VCKYTV1CF105Z Capa
256. o 5V level and the voltage of the signal from the control PWB to PC is converted to 12V level with IC1 ADM207 on the PWB FO 6600U CHAPTER 6 CIRCUIT SCHEMATICS AND PARTS LAYOUT H 5 3 3 q 2 9 V 9a m P 9a SUA 0022 li ge 10 SS ze z8 oa 39 01 39 9 SSA Te Or es or 91 8 92 2 99 2 98 Hur zz g E ozu M 95 SSA or 17726 2I3S3H ar 8 az z av 99 1 E yz org WW as SSA Tete f s t ted 91 8 92 2 81 6 09 1 xg 169 oeu V e Rem fem ov 530 735954 02 2 as 0 69 0 Dare UNA oo S LS te T S T Ting OLIVM gzeu rS 88 08 EZ 1 e S b coge 61 82 6 egg 29 NN LL a 0750 rg 9S9 con S 3928 av iy ey q SS9 1SvO LON g7 A osu 9a 829 THEO a4 280 zan E ccn P 87 svo zy 9 LSOHSWO 5 s 059 08d eg 5 ry 1018 issus 0 I ee m 189 yg ry 2191 zsgus 7 090 ani 289 68 5 S8tu nm or dor pseu Wv OW gt 6V LHdND 20191 o 9 och ega og as 77 52H THp 98 1 51ST W SIS lt 68 1UdNO 820191 O iy 59 D Taw z radze Arp Secu 08 0
257. o the deep power down state when RP is turned to Low In order to recover it from the deep power down state 400ns ordinary lead time of 5ns for reading is necessary When RP pin becomes low all chip operations are interrupted and reset OE Output enable Data is output from DQ pin by turning OE to Low When OE is turned to High DQ pin is floated WE Write enable The accesses to the command user interface buffer data cue register and address cue latch are controlled When WE is Low it becomes active to fetch the address and data at the leading edge RY BY Ready busy The status of the internal write state machine is output Low indicates that the write state machine is in operation RY BY pin is floated when the write state machine waits for instruction of next operation erasion is interrupted or it is in the deep power down state WP Write protect Each block can be protected from writing erasion by writing data into the no volatile lock bit of the block Writing erasion becomes impossible for the block in which WP is low and the block lock status bit BSR 6 is protected If WP is High writing erasion is possible regardless of the status of the lock bit When RP is low in the deep power down state WP input circuit becomes disable Byte enable When BYTE is turned to Low the device is brought into the x8 mode At this time DQ8 DQ15 becomes floated The address 0 select
258. o transmit image data between CODEC HM514260 and DRAM IC7 ch 3 Used to transmit image data between CPU and DRAM IC7 9 Clock synchronous type serial communication interface Commands and statuses are communicated with PCU Start stop synchronous type serial communication interface Used for PC interface of RS232C system 5 Interruption IRQ2 Interruption request from gate array A LZ9FJ37A IRQ3 Interruption request from gate array B LR38292 IRQ4 Interruption request from CODEC HD813201F IRQ6 Interruption request from dual port RAM of sub 2 IDT7130 IDT7140 IRQ7 Interruption request from dual port RAM of sub 1 IDT7130 IDT7140 IRQO IRQ1 IRQ5 Not used NMI Not used 6 DRAM controller Addressing to DRAM IC7 of the system and control and refresh con trol of RAS and CAS signals are executed D Timer and watch dog timer General purpose I O port Control of analog process of read signals are executed Clock oscillation Ceramic oscillator of 19 66 MHz is connected for operation of 19 66 MHz 2 EPROM DRAM RTC block 1 27C040 IC5 11 pin 32 DIP ROM Programs are stored in two 4 Mbit ROM 2 HM514260 IC7 pin 40 SOJ DRAM Used as the system memory of main CPU and transmission buffer of communication 3 NJU6355E IC127 pin 8 SOP Real time clock IC It is oscillated with the quartz oscillator of 32 768 kHz and the clock and calendar functions are provided Even if the power s
259. ocess block e Analog LSI IC25 TLS1049 Tr C R etc Binary coding block read data control block IC14 LZ9FJ37A The details of each block are described as follows a CCD drive block The clock signal necessary for CCD drive is supplied from gate array A to CCD Hereafter the clocks are outlined e oT Line synchronous signal 01 02 Transmission clock b Analog process block The analog video signal supplied from CCD PWB is directly supplied to the analog LSI On the other hand as the reference level reference voltage of A D conversion the peak voltage of the video signal detected in the peak hold circuit is supplied to the A D conversion block in the stan dard fine super fine mode and the fixed voltage is supplied to the block in the half tone mode After the offset part is cut in the analog LSI 7 bit digital video signal is supplied to the gate array by using the integrated 7 bit high speed A D converter according to the A D con version clock output from the gate array c Binary coding block read data control block It is composed of the processing circuit IC14 LZ9FJ37A which inte grates various binary coding algorithms and the reading line memo ries IC23 IC24 LH5268TH10 which record necessary data The digital video signal input in 7 bits is judged as 2 values black 1 and white 0 and the data is transmitted to the gate array B IC18 LR38292 in the serial mode and is stored in the page memory The
260. ol board GND to test point ground DG on control board 3 Turn machine power on 4 Select the optical adjust mode of diagnostics then press the START COPY key 5 Open Operation Panel Then unit the optical adjustment tool on the lower document guide Fig 7 6 Remove the lock paint of CCD board holding screws Then loosen one screw at a time and adjust the location of the CCD board so that the CCD output is as shown in Fig 2 Also ensure that the centre black level trough is delayed 528msec from the trigger sync signal fT PHIT See Fig 5 100mV Div Maximum 0 1msec Div Fig 1 Note Above shows correct CCD output but focus need adjusting as in step 8 7 If after adjusting CCD output in step 6 scope reads the same as in Fig 2 run a test copy Focus should be OK Note If the lens and lens holder have not been moved You may skip step 8 8 Remove the lock paint of lens Adjust the location of the lens so that the difference between A and B of CCD output should be the largest then secure the lens on that position The output signal waveform must be symmetrical After it has been complete secure the screws with the lock paint with this lens focus adjustment is complete Fig 2 White level l Black level Y GND 500mV Div 0 5msec Div Fig 2 9 Press STO
261. on results printout Printed at Printed at Printed at Not printed Printed OPTION error only error timer transmis every time memory mode only only 0 0 OPTION Set to 0 15 OPTION OPTION OPTION OPTION OPTION Set to 0715 OPTION Set to 0 15 O O O O O O O 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Image addition function to the communication OPTION result table for memory transmission only Reserved TEL billing code function On Billing code position Before Multi TTI feature Time display format 24 hours 12 hours AM PM Date display format Month Day Year Day Month Year Header print Footer print Relay data output Substitute reception Substitute reception conditions Reception disable without TSI Reception enable without TSI CSI transmission Off On OPTION OPTION OPTION CO NI OD Oo CO N elo NI 0 OF O OF CO OF O 2 10 FO 6600U Switch setting and function Initial 0 setting Remarks MH fixed No depend on remote machine H2 mode Yes Reserved Reserved Modem speed V 33 V 17 V 29 V 27ter Default 14400 DCS data reception speed 14400 12000 1440012000 9600 7200 9600 7200 4800 2400 BPS MODEM 0 0 0 machine 1000 o V 17 14400 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 Reception speed fixed V 17 V 29
262. onized with the signal HSYNC from PCU and are transmitted to PCU in the serial mode 9 DMA controller a The binary coded data of the draft transmitted in the serial mode from the gate array A LZ9FJ87A IC14 and read with the scan ner are transmitted to the page memory b The image data which will be printed are read from the page memory and the process D is applied to transmit the data to PCU in the serial mode CODEC HD813201F interface a The timing is controlled for CPU to get an access to CODEC b The timing is controlled for CODEC to get an access to the page memory DRAM controller Since DRAM is used for the page memory and the address RAS and CAS are controlled and refresh controlled Panel interface The key input detection on the operation panel LED lighting con trol and LCD display control are executed 2 LH5116NA 10 IC22 pin 24 SOP 16 bit SRAM This SRAM is a line memory for the printing data process resolution power conversion smoothening and contracting to 404 dpi of the gate array B LR38292 IC18 Terminal descriptions MANRESB Manual reset signal RESETB Reset signal Address signal on the system side Data bus signal on the system side gate array LR38292 Read signal on the system bus side Write signal on the system bus side SHCKOB Reversion output of clock SHCK from CPU SHCK
263. ont sensor is on is fed with the pay out roller and paper feed roller which rotate together with the pulse motor 2 When a specified number of pulses are received from the document sensor after the document lead edge is sensed scanning will be started 3 When a specified number of pulses are received from the document sensor after the document rear edge is sensed scanning will be ended to discharge the document to the tray If the front sensor is on the document is set up in the hopper the next document is supplied and fed nearly when the last document is completely read and discharged If the front sensor is off no docu ment is set up in the hopper the drive will be stopped when the document is discharged to the tray 3 Hopper mechanism 3 1 General view Fig 2 The hopper is used to align documents with the document guides adjusted to the paper width NOTE Adjust the document guides before and after inserting the docu ment 3 2 Automatic document feed 1 The structure with secure paper feed of the transfer roller and secure separation of the separation rubber plate system is employed The transfer roller is so semicircular as to be rotated only when the paper feed roller is driven with the 2 step paper feed clutch mechanism Moreover the separation securely done by running the paper feed and transfer rollers more slowly than the feed rollor 2 Document separation system Friction speed
264. oo L ONG N 0 1 n lt po 9 20 9089 z 18H 6297 Lw lt ENISNO HSIHd 19vH i n ois VS r HSIHd VZIPdI Ti d ecolva PPS vit 25410211 181 AS L od 185g Tera sr t 1899 T ve L Odi vi MLO OALSX Pegg ora 786 AIS D is N3SNS vrt SIH 89 NILH IASS gg v di 8s sd i B vst Spay gpp 10985 zg Wps FP Jeevan 9864 w NISNO 08 9evu 8 08 Zvvdl vet 28 d6 01V8 ocd yg i 2 ig Oral ber 18 9a oeol 99 F ScvH zr zg Spal 21 98 ta ozi 8 ano t sg QNO Lo trial 61i 1820 NGF Sg ert 98 98 Tra Zi 28 QNS 5 z r Ot mg Ter 3MH een tvdl zei 20 29A oda ogi 00 99 Tag Vrivdl rs E verrdro 209 dos 30022 AN Edu 6629 6920 ro 6620 vdH OH 90691 1620 sda vorvd1 sri 209 I cee Tuya 00 aa vase Best ada Verdi vri 90H 90 4 10 M MEE Ezol oo ea qt SOHO zdu 601 oa RCLMBLULOS 8dH Vzordl ovi 90H 5195 gor yor vere SIS L 5 sda v9ordl Ger men Es ZOLXOLTEPHA sting 45 NASN 21 WN GOT HOT egg OPEO sono eto RAO E Fr Trae zei 08 T
265. op adjust mode As the method to adjust the top margin for printing adjust top margin adjusting VR on the PWB If this mode is used at this time adjust ment is possible without the printing test every time when VR is turned For the practical use determine the adjusting value on the basis of the old data and adjust to the determined value in this mode Then check it with the printing test Rapid key 11 Life clear mode The mode is used to respectively clear the life counter of the printer and the counter of the auto feeder For setting proceed with the following procedure D When the life counter clearing mode is selected the following will be is displayed Seven counters can be selected with the and gt lt keys p N MACHINE LIFE CLEAR key FEEDER LIFE CLEAR TONER LIFE CLEAR 2 In the state D input the CLEAR key and the counter will be respec tively cleared After one clear move the cursor to another counter with the and gt lt keys as necessary and then press the CLEAR key When the necessary counters are completely cleared press the STOP key 3 How to make soft switch setting To enter the softswitch mode make the following key entries in se quence FO 6600U Press FUNCTION 9 8 7 srTART o1 START i SFT SWi 0 0000000 SFT SW1 1 0 0 00000 SFT SW1 1 0000000 SFT SW1 1 0 000000 SFT SW1 1 0
266. or 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1CF105Z VCCCTV1HH220J Capacitor 50WV 22PF VCCCTV1HH220J VCKYTV1CF105Z VCKYTV1CF105Z Capacitor 16WV 1uF Capacitor 50WV 22PF Capacitor 16WV 1uF C149 Capacitor 16WV 1uF VCKYTV1HB222K Capacitor 50WV 2200PF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1CF105Z VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1HB222K VCKYTV1EF104Z C C C C C C C C Capacitor 16WV 1uF Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF Capacitor 50WV 2200PF C157 VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1EF104Z C Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF C158 Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF C159 Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF C160 NO PARTS CODE PRICE NEW RANK MARK RANK FO 6600U DESCRIPTION 16 Control PWB unit 81 VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF 82 VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF 83 VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF 84 VCKYTV1CF105Z VCCCTV1HH220J VCCCTV1HH220J gaya Ol capac or 16WV 1 as SOW VCKYTV1CF105Z Capacitor 1 WD VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1CF105Z VCCCTV1HH220J O O O O O O O O Capacitor 16WV 1uF Capacitor 50WV 2200PF C173 Ca
267. or to the right If however the cursor is on data number 8 pressing key shifts the cursor to data number 1 of the next switch number If the switch number is the final pressing key will exit the soft switch mode Pressing gt lt key moves the cursor to the left If however the cursor is on data number 1 pressing gt lt key shifts the cursor to data number 1 of the former switch number If the switch number is 1 pressing key will not move the cursor Data setting method Press the FUNCTION key and the data at the position of the cursor will be reversed to 0 when it is 1 or to 1 when itis 0 If the soft switch can be changed at the bit Refer to the error buzzer will sound with the process not received Outputting method of soft switch list In the soft switch mode press the REPORT key and the soft switch list will be output If the recording paper runs out or is clogged the key error buzzer will sound with the process not received Storage of data In the following case the data of the soft switches set will be stored It is shifted to set the next soft switch by pressing the START switch ltis shifted to set the next soft switch with the key ltis shifted to set the last soft switch with the gt lt key tis shifted to set another soft switch by inputting two digits as the Switch number When 2 digits are completely input Output of the soft switch list is started Inhibition o
268. os NW aaa sss axo ii parts layout Bottom side 392 2280 1590 C227 C238 389 C226 142 ug IC119 Ress L125 Ce9g ceg1 Lier LIP C ceoo im i mulus m l x 0152 R4s8 j maa z8 R462 i ceiaRsia ES rats R308 C215R352 04490271 EIS _ R448C278 mags 8447 0105 R381 8446 268 RA45 C267 n Cees 520 Cees R259 Re58 R257 R256 R254 R255 274 R319C178 C222 518 C176 1 114 R149 R209 C22 14 Res4 C169 ES AES ES a Re71 Re78 R444C266 Ces8 E R445cee5 a 441 264 __ 4 9 No cese 5 05 506 Oe L IC 59 R492 C255 00000 C301 alt ces4 C305 C382
269. ose life counters 1 thru 3 of the printer If the life of a consumable part developer imprinter etc is set the model which has the error display and RMS function will inform RMS when the counter reaches the set value For setting proceed with the following procedure CD When the life counter setting mode is selected the following will be displayed LI FE1 2000000 key LI FE2 000000 gt lt key LIFE3 000000 The cursor blinks at the top data Three counters can be selected with the and gt lt keys 2 Inthe state D input a desired setting number of 6 digits with the ten key After input of 6 digits shift to another counter with the and gt lt keys as necessary When all necessary counters are completely in put press the START key STORED will be displayed with the set values stored into the memory For checking retry this mode Note The counter shows the operational state of the printer how many sheets have been printed since start of use and oth ers The ordinary memory does not reset the counter For clearing set 0 in this mode or use the life counter clear mode in Item 3 9 Ac cordingly it is necessary to reset the counter or do the clear process in addition to the ordinary memory clear if the content in the memory on the control PWB is broken be cause of PWB repair etc In the production stage it is neces sary to execute this in the last process Rapid key 10 T
270. ow output signal from WDT Select the low level to make the external device request the release of bus right Bus right request acknowledge It indicates that the bus right is released to the external device When receiving BACK signal the device which outputs BREQ signal can know that bus right is obtained Operation mode control Mode setting The terminal determines the operation mode During operation don t vary any input value The relationship between MD2 thru MDO and operation modes are shown in the following list Interrupt IRQO IRQ7 No maskable interrupt Interrupt request 0 thru 7 This is the interrupt request terminal which can not be masked Either leading edge or trailing edge is selected for receiving This is the interrupt request terminal which can be masked Either level input or edge input can be selected IRQOUT Interrupt request output in the slave mode It indicates that a factor of interrupt occurs It indicates that interrupt occurs in the bus release mode 45 42 40 39 37 33 31 25 23 20 19 16 14 12 5 3 1 Address Data bus Address is output Bidirectional data bus of 16 bits Multiplex is possible with the low order 16 bits of the address 64 High order side data bus parity Parity data corresponds to D15 thru D8 62 Low order side data bus parity Relationship between MD2 thru MDO and operation modes N z
271. p Length Tel Billing Code Department Code Mode Distinctive Ringing Verification Stamp Print Hold PC Interface Mode Receive Unit Dial Selection Separate Mode Load Lift handset oa gt RESOLUTION or press SPEAK START 6 Print Hold Program Group Mode Mode Hold Data Print Program Entry Mode Print Hold Code Set Group Entry Mode Print Hold Code Clear Dial press ER numeric keys gt Hang up Normal Dialing 2 Direct Keypad Dialing Lift handset or press SPEAKER Wait for reception tone Dial press numeric keys START document ES Load document RESOLUTION Dial press numeric keys Rapid Key Dialing document Press Rapid Speed Dialing Load document Enter Speed Dial number SPEED DIAL x press numeric keys if less than 3 digits press START to complete entry Redialing Load gt RESOLUTION document Wait for reception tone Serial Polling Mode 9 Memory Polling Mode Memory Polling Set Memory Polling Clear CHAPTER 2 ADUUSTMENTS 1 Adjustments General Since the following adjustments and settings are provided for this model make adjustments and or setup as necessary 1 Adjustments Adjustments of output voltage FACTORY ONLY 1 Install the power supply unit in the machine 2 Set the recording paper and document 3 When the document is loaded power is supplied to the o
272. pacitor 50WV 22PF VCKYTV1HB222K Capacitor 50WV 2200PF VCKYTV1HB222K Capacitor 50WV 2200PF VCCSTV1HL102J Capacitor 50WV 1000PF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VOKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1HB222K ool O O O O O O Capacitor 25WV 0 1 aa Capacitor 50WV SSOP VCKYTV1HB222K Capacitor 50WV 2200PF VCKYTV1HB222K Capacitor 50WV 2200PF VCKYTV1HB222K Capacitor 50WV 2200PF VCKYTV1HB222K Capacitor 50WV 2200PF VCKYTV1HB222K Capacitor 50WV 2200PF VCKYTV1HB222K VOKYTV1EF104Z ool O O O O O O Capacitor 50WV 2200PF Capacitor 50WV 2200PF C190 Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCCCTV1HH150J Capacitor 50WV 15PF VCCCTV1HH150J Capacitor 50WV 15PF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VOKYTV1CF105Z VOKYTV1CF105Z O O O O O O O O Capacitor 16WV 1uF Capacitor 50WV 2200PF C198 Capacitor 16WV 1uF VCCSTV1HL102J Capacitor 50WV 1000PF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCCSTV1HL102J Capacitor 50WV 1000PF VCKYTV1CF105Z VCCCTV1HH101J VOKYTV1EF104Z O O O O O O O Sn 6WV 1uF eet 25WV 0 1 5 VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacito
273. r 28 yava TW B od Ev T 2010 v sor w L 19A M99 998551 0S dONO T s I ON AS esia E I9 od XLS hae Kt aus a UTANA oct H 5 Z dON9 z dONO lt GUN amp Arliva ATER ba Witt eck 010 92 280 MET ZZ dONO TEM z h od 6F dONO nst oll 2 49 2 ss Lu Lz dONO HYMN yor T 2d AS L02d z AN WINE DIE lel gt en 0 cM oz 10 od ox za ezo 61 4 lt T 269 8I 4ONO bt 0 2 ON We asss 519969159 i GI o 5 602 01101 I FE Ll dONO ean O N 6012 1 LVIN C ge ISA Pa 9 34 po 91 dONO hic NEN NEN evn 800H tae SI dONO gt EYN i oa 22121 o uy i ta vl dON vVIA 9 1179 tok El dONO Pn 9 02 2 65 SV Gv0Uzs3dHW 6 zM Zz gt OV 09 8 puce 1 29 21 HN OL i A n 9 TS HHEH 9z D gt auWw IN tsa 89 9225 i O 3 amp 9 oso T gozal WN guo PELLEN NES aT OF dOND P gray 97 1 gt a SVN gee 7210 90 i 6 dONO 9 Od OLIN 90 0 on 1024 TOW t QNS 92 2 8v cv le SONO aw Zan Sra dis 1501 sq LdONO tay can SIV LI T SPIE GIOON sig nae saoo 7 van alg H 3148 sg 39 5 SdONO Meu 9 San GIVN 8 AH 1 JAW
274. r 1 10 VRS TV2AB203J Resistor 1 10W 20KQ 5 VRS TV2AB113J VRS TV2AB683J Resistor 1 10W 68KQ 5 VRS TV2AB183J Resistor 1 10W 11KQ 45 Resistor 1 10W 18KQ 5 VRS TV2AB223J VRS TV2AB681J VRS TV2AB223J 108 VRS TV2AB223J 109 VRS TV2AB104J 110 VRS TV2AB223J 111 VRS TV2AB223J 112 VRS TV2AB223J 113 VRS TV2AB223J VRS TV2AB621J VRS TV2AB621J C C C C C C C 107 AA C C C C C C C C VRS TV2AB513J VRS TV2AB751J VRS TV2AB223J VRS TV2AB273J VRS TV2AB153J VRS TV2AB103J VRS TV2AB102J VRS TV2AB102J VRS TV2AB683J VRS TV2AB331J VRS TV2AB102J VRS TV2AB151J VRS TV2AB222J VRS TV2AB332J A 130 VRS TV2AB393J D Resistor 1 10W 39KQ 5 A 131 VRS TV2AB822J A A Resistor 1 10W 8 2KQ 5 132 VRS TV2AB221J C C C C C C C C C C Resistor 1 10W 220Q 5 133 VRS TV2AB183J Resistor 1 10W 18KQ 5 PARTS CODE PRICE NEW RANK MARK RANK FO 6600U DESCRIPTION VRS TV2AB303J R150 VRS TV2AB124J R151 VRS TV2AB000J R152 VRS TV2AB224J Resistor 1 10W 100KQ 5 VHDOR5G4B42 1 Bridge diode OR5G4B42 QSW Z2232SCZZ Hook switch RTRNZ2157XHZZ Transformer 600Q VHVTNO7G471 1 Varistor TNR7G471KT2 VHVTNO7G471 1 Varistor TNR7G471KT2 VH
275. r 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1EF104Z VCKYTV1HB222K O O O O O O O O Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF C214 Capacitor 50WV 2200PF VCKYTV1HB222K Capacitor 50WV 2200PF VCKYTV1HB222K Capacitor 50WV 2200PF VCKYTV1HB222K VCKYTV1HB222K VCKYTV1HB222K Capacitor 50WV 2200PF Capacitor 50WV 2200PF VCKYTV1CF105Z VOCSTV1HL102J O O O O O O O O Capacitor 16WV 1uF Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF C222 Capacitor 50WV 1000PF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCCSTV1HL102J Capacitor 50WV 1000PF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1EB104K Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1HB103K Capacitor 50WV 0 01uF VCKYTV1HB472K VCKYTV1EF104Z ool O O O O O O I Capacitor 50WV 2200 Capacitor 50WV 4700P Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF C230 Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCCCTV1HH120J Capacitor 50WV 12PF VCKYTV1HB222K Capacitor 50WV 2200PF VOKYTV1CF105Z Capacitor 16WV 1uF VCKYTV1HB222K Capacitor 50WV 2200PF VCKYTV1EF104Z Capacitor 25WV 0 1uF VCKYTV1HB222K 157 VOKYTV1EF104Z 158 VCKYTV1EF104Z O O O O O O O O Capacitor 50W
276. r Take Up Sensor PC1 13 Image Transfer Roller 14 Dram Cartridge O 13 Fig 1 2 DRIVE SECTION Toner Cartridge Sleeve Roller Lower Fusing Roller Image Transfer Roller M1 Paper Take Up Roller Paper Transport Roller 2nd 3rd Transport unit Paper Transport Roller Fig 2 3 3 FO 6600U 3 PRINTER ENGINE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LAYOUT PWB R PWB E S1 SL1 PWB A PWB F PWB B PWB C Fig 3 4 ELECTRICAL PARTS IDENTIFICATION Printer Control PWB Function Communicates with the controller and controls all printer operation Laser Diode Drive Detects the start position of the image by the Laser Diode and the SOS Sensor Power Supply PWB High Voltage PWB Unit Converts the power voltage from AC voltage into DC voltage and supplies that to H1 Applies each voltage respectively to the Rotating Charge Brush the Sleeve Roller the Toner Regulation Plate the Toner Collecting Plate and the Electrode Plate Resistor PWB Prevents the image transfer current from flowing to paper by the resistor Main Motor Is the drive source of the printer Polygon Motor Fan Motor Rotates at high speed and makes the laser scan in scanning direction Exhausts the heated air out of the printer Paper T
277. r occurs the buzzer will inform it Refer to the following table Finally the result will be printed This diagnosis does not check the flash memory The flash memory is checked with the flash memory test 1 time Short sound ROM1 ROM2 Integrated ROM RAM D RAM S RAM S RAM on the optional memory ROM Integrated ROM RAM D RAM ROM Integrated ROM RAM 6 times lt Long sounds gt D RAM As practical it is judged that the optional memory is not installed if any error occurs Therefore it does sometimes not sound For the short and long sounds one pattern is as follows Main system 0 25 seconds ON 0 25 seconds OFF Sub system 1 00 second ON 0 25 seconds OFF The execution state of checking is as follows Moreover the list of the check result is output after checking is ended 2 times lt Short sounds gt 3 times lt Short sounds gt 4 times lt Short sounds gt 5 times lt Short sounds gt 6 times lt Short sounds gt 1 time lt Long sound gt 2 times lt Long sounds gt 3 times lt Long sounds gt 4 times lt Long sounds gt 5 times lt Long sounds gt Display during check Display after check ROM CPU SRAM DRM DPR PPPPPPP E PPP PP P PASS E ERROR ROM RAM check list output ROM CPU SRAM DRM FO 6600U lt Relationship between display and memory gt Display during check ROM CPU SRAM DRM DPR Dual Port Ram for Comm PWB Dual Port Ram for Comm PWB DRAM 2Mbit
278. rcuit The pulse dial generation circuit comprises of the photo coupler PC2 polarity guard REC1 and transistor Q1 Q2 The dial pulse turns on CML controls the base current of transistor Q2 by supplying the DP signal to the photo coupler PC2 and gener ates the DP signal by making the TEL circuit make and break CNL relay The CML relay switches over connection to the matching transformer T1 while the FAX or built in telephone is being used Matching transformer The matching transformer provides electrical insulation from the tel ephone line and impedance matching for transmitting the TEL FAX signal Hybrid circuit The hybrid circuit performs 2 wire to 4 wire conversion using the IC105 and IC104 ofthe operational amplifier transmits the voice trans mission signal to the line and feeds back the voice signal to the voice reception circuit as the side tone Also this circuit is operated with the analog switch IC104 as a half duplex circuit while the FAX is be ing used and as a full duplex circuit while the telephone is being used The C11 C115 C120 C116 and C112 suppress the radio pickup from the handset Speaker amplifier The speaker amplifier monitors the line under the on hook mode outputs the buzzer sound generated from the gate array IC11 con trol PWB ringer sound DTMF generated from the modem IC1 con trol PWB and line sound Adjustment of voice volume The voice volume can be adjusted by using th
279. recall interval for speed and rapid dial numbers Use a binary number to program this If set to 0 accidentally 1 will be assumed SW1 No 5 No 8 Recall attempts Choice is made as to how many recall attempts should be made Use a binary number to program this SW2 No 1 Dialing mode Switch the type according to the telephone circuit connected to the fac simile 0 PULSE DIAL 1 TONE DIAL SW2 No 2 Receive mode Auto manual receiving mode is set SW2 No 3 ECM mode Used to determine ECM mode function Refer to the following table SW2 No 3 ECM MODE FO 6600U SW1 to SW13 For line 1 SW14 to SW26 For line 2 SW6 No 1 MH FIXED ECM MMR mode ECM MR mode ECM MMH mode ECM MH mode MR mode MH mode Yes Yes Yes Depending on remote machine SW2 No 4 Reserved Set to 0 SW2 No 5 Polling security This switch is employed to enable or disable the polling operation using the ID code verification function in order to prevent unauthorized polling operation SW2 No 6 Auto cover sheet When 1 YES is selected the cover sheet is automatically sent after transmission of the original to notify the receiver of the number of origi nal sheets transmitted SW2 No 7 JNNK FAX function in manual reception Itis set whether JUNK FAX is functioned in the manual receiving mode or not SW2 No 8 JUNK FAX function This function is used to receive data from a specific remote mach
280. rge Brush is turned by the drive of the Main Motor M1 via a gear Drum Charging amp Precharge film Bias Drum Cartridge PWB A PWB F Rotating Charge Brush A Drum eee Charging Bias B Drum amp Ka Precharge film Fig 9 9 LASER EXPOSURE An invisible static image is made by the laser beam emitted from the Print Head Unit In the sub scanning direction vertical direction When the printer receives the PRINT signal the Polygon Motor and the Main Motor rotate and the paper is fed into the printer The printing in the sub scanning direction is started when the PWB P sends the VIDEO signal to the Print Head a certain time after the lead ing edge of the paper activates the Paper Sensor TOD signal The print starting position of the 2nd line is decided by delaying the VIDEO signal sending timing In the scanning direction horizontal direction The SOS Sensor is installed on the Laser Diode Control Board PWB D to unify the laser emission timing for each scan line PWB A Laser exposed surface approx 50V CN5 SOS Sensor Laser Diode Fig 10 FO 6600U 10 DEVELOPMENT Toner is applied to the invisible static image on the PC Drum and a toner image is created on the surface The development is the process of creating a toner image on the PC Drum by applying
281. rved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved an Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Hee CO BY OW PO CO NI OD AJ WO CO GH BR AH CO NI OD om BLO O Q OD TO o Reserved 2 17 FO 6600U Switch setting and function Initial setting Remarks Reserved 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved CO O a CO P NI aJa BY OO Automatic printing of activity report Yes When memory full No First data is cleared when memory full O OO OSO O jO O OF AH CO OPTION Printout of total time and total number of pages on activity report Off On Reserved Department function On Off Department ID digit Binary in put 8 1 No 5 8 Data No EX 0 0 eg Department ID is set to 4 digits 4 2 6 7 1 0 OPTION Set is 3 9 Picture quality priority mode Fine Standard OPTION Cut off mode w
282. rved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Modem speed DCS data reception speed V 33 14400 12000 V 27ter 4800 2400 No 5 0 0 No 6 1 1 No 7 0 1 No 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 Default 14400 BPS MODEM machine 1000 V 17 14400 Reception speed fixed V 27ter 4800BPS 1 DIS receive acknowledge in G3 transmission Twice Non modulated carrier in V 29 transmission mode in DIS reception 0 Once in NSF reception twice When 14400BPS MODEM used setting to 14400BPS is ignore Effective to international comm EOL detection timer Protocol monitor Line monitor Reserved 2 13 FO 6600U Switch setting and function Initial 0 setting ITEM Remarks Compromise Equalizer constant ROM variable SRAM No Filter 1 8Km 3 6Km 7 2Km No 1 0 0 1 1 No 2 0 1 0 1 Reserved Pause time 2 sec 1 sec from the second pause 4 sec 2 sec from the second pause Signal transmission level Binary input 8 4 2 1 No 5 6 7 8 Data No EX 1 0 1 O Set to n 3 dBm eg Signal transmission level is set to 11dBm CED tone signal interval 500ms 75ms Cl signal OFF detect enable time 350ms or more 700ms or more Equalizer freeze On Off Equalizer freeze conditions All 7200bps Rese
283. rved CED detection time 500ms 1000ms Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Distinctive ringing STANDARD ON O AAJN O ojoj o ojojojoj oj oj o o AJl N NI oJ a Oj N Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved V 34 mode function On Off V 34 control channel communication speed 2400bps 1200bps V 34 mode sending speed Sending speed 2400 bps x N Example 2400 bps x 12 28800 bps 2400 bps is set for N 0 33600 bps is set for N 15 V 34 mode receiving speed Receiving speed 2400 bps x N Example 2400 bps x 12 28800 bps 2400 bps is set for N 0 33600 bps is set for N 15 G O N O I OO l NJ MD OI A OO P O O 2 o jojojolojojojojojoj oj 2j o l ioO ooo 2 14 ITEM Switch setting and function FO 6600U Initial 1 setting Remarks Line condition setting TX RX TX RX OPTION Preference line specification Key buzzer volume Reserved Reserved Speaker volume MIDDLE 1 Handset volume 0 MIDDLE 1 Ringer volume 0 MIDDLE 1 0 Reserved Reserved Line to be used in PC I F mode PC I F mode
284. rved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 3 Reserved FO 6600U z Switch setting and function Initial setting Remarks Reserved 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 Cassette define LTR A4 Tray Cassette define LTR A4 Upper COLO OC OF OC CO OF OF CO OF OF CO OF CO CO OF CO CO OF CO CO OF CO CO OF GO OC OF CO CO OF OC CO OC OC CO OF CO CO OF O When W cassette Cassette define LTR A4 Lower Ignore when W cassette Separation of image area in the ha
285. s first applied to IC701 through R726 R794 and R705 As the result the voltage is applied to the primary winding of the con verter transformer T701 and the voltage is also generated in the wind ing which drives IC701 Thus IC701 is put into operation Then IC701 alternately turns on and off Q701 at the frequency approx 80 kHz which is determined by C709 and R714 When it is on no current will flow in the secondary winding of T701 since the voltage of the secondary winding is applied in the direction opposite to the diode D707 When it is off the direction in which the current flows to the primary winding becomes the pole direction of the secondary winding and D707 becomes conductive to transmit energy to the secondary side See Fig 18 R721 C705 zi R722 Q701 R706 R707 R710 A PC701 Fig 18 The control circuit is a circuit which receives the negative feed back is from the secondary side as shown in Fig 18 The photocoupler is used for insulation between the primary and sec ondary sides in order to feed back the control signal to the primary side When the output voltage rises due to the energy transmission from T701 the voltage detected by R721 and R722 are compared with the refer ence voltage of IC702 As it is higher than the reference voltage the current of IC702 that is the current of the photo diode of PC701 is increased to be transmitted
286. s is used for density adjustment in fine standard mode Adjust the density according to that of frequently used original Set to Dark for darker reading either in the auto or the dark mode of light original Set to Light for lighter reading either in the auto or the dark mode of dark original Setto Dark only in dark mode for darker reading only in the dark mode SW46 No 5 No 6 Density adjustment when Half tone mode This is used for density adjustment in the half tone Setting procedures are the same as SW46 No 3 No 4 SW46 No 7 HTF correction in Half tone mode In the half tone mode image area is separated from character area and processed separately to eliminate unclear character transmission This Switch is used to change the criteria of judgement of separation When Strong 1 is selected more area is judge d as character area pro viding clearer characters On the contrary however edges of image area may be emphasized It is advisable to restrict the use of this function only when clear charac ters must be transmitted and to use the function of Weak 2 0 for general cases SWA6 No 8 MTF correction in Half tone mode This allows selection of MTF correction dimness correction in the half tone mode When NO 1 is selected the whole image becomes soft and mild On the contrary however cleamess of characters will be re duced Normally set to NO 1 SW47 SW55 No 1 No 8 Reserved Set
287. s one of the choices below using the switch 0 Continue Data is printed onto the next page with the last 20mm also printed at the beginning of the next page 1 Cut off Data scanned out of the limit is cut off a page is printed SW45 No 3 Scanning ratio in memory input In the case of memory transmission etc only letter size A4 docu ments can be stored in the memory To input B4 documents into the memory therefore the B4 documents must be reduced to letter size A4 or the both ends of the B4 documents will be cut off to input the center letter size A4 portion This switch provides the selection 0 Reduced to A4 size and inputted 1 The both ends are cut off and the center portion A4 size is inputted SW45 No 4 Verification STAMP End stamp It is set whether the red round mark is stamped at the bottom margin of the document of every page in the memory input mode and document sending mode or not SW45 No 5 Overseas communication mode selection function Refer to Page 2 44 When this switch is set to 1 the communication in Super G3 mode can be turned off by pressing the SPACE key before sending operation for the transmission set after that including polling SW45 No 6 No 8 Reduce ratio when copy mode Reduction ratio of copying is set It can be changed even in the optional mode SW46 No 1 No 2 Reserved Set to 0 FO 6600U SW46 No 3 No 4 Density adjustment when Fine STD mode Thi
288. s pressed it will pass to the diagnosis after the page which is now being printed is completed printed If the address exceeds the maximum address it will return to the address 0 and printing will be continued 19 Motor aging Whether a document is present or not the motor in the sending sys tem is kept in rotation until the STOP key is pressed The image quality selection key can be input during stop alone to set the rotation speed for the image quality Here the speed for FINE is selected when the intermediate tone is specified The image quality for default at the start of execution is STD regard less of the image quality selection priority of the main body For rotation the gt lt key 1 selects the 1 2 phase excitation 2 se lects the 2 phase excitation and 3 selects the micro step It can not be changed during rotation The 1 2 phase excitation is set as de fault 20 Stamp aging It is impossible if any document is not set up The document is fed at the 10 mm intervals and is continuously stamped The total number of stamps from entry of the mode is displayed on the screen The ordinary operation aging which stamps a finish every docu ment is executed in the ordinary copying mode 21 Scanner set mode The reading width and motor drive conditions are set lt Reading width gt 1 Top margin 2 Bottom margin 3 Left adjustment The left position alone is specified Specify the above v
289. s the high low order byte When BYTE is High the device is brought into the x16 mode and the AO input circuit becomes disable 3 3V 5 0V When 3 5 is High the internal circuit can be operated at 3 3V and when 3 5 is Low the internal circuit can be operated at 5 0V Note If 3 5 is turned to High when 5V is applied to Vcc the device may be broken Writing erasion power 5 0 0 5V is applied during writing erasion Device power 5 0 0 5V or 3 3 0 3V Ground Not connected 3 5 CE1 56 WP LH28F016SUT 56 LEAD TSOP PINOUT 14mm x 20mm TOP VIEW 55 54 ss 52 51 50 4g 48 47 ad 5 16 WE OE RY BY DQ15 DQ7 DQ14 DQ6 GND DQ13 DQ5 DQ12 DQ4 Vec GND DQ11 DQ10 FO 6600U
290. t ting and soft switch mode are set at ON PC Though they are not provided the existing model can operate without setting of the soft switch when it is not installed OFF to ON of multi TTI function and telephone billing code func tion when the department control function is OFF OFF to ON of department control function during use of image memory Note In the existing set the department control function is set from OFF to ON when the timer communication including the batch sending or the memory hold is set ON to OFF of continuous serial polling function when the continu ous serial polling is started Note In the existing set ON to OFF of the continuous serial polling function when the continuous serial polling is registered has been applied but the conditions are now moderated How ever reg istration is impossible to the program of the new con tinuous serial polling when the continuous serial polling function is OFF In addition change of all soft switches during communication Linked change of data This is the same even in the optional setting Whenthe department control function is off the multi TTI function and telephone billing code function are turned off 2 Print area According to the size of the specified sheet the effective printing area is printed 3 ROM amp RAM check The sum value of ROM the work and the back up RAM are checked The RS232C interface is also checked If any erro
291. t terminal When this output terminal is turned to low level IDP201 informs to the peripheral devices on the image bus that DMA operation is approved Direct Memory Access Direct memory access terminal When DMA output is turned to low it indicates that DMA transfer is executed In the coding process the data is transferred from the I O device scanner to the image memory In the decoding process the data is transferred from the image memory to I O device printer 5 12 HD813201F IC19 Terminal descriptions Terminal No FO 6600U Function 37 DMA Terminal Count DMA terminal count terminal When DTC output is turned to high it indicates that DMA transfer of the setting line part is ended 73 Image memory or I O device read When READY is turned to high during writing it indicates that the image memory or I O device is ready for transmitting receiving the data When READY is high IDP201 will wait until READY becomes high Power terminal Power voltage 5V Ground Other Fix these terminals at low 5 13 FO 6600U Code Terminal No Name and function CLKI 19 Quartz oscillation input terminal and external clock input terminal CLKX 20 Quartz oscillation output terminal CKTST1 1 Low pass filter terminal of PLL circuit Connected to capacitor 1000pF and resistor 10kQ through
292. th special sizes only one sheet can be fed into the machine at a time Insert next page into feeder as current page is being scanned 2 Paper Thickness amp Weight Product specifications Lower Limit Upper Limit 45kg paper 70kg paper Indication Japanese indication Size 4x6 Metric system indication American indication LB system indication Metric system indication Inch system indication Document size Range Weight indication 52g m 80g m 14LB 20 LB Thickness 0 06mm 0 1mm indication 0 0024 0 0035 148mm x 128mm W letter 279 4mm x 432mm A4 210mm x 297mm Letter 216mm x 279mm B6 Letter A4 size 50 sheets B4 size Legal 20 sheets W letter size 1 sheet 90 kg 104g m or more 135 kg 157g m or less 1 sheet Paper of fine quality bond paper Kent paper Document size Document size Weight Number of ADF sheets 3 Document Types Normal paper Documents handwritten in pencil No 2 lead or softer fountain pen ball point pen or felt tipped pen can be transmitted Documents of normal contrast duplicated by a copying machine can also be transmitted Diazo copy blueprint Diazo copy documents of a normal contrast may be transmitted Carbon copy A carbon copy may be transmitted if its contrast is normal 4 Cautions on Transmitting Documents Documents written in yellow greenish yellow or light blue ink cannot be transmitted
293. tion panel unit and optical unit FO 6600U Operation panel and document guide upper Parts list Fig 6 Part name Panel cable Direct key 26 Page plate 27 28 Screw 2x6 29 Operation panel PWB unit 30 Change key 32 Mode key 33 Start key 34 36 Operation panel c G a Separator rubber Rear sheet Transfer roller Document guide upper Decoration panel 13 Separator plate 4 15 Separator sheet 1 16 Paper feed pressure spring 7 18 Electro static discharger brush 19 Bearing 1 1 20 Transfer roller gear 21 2 23 Operation panel unit 2 24 Part name Document guide upper unit Release lever Release lever spring Electro static discharger brush earth cable Earth plate spring 4 Reinforcement bracket Separator spring Pinch roller spring Pinch roller Pinch roller shaft 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 AO 5 9 69 9 OS 3 15 FO 6600U Parts list Fig 7 Part name Part name Shading sheet Connector Mirror CCD PWB unit Screw 3x8 Screw 3x6 Optical unit Lens holder plate 1 FO 6600U Scanner frame unit and drive unit Parts list Fig 8 Part name 2
294. to 0 SW56 No 1 No 4 Reserved Set to 1 SW56 No 5 Printing when toner empty It is set whether printing is stopped for empty toner or not SW56 No 6 No 8 Reduction of print data Reduction ratio of receiving is set It can be changed even in the optional mode SW57 SW68 No 1 No 8 Reserved Set to 0 SW69 No 1 Cassette define LTR A4 Tray A4 cassette can be used Set 0 or 1 for all of three bits Do not change the setting during printing SW69 No 2 Cassette define LTR A4 Upper A4 cassette can be used Set 0 or 1 for all of three bits Do not change the setting during printing SW69 No 3 Cassette define LTR A4 Lower A4 cassette can be used Set 0 or 1 for all of three bits Do not change the setting during printing SW69 No 4 Separation of image area in the half tone This allows selection of MTF correction dimness correction in the half tone mode When NO 1 is selected the whole image becomes soft and mild On the contrary however cleamess of characters will be re duced Normally set to NO 1 SW69 No 5 Removal of notch in the binary mode The notch signal is removed in the binary mode SW69 No Set to 1 SW69 No Set to 0 6 No 7 Reserved 8 Reserved FO 6600U SW70 No 1 No 4 Reserved Setto 1 SW70 No 5 No 8 Reserved Set to 0 SW71 No 1 No 4 Black line detection When transmission scanning Number of continuous judgements o
295. to the primary side in order to reduce the potential of the feed back terminal 2 pin of IC701 Thus Q701 is con trolled Accordingly the varying rate of the output voltage on the primary side is passed through IC702 and PC701 in order to control IC701 and Q701 Thus the output voltage is stabilized Q701 VDS X QC 0 TON TOFF e a ves ses Q701 ID L 0 D707 10 ee Ae ee n ss 0 T701 VOLTAGE OF 0 SECONDARY WINDING Fig 19 IC701 VCC 5 Overcurrent preventive circuit primary side The current detection resistors R706 and R707 are connected to the inverter circuit on the primary side If any overcurrent occurs on the primary side the current of the inverter Q701 on the primary side is increased The current is detected by R706 and R707 is passed through R710 and is input to the overcurrent restrictive terminal 3 pin of IC701 to turn off Q701 in order to shut down the whole output As the method to recover the power supply again the power input is turned off again to sufficiently discharge the voltage of C705 and the power input is turned on when 9V or less stands at the power terminal 6 pin of IC701 A time of approx 1 minute is necessary to discharge electricity from C705 See Fig 18 F
296. toner onto the invisible static electricity image Vg terminal Vp terminal DC 330V DC 550V Vs terminal DC 287V PWB A CN4 Ell 1 1 8 CN1 Vs Lower Seal Bias Fig 11 Part Name Function Toner Hopper Contains toner Toner Agitating Screw Agitates the toner in the Toner Hopper and sends the toner to the Toner Transport Roller Toner Transport Roller Transports the toner to the Sleeve Roller Doctor Blade Spreads a thin even coat of toner over the Resin Sleeve The toner is negatively charged when passing between this Blade and the Resin Sleeve Sleeve Roller Rotates the Resin Sleeve Resin Sleeve Carries the toner to the PC Drum surface for development Bias Seal Carries the toner remaining on the Resin Sleeve and neutralizes charge PC Drum Exposed to laser to create an invisible image and rotates to carry the developed image to the paper surface FO 6600U 11 IMAGE TRANSFER Image transfer is the process of transferring the toner image created on the PC Drum in the developing process to paper We use the Roller Image Transfer instead of the Corona Image Transfer as the image transfer method In the Roller Image Transfer there is little generation of ozone due to corona discharge Also there is no blur of toner because the paper is always pressed by the PC Drum and the Image Transfer Roller When clea
297. unit and remove the control line con trol PWB 3 Mount the extension board EXT A in the place where the control line control PWB has been removed At that time the connector CNLIU of extension board EXT A must be inserted into the TEL LIU 2 PWB Connect the cables from the unit to the connectors Aside CNSENA CNCCDA CNPWA CNPRTA CNRSA CNPNA CNTXMA CNLEDA CNSTPA CNDRA of extension board EXT A as on the control line control PWB Non connection CNLIUSA Connect the extension cables 11 types to the connectors B side of extension board EXT A When checking the TEL LIU 2 PWB the extension cable QCNW 4828SCZZ and extension board EXT A are not connect 9 Remove the ROM cover of inner tray pull out the extension cables 11 types from the ROM replacing window and mount the inner tray on the unit 7 Connect the extension cable QCNW 4608SCZZ pulled out to the connector CNEXTB of extension board EXT B 8 Connect the extension board EXT B to the connector CNLIU of control PWB 9 Connect the extension cables 10 types except CNEXTB pulled out from the unit to the control line control PWB 10 Connect the CNLIU1 connector of line control PWB to the CNLIU connector of TEL LIU 2 PWB through the extension cable QCNW 4828SCZZ Cable parts code Connector Remark QCNW 4597SCZZ QCNW 4598SCZZ QCNW 4599SCZZ QCNW 4600SCZZ QCNW 4601SCZZ QCNW
298. upply of the main body is turned off it is backed up with lithium battery This device ex ecutes the clock synchronous type serial communication with the gate array A and CPU can know the time and date through the gate array A FO 6600U HD6437021 IC13 Terminal descriptions Classification Terminal No TFP 100B Function Power 13 38 63 73 80 88 4 15 24 32 41 50 59 70 81 82 92 Ground External clock Connect to the power supply Connect Vcc terminals to the power units of all systems If any open terminal is present it will not operate Connect to the ground Connect Vcc terminals to the power units of all systems If any open terminal is present it will not operate Connect to the quartz oscillator Moreover EXTAL terminal can input the external clock Use the same frequency for the quartz oscillator external clock and system clock Connect the quartz oscillator Connect the same frequency of the system clock Ck To input external clock from EXTAL terminal open EXTAL terminal System clock Supply system clock to the peripheral device System control Reset If this terminal is turned to the low level when NMI is at the high level it will be brought into the power on state If this terminal is turned to the low level when NMI is at the low level it will be brought into the manual reset state WDTOVF Watch dog timer overflow Bus right request It is overfl
299. us RAS1 signal to memory page memory DRAM of image bus RASO signal to memory page memory DRAM of image bus DRMSIZE CAS signal to memory page memory DRAM of image bus Setting of size of memory page memory DRAM of image bus Low 16 Mbits High 12 Mbits SEN1 Setting of type of memory page memory DRAM of image bus Low Address 8 bit type High address 12 bit type Valid only for DRMSIZE L Don t care for DRMSIZE H Serial scanner data valid range signal SCCLK Serial scanner data Serial scanner data transfer clock PCURESB Reset signal for printer unit HSYNC Main scanning synchronous signal from printer unit EPRDYB PRRDYB Communication ready signal from printer unit Printing operation ready signal of printer unit TODB Sub scanning synchronous signal to printer unit SEN0 Control data bus and LED on off control signal to key scan and LCD driver on the operation panel Key input detection signal of operation panel MEMTST Terminal for device test of integrated memory Low is set except in the device test mode TEST Terminal for device test Low is set except in the device test mode FO 6600U 8 CODEC block This block is composed of CODEC LS374 and LS244 in order to de modulate the contracted image data of the draft read with the scan ner and the letter image transmitted in the DMA mo
300. use the 25 second or 13 second timer for detection of End of line This is effective to override communication failures with some facsimile models that have longer End of line detection SW7 No 6 Protocol Monitor Normally set to If set to 1 communication can be checked in case of troubles without using a G3 tester or other tools When communication FSK data transmission or reception is made the data is taken into buffer When communication is finished the data analyzed and print out When data is received with the line monitor SW7 No 7 set to 1 the reception level is also print out SW7 No 7 Line monitor Normally set to 0 If set to 1 the transmission speed and the recep tion level are displayed on the LCD Used for line tests SW7 No 8 Max length for TX RX Copy Used to set the maximum page length To avoid possible paper jam the page length is normally limited to 432 mm for copy or transmit and 1 5 meters for receive It is possible to set it to No limit to transmit receive a long document Such as a computer print form etc In this case the receiver transmit ter must also be set to no limit SW8 No 1 No 2 Compromised Equalizer The specific line equalizer is inserted No 1 No 2 0 0 The line equalizer built in the modem is turned off 0 1 Line equalizer corresponding to 1 8 km 1 0 Line equalizer corresponding to 3 6 km 0 1 Line equalizer corresponding to 7 2 km SW8 No 3 Reserved Set to 0
301. ut Reading memory address output Reading memory address output Reading memory address output Reading memory address output Reading memory write output Reading memory read output Reading memory data input output Reading memory data input output Reading memory data input output Reading memory data input output Reading memory data input output Reading memory data input output Reading memory data input output l y o Reading memory data input output O 140 y o RAD8 Reading memory data input output O Reading memory data input output Reading memory data input output y o Reading memory data input output y o Reading memory data input output y o Reading memory data input output y o Reading memory data input output Reading memory data input output Reading memory address output Reading memory address output Reading memory address output FO 6600U 7 Gate array B block The block is composed of the gate array B and SRAM 2 KByte 1 LR38292 IC18 pin 160 QFP gate array B The device has the following functions D Printing data process The image data of the page memory for printing is converted into 400 dpi and the smoothing and contracting processes are applied Printer PCU interface The control of resetting and so on to PCU and the image data proc essed in Item D above are synchr
302. ution At the same time the Depressing Cam rotates and releases the Paper Lift Up Plate to feed the top first sheet of paper The Fixed Separating Pad is used for the paper separation system It prevents the second or later sheets of paper from being fed together with the top paper A Paper Empty Sensor in the Multipurpose Tray senses when the paper tray is empty Additionally a sensor informs the Printer Control PWB if the paper guide is adjusted to Legal and that legal sized paper is in stalled Upper Fusing Roller RR Paper Exit Roller Lower Fusing Roller When SL1 is de energized Paper Paper Take Up PC Drum Roller Image Transfer Roller Paper Lift Up Plate Fixed Separating Pad When SL1 is energized Transport Roller Paper Take Up Paper Take Up Sensor PC1 Solenoid SL1 Paper oe B Paper Lift Up Plat Fig 8 FO 6600U 8 DRUM CHARGE The PC Drum is charged with static electricity before laser exposure The Rotating Charge Brush and the Precharge film are used for the charging method The rotating brush charging and the Precharge film charging generate little ozone in the printer Because the charge is directly given to the PC Drum the PC Drum can be charged by low voltage At the same time PC Drum can be charged stably and evenly The Precharge film charging supplies the charge to the Rotating Charge Brush to improve the charging efficiency The Rotating Cha
303. utput lines Confirm that outputs are within the limits below Output voltage settings POWER SUPPLY CNPW PWB CNPW CONTROL PWB Fig 1 Connector No Output Voltage limits 5V 4 75V 5 25V 12V 11 5V 12 5V VM 24V 23 04V 24 96V AB jojm o o 2 IC protectors replacement ICPs IC Protectors are installed to protect the TX motor drive circuit and verification stamp drive circuit ICPs protect various ICs and elec tronic circuits from an overcurrent condition The location of ICPs are shown below CONTROL CNPW PWB CNPRT TOP SIDE Icap Fio F103 ag F102 21 CNPN Fig 2 FO 6600U 1 F102 CCP2E20 is installed in order to protect IC s from and overcurrent generated in the verification stamp drive circuit If F102 is open replace it with a new one 2 F101 F103 CCP2E30 is installed in order to protect IC s from an overcurrent generated in the TX motor drive circuit If F101 F103 is open replace it with a new one In addition to the replacement of F101 F103 and F102 the factor causing F101 F103 and F102 to open must also be repaired If not F101 F103 and F102 will open again Replacement parts CCP2E20 Sharp code VHVCCP2E20 1 CCP2E30 Sharp code VHVCCP2E30 1 3 Volume adjustment You can adjust the volume of th
304. ve for each nication station 3 Original transmission Since retransmission is not provided for the original transmission recovery by the method 1 is impossible Accordingly for the original transmission set Super G3 to OFF default and apply V 17 mode This function can be set to ON or OFF by using the soft switch SW32 No 2 0 Super G3 off default 1 Super G3 on This setting has priority over the Super G3 function setting to OFF by operator which is discussed in item 4 FO 6600U 4 Super G3 function setting to OFF by operator A function to set Super function to OFF is provided for operator in addition to the functions described in items 2 and 3 above However this function is invalid in the default mode It is made valid only when requested by using the soft switch SW27 No 4 0 Operation invalid Default 1 Operation valid 4 1 Setting method Before communication operation press the SPACE key to set the communication to OFF in the Super G3 mode APR 24 THU 03 00PM M 00 STAND BY AUTO INTERNATIONAL MODE SPACE ENTERED APR 24 THU 03 00PM Perform the transmission polling operation M 00 STAND BY AUTO The operations which are taken as objects are the following Instantaneous single station auto dial transmission original memory Object addition function Time specified single station transmission Confidential information Program instantaneous single station trans
305. ve the screw of the cover mounting plate to ease the removal of screw A in the next step 6 Remove the Print Head Unit 7 screws NOTE Do not disassemble the print head unit FO 6600U CHAPTER 4 DIAGRAMS 1 Block diagram LINN H3lNIHd nod lt VNOSH3d lt Bild al OZEZSY LINN 8Md TOH LNOO Pi ndONIVW lt i WSINVHOAW 1 i Z628 H1 E 1 Y i TANVd i A3 8asvn NouvH3do 7 aie gt Spes Ol A r HO1V1l p i 4 p TOHINOO VLG SNiquooS3u 1 Adans is i inn 500 JOYLNOO Viva i aes auNnLOld i TaNWd t X HANZE Lees Sees ee ee ee ee PCRS
306. w and mount the inner tray on the unit 6 Connect the extension cable QCNW 4608SCZ2Z pulled out to the connector CNEXTB of extension board EXT B 7 Connect the extension board EXT B to the connector CNLIU of control PWB 8 Connect the extension cables 11 types except CNEXTB pulled out from the unit to the control line control PWB Cable parts code Connector Remark QCNW 4597SCZZ CNCCD QCNW 4598SCZZ QCNW 4599SCZZ CNSEN QCNW 4600SCZZ QCNW 4601SCZZ QCNW 4602SCZZ QCNW 4604SCZZ QCNW 4605SCZZ QCNW 4606SCZZ QCNW 4608SCZZ CNEXTB Control PWB Extension PWB EXT B QCNW 4609SCZZ CNPRT Control PWB QCNW 4828SCZZ CNLIU1 Extension board connection diagram EXTENSION 7 LI BOARD EXT A CNLIU a ag lt ao 5 z 2 d GCMK M1X A Blo 2 CNLIUSB 26 T en SHARP WM 25 E EXT B oo 848 UA lt V S lt 2 E 5 me A JP UPA 12 7 8 5 A JP9 m ex o aa N 2 z amp CNDRA lt CNDRB BI 2 ace CNSTPB 2 1 cNsTPA 2 1 Z rs C2 onpasiSc PSA ASA e AT Pim TE aeu GCMK MIX A lt CNLEDB 21 21 R5 ome JP2 rs p amp cNEDA 5 yp SHARP A RE RSA 9 I3 dis S 5 R2 A SPA X28S5SC QD 9 ii I JP5 ix RAO EXT A 6 aia gt lt be n 555 ei CRAS a

FACSIMILE MODEL FO-6600 SERVICE MANUAL

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents